<!doctype tei2 public "-//Library of Congress - Historical Collections (American Memory)//DTD ammem.dtd//EN" [<!entity % images system "0866e.ent"> %images;]>
<tei2>
<teiheader type="text" creator="National Digital Library Program, Library of Congress" status="new" date.created="1998/03/25">
<filedesc>
<titlestmt>
<amid type="aggitemid">
lhbum-0866e
</amid>
<title>
Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society. Volume 10, Part 1: a machine-readable transcription.
</title>
<amcol>
<amcolname>
Pioneering the Upper Midwest: Books from Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin, ca. 1820-1910.
</amcolname>
<amcolid type="aggid">
</amcolid>
</amcol>
<respstmt>
<resp>
Selected and converted.
</resp>
<name>
American Memory, Library of Congress.
</name>
</respstmt>
</titlestmt>
<publicationstmt>
<p>
Washington, DC, 1997.
</p>
<p>
Preceding element provides place and date of transcription only.
</p>
<p>
For more information about this text and this American Memory collection, refer to accompanying matter.
</p>
</publicationstmt>
<sourcedesc>
<lccn>
10-20866 r97
</lccn>
<sourcecol>
General Collections, Library of Congress.
</sourcecol>
<copyright>
Copyright status not determined; refer to accompanying matter.
</copyright>
</sourcedesc>
</filedesc>
<encodingdesc>
<projectdesc>
<p>
The National Digital Library Program at the Library of Congress makes digitized historical materials available for education and scholarship.
</p>
</projectdesc>
<editorialdecl>
<p>
This transcription is intended to have an accuracy rate of 99.95 percent or greater and is not intended to reproduce the appearance of the original work. The accompanying images provide a facsimile of this work and represent the appearance of the original.
</p>
</editorialdecl>
<encodingdate>
1998/03/25
</encodingdate>
<revdate>
</revdate>
</encodingdesc>
</teiheader>
<text type="publication">
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0001">
0001
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<front>
<div type="IDINFO">
<p>
<handwritten>
6/21/56
</handwritten>
</p>
<p>
COLLECTIONS
<lb>
OF THE
<lb>
MINNESOTA
<lb>
HISTORICAL SOCIETY
</p>
<p>
VOLUME X. PART I.
</p>
<illus entity="i0001" map="no">
</illus>
<p>
ST. PAUL, MINN.:
<lb>
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY.
</p>
<p>
FEBRUARY, 1905.
</p>
<p>
<stamped>
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
<lb>
475478
<lb>
<omit reason="illegible" extent="1w">
 DEPOSIT
</stamped>
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0002">
0002
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
<handwritten>
<omit reason="illegible" extent="3l">
</handwritten>
</p>
<p>
Printed by
<lb>
Great Western Printing Company
<lb>
Minneapolis, Minn.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0003">
0003
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<list type="simple">
<head>
OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY.
</head>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Hon. Greenleaf Clark
</hi> (died Dec. 7, 1904),
<hsep><hi rend="italics">President
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Nathaniel P. Langford
</hi> (President, 1905),
<hsep><hi rend="italics">Vice-President
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Gen. Henry W. Childs
</hi>,
<hsep><hi rend="italics">Second Vice-President
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Henry P. Upham
</hi>,
<hsep><hi rend="italics">Treasurer
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Warren Upham
</hi>,
<hsep><hi rend="italics">Secretary and Librarian
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">David L. Kingsbury
</hi> and 
<hi rend="smallcaps">Josiah B. Chaney
</hi>,
<lb><hi rend="italics">Assistant Librarians
</hi>.
</p></item>
</list>
<list type="simple">
<head>
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS.
</head>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Nathaniel P. Langford
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Gen. James H. Baker
</hi>,
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Rev. Edward C. Mitchell
</hi>,
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Josiah B. Chaney
</hi>.
</p></item>
</list>
<list type="simple">
<head>
COMMITTEE ON OBITUARIES.
</head>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Hon. John D. Ludden
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Gen. Henry W. Childs
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">John A. Stees
</hi>.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Gen. James H. Baker
</hi>.
</p></item>
</list>
<p>
The Secretary of the Society is 
<hi rend="italics">
ex-officio
</hi>
 a member of these Committees.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0004z">
0004
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0005">
0005
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
PREFACE.
</head>
<p>
This volume, comprising papers and addresses presented before this Society during the past five years, is so large that it has been found necessary to bind it in two parts, which are consecutively paged. At the beginning of each part, a table of its contents is given.
</p>
<p>
Part II has an index of the whole volume. It also contains an index of the authors and principal subjects in the series of these Volumes I to X, and a personal index of Volumes I to IX, both of which were compiled from the indexes of the several volumes. These general indexes will be very convenient for references to subjects and persons noticed in the entire series.
</p>
<p>The papers published in these Historical Collections relate to the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. Several other papers of much value, but not dealing with our local history, have been presented within the past ten years in the meetings of this Society; and it seems desirable to record here the titles of these papers, with their dates and authors, as follows:
<list type="simple">
<item><p>Observations in Japan, Corea, and China, during the Corean War in 1894, read December 14, 1896, by Lieut. John H. Beacom.
</p></item>
<item><p>Causes, Objects, and Results of the Wars of the North American Colonies, read February 8, 1897, by Col. Philip Reade.
</p></item>
<item><p>The Cartagena Expedition of Admiral Vernon in 1741, read May 10, 1897, by Capt. Charles W. Hall
</p></item>
<item><p>An Excursion in 1857 from Milwaukee to the Red River of the North, read October 11, 1897, from manuscripts of the late Dr. Increase A. Lapham.
</p></item>
<item><p>The Hessian Auxiliaries in the North American War of Independence, a translation from the German of Colonel yon Werthern, read March 14, 1898, by Captain William Gerlach.
</p></item>
<item><p>Three Stages in the History of our Country,&mdash;Dependence, Independence, Interdependence, read April 18, 1898, by Dr. James K. Hosmer; published in the Atlantic Monthly, July, 1898.
</p></item>
<item><p>Exhibits from Minnesota in the Crystal Palace Exposition at New York in 1853, read October 10, 1898, by Gen. William G. Le Due.
</p></item>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0006">
0006
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
vi
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<item><p>The Southern Boundary of the Grant to the Hudson Bay Company, 16701811, read November 14, 1898, after the death of the author, Alfred J. Hill.
</p></item>
<item><p>Two Years in Alaska, read May 14, 1900, by Lieut. Edwin Bell.
</p></item>
<item><p>How Napoleon sold Louisiana, and fought a Great Battle about it which History has neglected, read September 10, 1900, by Dr. James K. Hosmer; published in 1902, as Chapter V, etc., of The History of the Louisiana Purchase.
</p></item>
<item><p>Sites of Old Roman Camps in Germany recently identified, and the Battleground where Hermann defeated Varus in the Year 9 A. D., read November 12, 1900, by Hartwig Deppe.
</p></item>
<item><p>History of the Mining Development of North Alaska and the Starvation Year 1897&ndash;98, read December 10, 1900, by Colonel P. Henry Ray.
</p></item>
<item><p>The United States a Nation from the Declaration of Independence, read September 8, 1902, by Hon. James O. Pierce.
</p></item>
</list></p>
<p>
The address by Prof. David L. Kiehle, here forming pages 353&ndash;398, has been expanded and, published under the title, &ldquo;Education in Minnesota,&rdquo; as a book in two parts, the first historical, and the second treating of the school laws and sources of school support in this State.
</p>
<p>
Since the printing of the bibliography of publications relating to Groseilliers and Radisson, in pages 568&ndash;594, another work has appeared which should be added to the list. This is entitled &ldquo;Pathfinders of the West,&rdquo; by Agnes C. Laut, published by the Macmillan Company, November, 1904. Chapters III and IV, forming pages 68&ndash;131, narrate the Third and Fourth Voyages, in which these explorers reached the area of Minnesota. The third voyage or expedition is assigned to the years 1658&ndash;1660, and the fourth to 1661&ndash;1663. In each of these expeditions, Groseilliers and Radisson are thought by this author, as in her article previously published in Leslie&apos;s Magazine, to have traveled far beyond Minnesota, going through the Dakotas, and perhaps into Montana, during the first expedition, and in the second going past the region of the Lake of the Woods to the Sioux in North Dakota.
</p>
<p>
In many other respects this work differs widely from the views stated in Part II of the present volume. With the many and discordant opinions cited in the Bibliography, it indicates the need of careful studies of Radisson&apos;s own writings, by which probably historians will some day come to a better agreement concerning the routes and dates of these explorations.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0007">
0007
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div type="toc">
<head>
CONTENTS OF PART
<hsep>
I.
</head>
<list type="simple">
<item><p><hsep>Page.
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">History of Wheat Raising in the Red River Valley, by Hon. George N. Lamphere
</hi><hsep>1&ndash;33
</p><p>Description of the Red River valley
<hsep>1
</p><p>Wheat raising in the Selkirk settlement
<hsep>2
</p><p>Early flouring mills; grasshoppers
<hsep>7
</p><p>First mail route
<hsep>9
</p><p>Steamboats on the Red river
<hsep>10
</p><p>First wheat raising near the Pembina river
<hsep>11
</p><p>Pioneer farmers near Moorhead and Fargo
<hsep>12
</p><p>Early wheat raising near Fort Abercrombie
<hsep>19
</p><p>Development by railroads
<hsep>20
</p><p>The Dalrymple farm
<hsep>21
</p><p>The Grandin farm
<hsep>22
</p><p>Increase of population and wealth
<hsep>23
</p><p>Causes of occasional failures
<hsep>23
</p><p>Better and more diversified cultivation needed
<hsep>25
</p><p>Railroad freight rates and legislation
<hsep>25
</p><p>Old and new methods of wheat farming
<hsep>28
</p><p>Wheat production and its value, 1898
<hsep>29
</p><p>Letter from Hon. Charles Cavalier
<hsep>32
</p><p>Greatness of the resources of Minnesota
<hsep>32
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">History of Flour Manufacture in Minnesota
</hi>, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">Col. George D. Rogers
</hi><hsep>35&ndash;55
</p><p>Progress in methods of milling
<hsep>35
</p><p>The government mill of 1823
<hsep>37
</p><p>The first custom mills
<hsep>38
</p><p>Earliest merchant mill and export
<hsep>39
</p><p>The first mill corporation
<hsep>39
</p><p>Milling at Northfield
<hsep>40
</p><p>The fame of Archibald
<hsep>41
</p><p>The Gardner mill at Hastings
<hsep>41
</p><p>&ldquo;Honest John&rdquo; Kearcher
<hsep>42
</p><p>Rise and fall of Minnetonka Mills
<hsep>43
</p><p>Statistics of 1859&ndash;60
<hsep>43
</p><p>Milling in 1870
<hsep>44
</p><p>Birth of the &ldquo;new process&rdquo;
<hsep>45
</p><p>Effect upon wheat and flour production
<hsep>47
</p><pageinfo><controlpgno entity="p0008">0008
</controlpgno><printpgno>viii
</printpgno></pageinfo><p>
The La Croixs of Faribault
<hsep>
47
</p>
<p>
Gradual reduction by rolls
<hsep>
49
</p>
<p>
The mill explosion of 1878
<hsep>
51
</p>
<p>
Minnesota flour export trade
<hsep>
52
</p>
<p>
Minnesota mills in 1900
<hsep>
54
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
The Early Government Land Surveys in Minnesota West of the Mississippi River
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Hon. Thomas Simpson
</hi>
<hsep>
57&ndash;67
</p>
<p>
System of government surveys
<hsep>
57
</p>
<p>
Convergency of meridians
<hsep>
59
</p>
<p>
Guide meridians and standard parallels
<hsep>
60
</p>
<p>
Surveys in southeastern Minnesota, 1853&ndash;55
<hsep>
61
</p>
<p>
Castle rock and the Zumbro river
<hsep>
64
</p>
<p>
The Winnebago Indians
<hsep>
65
</p>
<p>
Personal reminiscences
<hsep>
65
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Sketches of the History of Hutchinson
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Hon. William W. Pendergast
</hi>
<hsep>
69&ndash;89
</p>
<p>
Founding of the town by the Hutchinson singers
<hsep>
69
</p>
<p>
Adoption of a constitution
<hsep>
73
</p>
<p>
Pioneer reminiscences
<hsep>
74
</p>
<p>
The Fourth of July, 1856
<hsep>
77
</p>
<p>
Cost of living in the winter of 1857&ndash;58
<hsep>
77
</p>
<p>
First town meeting
<hsep>
77
</p>
<p>
Steamboat navigation
<hsep>
78
</p>
<p>
Scarcity of food
<hsep>
78
</p>
<p>
Mail carriers
<hsep>
78
</p>
<p>
The Sioux outbreak
<hsep>
78
</p>
<p>
The attack at Hutchinson
<hsep>
80
</p>
<p>
Retreat and council of the Sioux
<hsep>
84
</p>
<p>
Murder of German settlers west of Hutchinson
<hsep>
85
</p>
<p>
Service of the Hutchinson guards
<hsep>
87
</p>
<p>
The killing of Little Crow
<hsep>
88
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Early Steamboating on the Minnesota and Red Rivers
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Captain Edwin Bell
</hi>
<hsep>
91&ndash;100
</p>
<p>
St Paul and its vicinity in 1850
<hsep>
91
</p>
<p>
Steamboating on the Minnesota river
<hsep>
92
</p>
<p>
Recollections of the Red River of the North
<hsep>
93
</p>
<p>
Scenes at Fort Garry in 1859
<hsep>
97
</p>
<p>
The return by ox train to St Paul
<hsep>
98
</p>
<p>
Incidents of the Sioux outbreak
<hsep>
99
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
The Treaty of Traverse des Sioux in 1851, under Governor Alexander Ramsey, with Notes of the Former Treaty there, in 1841 under Governor James D. Doty, of Wisconsin
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Thomas Hughes
</hi>
<hsep>
101&ndash;129
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0009">
0009
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
ix
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The treaty of Governor Doty, 1841
<hsep>
101
</p>
<p>
Motives leading to the treaty of 1851
<hsep>
102
</p>
<p>
Preliminaries of the treaty
<hsep>
103
</p>
<p>
Goodhue, the journalist, and Mayer, the artist
<hsep>
107
</p>
<p>
The treaty council
<hsep>
108
</p>
<p>
Signing the treaty
<hsep>
110
</p>
<p>
The traders&apos; paper
<hsep>
111
</p>
<p>
Speeches and presents
<hsep>
111
</p>
<p>
White men present
<hsep>
111
</p>
<p>
Duplicate treaty at Mendota
<hsep>
112
</p>
<p>
The lands ceded
<hsep>
112
</p>
<p>
Payments and reservations for the Sioux
<hsep>
112
</p>
<p>
Amendment of the treaty by the senate
<hsep>
113
</p>
<p>
Disbursement of the first payment
<hsep>
114
</p>
<p>
The claims of the traders
<hsep>
114
</p>
<p>
Investigation by order of the senate
<hsep>
115
</p>
<p>
Later negotiations concerning the reservations
<hsep>
115
</p>
<p>
The Sioux massacre, 1862
<hsep>
116
</p>
<p>
Results of the treaty
<hsep>
116
</p>
<p>
The purposes of the earlier treaty in 1841
<hsep>
119
</p>
<p>
Newspaper comments on the Doty treaty
<hsep>
119
</p>
<p>
Governor Doty and Le Sueur&apos;s copper mine on the Blue Earth river
<hsep>
136
</p>
<p>
Place of the treaty
<hsep>
126
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
History of Steamboating on the Minnesota River
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Thomas Hughes
</hi>
<hsep>
131&ndash;163
</p>
<p>
Earliest navigation by white men
<hsep>
132
</p>
<p>
Earliest steamboats
<hsep>
133
</p>
<p>
Excursions in the year 1850
<hsep>
134
</p>
<p>
The treaty of 1851, and ensuing immigration
<hsep>
137
</p>
<p>
Steamboat traffic, 1852 to 1871
<hsep>
138
</p>
<p>
The last steamboats, 1872 to 1897
<hsep>
157
</p>
<p>
Lists of steamboats, 1850 to 1897
<hsep>
158
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Missionary Work at Red Wing, 1849 to 1852
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Rev. Joseph W. Hancock
</hi>
<hsep>
165&ndash;178
</p>
<p>
Farewell to the old home, and the journey west
<hsep>
166
</p>
<p>
Arrival at Red Wing
<hsep>
166
</p>
<p>
Earlier missionaries to the Dakotas
<hsep>
167
</p>
<p>
School for the Indian children
<hsep>
168
</p>
<p>
Removal to Long Prairie
<hsep>
169
</p>
<p>
A government Indian school
<hsep>
170
</p>
<p>
The voyage of return to Red Wing
<hsep>
171
</p>
<p>
Life at the Indian village
<hsep>
173
</p>
<p>
Evil effects of whiskey
<hsep>
174
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0010">
0010
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
x
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The Dakota dictionary
<hsep>
176
</p>
<p>
The treaty of 1851, from the Indian standpoint
<hsep>
177
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
History of Fort Ripley, 1849 to 1859, based on the Diary of Rev. Solon W. Manney, D. D., Chaplain of this Post from 1851 to 1859
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Rev. George C. Tanner
</hi>
<hsep>
179&ndash;202
</p>
<p>
Journey from Milwaukee to Fort Ripley
<hsep>
179
</p>
<p>
Early life of Dr. Manney
<hsep>
180
</p>
<p>
Location and building of Fort Ripley
<hsep>
181
</p>
<p>
The vicinity northward to Gull lake
<hsep>
183
</p>
<p>
Early life of Enmegahbowh
<hsep>
184
</p>
<p>
Commandants of Fort Ripley
<hsep>
185
</p>
<p>
The chaplain and his diary
<hsep>
185
</p>
<p>
Weather records
<hsep>
187
</p>
<p>
The mission of St. Columba, at Gull lake
<hsep>
188
</p>
<p>
Life at the fort
<hsep>
190
</p>
<p>
Journeys to Leech and Otter Tail lakes
<hsep>
190
</p>
<p>
Attempted journey to Lake Superior
<hsep>
192
</p>
<p>
Temporary withdrawal of the garrison
<hsep>
193
</p>
<p>
Ensuing troubles with the Ojibways
<hsep>
193
</p>
<p>
The reserve and fort offered for sale
<hsep>
196
</p>
<p>
The diocese of Minnesota organized
<hsep>
196
</p>
<p>
Founding of schools at Faribault
<hsep>
196
</p>
<p>
Disturbances at Crow Wing and Little Falls
<hsep>
197
</p>
<p>
Founding of Fort Abercrombie
<hsep>
199
</p>
<p>
The last year of the chaplaincy
<hsep>
199
</p>
<p>
Dr. Manney&apos;s work in the Faribault schools
<hsep>
200
</p>
<p>
Ordination of Enmegahbowh in Faribault
<hsep>
201
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Early Episcopal, Churches and Missions in Minnesota
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Rev. George C. Tanner
</hi>
<hsep>
203&ndash;231
</p>
<p>
The first Sunday school
<hsep>
203
</p>
<p>
Rev. E. G. Gear, chaplain of Fort Snelling
<hsep>
203
</p>
<p>
Rev. E. A. Greenleaf in the St. Croix valley
<hsep>
208
</p>
<p>
Earliest Episcopal services in St. Paul
<hsep>
210
</p>
<p>
Founding the Associate Mission
<hsep>
210
</p>
<p>
The later work of Father Gear
<hsep>
212
</p>
<p>
St. Paul selected as a center for mission work
<hsep>
214
</p>
<p>
The first Episcopal church at St. Anthony
<hsep>
221
</p>
<p>
Beginning of services for Scandinavians
<hsep>
222
</p>
<p>
Building of Ascension Church, in Stillwater
<hsep>
223
</p>
<p>
Visitation by Bishop Kemper in St. Paul
<hsep>
223
</p>
<p>
Rev. James Lloyd Breck in the Ojibway mission
<hsep>
225
</p>
<p>
Rev. Timothy Wilcoxson, rector of Christ Church
<hsep>
225
</p>
<p>
Subsequent itinerant work
<hsep>
228
</p>
</item>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0011">
0011
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
xi
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">The Chapel of St. Paul, and the Beginnings of the Catholic Church in Minnesota
</hi>, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">Rev. Ambrose Mcnulty
</hi><hsep>233&ndash;245
</p><p>Visit by Bishop Loras in 1839
<hsep>234
</p><p>Galtier, the first priest
<hsep>235
</p><p>The first chapel
<hsep>237
</p><p>Father Ravoux
<hsep>240
</p><p>Pictures of the chapel
<hsep>241
</p><p>Bishop Cretin
<hsep>242
</p><p>Later cathedrals
<hsep>242
</p><p>The first sisters
<hsep>243
</p><p>The first hospital
<hsep>244
</p><p>Relics of the old chapel
<hsep>244
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Minnesota Journalism in the Territorial Period
</hi>, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">Daniel S. B. Johnston
</hi><hsep>247&ndash;351
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">First Paper
</hi>, 1849 to 1854
<hsep>247&ndash;276
</p><p>The first newspaper and its editor
<hsep>247
</p><p>The Minnesota Chronicle
<hsep>253
</p><p>The Minnesota Register
<hsep>253
</p><p>Nathaniel M&apos;Lean
<hsep>254
</p><p>John P. Owens
<hsep>255
</p><p>The Dakota Friend
<hsep>256
</p><p>The Minnesota Democrat
<hsep>256
</p><p>The Pioneer and Democrat
<hsep>257
</p><p>Colonel D. A. Robertson
<hsep>258
</p><p>David Olmsted
<hsep>258
</p><p>The Watab Reveille
<hsep>259
</p><p>The St. Anthony Express
<hsep>260
</p><p>Hon. Isaac Atwater
<hsep>261
</p><p>George D. Bowman
<hsep>261
</p><p>D. S. B. Johnston
<hsep>262
</p><p>The Minnesotian
<hsep>263
</p><p>Dr. Thomas Foster
<hsep>264
</p><p>J. Fletcher Williams
<hsep>265
</p><p>The Northwestern Democrat
<hsep>266
</p><p>W. Augustus Hotchkiss
<hsep>266
</p><p>Joseph R. Brown
<hsep>267
</p><p>Earle S. Goodrich
<hsep>268
</p><p>James Mills
<hsep>268
</p><p>Louis E. Fisher
<hsep>269
</p><p>The boom of 1854
<hsep>269
</p><p>The Minnesota Times
<hsep>270
</p><p>Thomas M. Newson
<hsep>270
</p><p>The Minnesota Republican
<hsep>271
</p><p>Rev. Charles G. Ames
<hsep>271
</p><pageinfo><controlpgno entity="p0012">0012
</controlpgno><printpgno>xii
</printpgno></pageinfo><p>
The St. Paul Financial and Real Estate Advertiser
<hsep>
272
</p>
<p>
Joseph A. Wheelock
<hsep>
272
</p>
<p>
The St. Croix Union
<hsep>
272
</p>
<p>
The Winona Argus
<hsep>
273
</p>
<p>
William Ashley Jones
<hsep>
273
</p>
<p>
Captain Sam Whiting
<hsep>
274
</p>
<p>
Summary, 1849 to 1854
<hsep>
274
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Second Paper
</hi>
, 1855
<hsep>
276&ndash;290
</p>
<p>
St. Peter&apos;s Courier
<hsep>
277
</p>
<p>
John C. Stoever
<hsep>
278
</p>
<p>
Andrew J. Morgan
<hsep>
278
</p>
<p>
Sauk Rapids Frontierman
<hsep>
279
</p>
<p>
Jeremiah Russell
<hsep>
279
</p>
<p>
Henry P. Pratt
<hsep>
279
</p>
<p>
Red Wing Sentinel, No. 1
<hsep>
280
</p>
<p>
William Colvill, Jr
<hsep>
280
</p>
<p>
Southern Minnesota Herald
<hsep>
281
</p>
<p>
Charles Brown
<hsep>
282
</p>
<p>
The Winona Weekly Express
<hsep>
283
</p>
<p>
The St. Paul Free Press
<hsep>
283
</p>
<p>
A. C. Smith
<hsep>
284
</p>
<p>
Shakopee Independent
<hsep>
284
</p>
<p>
Martin Phillips
<hsep>
285
</p>
<p>
The Winona Republican
<hsep>
285
</p>
<p>
Daniel Sinclair
<hsep>
285
</p>
<p>
Minnesota Deutsche Zeitung
<hsep>
286
</p>
<p>
Albert Wolff
<hsep>
289
</p>
<p>
Immigration
<hsep>
289
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Third Paper
</hi>
, 1856
<hsep>
290&ndash;309
</p>
<p>
The Fillmore County Pioneer
<hsep>
291
</p>
<p>
Charles J. Henniss
<hsep>
291
</p>
<p>
The Henderson Democrat
<hsep>
292
</p>
<p>
H. H. Young
<hsep>
292
</p>
<p>
A Territorial roll of honor
<hsep>
293
</p>
<p>
Dakota Weekly Journal
<hsep>
294
</p>
<p>
James C. Dow
<hsep>
294
</p>
<p>
Martin Williams
<hsep>
295
</p>
<p>
The Minnesota Gazette
<hsep>
295
</p>
<p>
A pioneer poll list
<hsep>
296
</p>
<p>
Wabasha Journal, No. 1
<hsep>
297
</p>
<p>
The Preston Journal
<hsep>
297
</p>
<p>
Owatonna Watchman and Register
<hsep>
298
</p>
<p>
Cannon Falls Gazette
<hsep>
298
</p>
<p>
Stillwater Messenger, No. 1
<hsep>
299
</p>
<p>
Andrew J. Van Vorhes
<hsep>
300
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0013">
0013
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
xiii
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
Republican Advocate
<hsep>
301
</p>
<p>
Chatfield Democrat, No. 1
<hsep>
301
</p>
<p>
The Rice County Herald
<hsep>
302
</p>
<p>
The Chatfield Republican
<hsep>
302
</p>
<p>
Hon. Henry W. Holley
<hsep>
303
</p>
<p>
Orville Brown
<hsep>
303
</p>
<p>
The Northern Herald
<hsep>
304
</p>
<p>
Parker H. French
<hsep>
305
</p>
<p>
An independent editor
<hsep>
305
</p>
<p>
The Faribault Herald
<hsep>
306
</p>
<p>
R. A. Mott
<hsep>
306
</p>
<p>
The Monticello Journal
<hsep>
307
</p>
<p>
The Oronoco Courier
<hsep>
307
</p>
<p>
The Carimona Telegraph
<hsep>
308
</p>
<p>
Summary, 1856
<hsep>
308
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Fourth Paper, January 1st to August 25th
</hi>
, 1857
<hsep>
309&ndash;329
</p>
<p>
Cured of townsite fever
<hsep>
309
</p>
<p>
Lake City Tribune
<hsep>
311
</p>
<p>
The Minnesota Advertiser
<hsep>
312
</p>
<p>
George F. Brott
<hsep>
312
</p>
<p>
Hyrorum Rapids
<hsep>
313
</p>
<p>
The Olmsted County Journal
<hsep>
313
</p>
<p>
The Waumadee Herald
<hsep>
314
</p>
<p>
The Western Transcript
<hsep>
315
</p>
<p>
The Monticello Times
<hsep>
315
</p>
<p>
The Minnesota Free Press
<hsep>
317
</p>
<p>
The Minnesota Thalboten
<hsep>
317
</p>
<p>
Minnesota National Demokrat
<hsep>
318
</p>
<p>
The Mankato Independent
<hsep>
318
</p>
<p>
The Emigrant Aid Journal
<hsep>
319
</p>
<p>
The Hokah Chief
<hsep>
319
</p>
<p>
The Southern Minnesota Star
<hsep>
320
</p>
<p>
The Mantorville Express
<hsep>
321
</p>
<p>
John Earle Bancroft
<hsep>
322
</p>
<p>
The Wasioja Gazette
<hsep>
322
</p>
<p>
Squire L. Pierce
<hsep>
323
</p>
<p>
Red Wing Sentinel, No. 2
<hsep>
323
</p>
<p>
William W. Phelps
<hsep>
325
</p>
<p>
The Rochester Democrat
<hsep>
325
</p>
<p>
The Cannon Falls Bulletin
<hsep>
325
</p>
<p>
The Hastings Independent
<hsep>
326
</p>
<p>
Columbus Stebbins
<hsep>
326
</p>
<p>
The Glencoe Register, No. 1
<hsep>
327
</p>
<p>
Colonel John H. Stevens
<hsep>
328
</p>
<p>
Summary to August 25th, 1857
<hsep>
329
</p>
</item>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0014">
0014
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
xiv
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">Fifth Paper, August 25th, 1857, to May 11th
</hi>, 1858
<hsep>329&ndash;351
</p><p>The Financial crash of 1857
<hsep>331
</p><p>The Red Wing Republican
<hsep>331
</p><p>Lucius F. Hubbard
<hsep>332
</p><p>The Wabasha County Herald
<hsep>333
</p><p>The Falls Evening News
<hsep>336
</p><p>William A. Croffut
<hsep>337
</p><p>Chatfield Democrat, No. 2
<hsep>339
</p><p>The Traverse Des Sioux Reporter
<hsep>340
</p><p>James J. Green
<hsep>340
</p><p>The Bancroft Pioneer
<hsep>341
</p><p>David Blakeley
<hsep>341
</p><p>The Belle Plaine Inquirer
<hsep>342
</p><p>Folkets Rost (People&apos;s Voice)
<hsep>343
</p><p>The New Ulm Pioneer
<hsep>343
</p><p>The St. Cloud Visitor
<hsep>344
</p><p>Jane Grey Swisshelm
<hsep>346
</p><p>The Winona Times
<hsep>347
</p><p>The Minneapolis Gazette
<hsep>347
</p><p>The Rochester Free Press
<hsep>348
</p><p>The Shakopee Reporter
<hsep>349
</p><p>The Northfield Journal
<hsep>349
</p><p>The Hastings Daily Ledger
<hsep>349
</p><p>The final result
<hsep>349
</p></item>
<item><p><hi rend="smallcaps">History of Education In Minnesota
</hi>, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">Prof. David L. Kiehle, LL. D
</hi><hsep>353&ndash;398
</p><p>The Territorial period
<hsep>354
</p><p>Denominational schools
<hsep>355
</p><p>The public school system
<hsep>356
</p><p>The administration of school funds
<hsep>358
</p><p>State aid to education
<hsep>359
</p><p>Special rural and semi-graded schools
<hsep>360
</p><p>Libraries
<hsep>361
</p><p>State supervision of education
<hsep>361
</p><p>County supervision
<hsep>364
</p><p>Improvement of teachers
<hsep>365
</p><p>Normal schools
<hsep>366
</p><p>Qualifications of teachers
<hsep>367
</p><p>Higher education
<hsep>368
</p><p>Financial history of the state university
<hsep>369
</p><p>John S. Pillsbury, regent of the university
<hsep>372
</p><p>The beginnings of university life
<hsep>372
</p><p>The presidency of William W. Folwell
<hsep>373
</p><p>The presidency of Cyrus Northrop
<hsep>374
</p><p>The support of the university
<hsep>375
</p><pageinfo><controlpgno entity="p0015">0015
</controlpgno><printpgno>xv
</printpgno></pageinfo><p>
Buildings of the university
<hsep>
376
</p>
<p>
Industrial education
<hsep>
376
</p>
<p>
The agricultural college
<hsep>
376
</p>
<p>
The new experimental farm
<hsep>
379
</p>
<p>
The school of agriculture
<hsep>
380
</p>
<p>
Professional departments
<hsep>
381
</p>
<p>
Department of pedagogy
<hsep>
381
</p>
<p>
Secondary education
<hsep>
383
</p>
<p>
State high schools
<hsep>
384
</p>
<p>
Graded schools
<hsep>
386
</p>
<p>
Semi-graded and rural schools
<hsep>
386
</p>
<p>
Schools for defectives
<hsep>
387
</p>
<p>
School for dependent and neglected children
<hsep>
390
</p>
<p>
Conclusion
<hsep>
391
</p>
<p>
Tables and statistics
<hsep>
393
</p>
<p>
Bibliography
<hsep>
398
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
History of the St. Paul &amp; Sioux City Railroad
</hi>
, 1864&ndash;1881, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Gen. Judson W. Bishop
</hi>
<hsep>
399&ndash;415
</p>
<p>
Minnesota Valley railroad company
<hsep>
399
</p>
<p>
St. Paul and Sioux City railroad company
<hsep>
401
</p>
<p>
Importance of the Minnesota river
<hsep>
401
</p>
<p>
Other railroads and land grants
<hsep>
402
</p>
<p>
The route from Mankato to Sioux City
<hsep>
403
</p>
<p>
The grasshopper scourge
<hsep>
407
</p>
<p>
Extension of this railway system
<hsep>
411
</p>
<p>
Organization of the Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis and Omaha railway company
<hsep>
413
</p>
<p>
Retrospect
<hsep>
414
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Sketches of the Early History of Real Estate inn St. Paul
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Henry S. Fairchild
</hi>
 417&ndash;443
</p>
<p>
Early real estate sales
<hsep>
418
</p>
<p>
Increase in values
<hsep>
420
</p>
<p>
First legal titles in St. Paul proper
<hsep>
423
</p>
<p>
The grand old pioneers
<hsep>
427
</p>
<p>
A vision of the future
<hsep>
429
</p>
<p>
The platting of additions
<hsep>
431
</p>
<p>
Real estate agents
<hsep>
433
</p>
<p>
Rivalry between the upper and the lower town
<hsep>
434
</p>
<p>
Land disputes settled by unique methods
<hsep>
436
</p>
<p>
Some of St. Paul&apos;s loyal eulogists
<hsep>
438
</p>
<p>
The present and past builders of the city
<hsep>
441
</p>
</item>
<item><p>
<hi rend="smallcaps">
The First Railroad in Minnesota
</hi>
, by 
<hi rend="smallcaps">
Col. William Crooks
</hi>
 445&ndash;448
</p>
</item>
</list>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0016">
0016
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
ILLUSTRATIONS OF PART I.
</head>
<list type="simple">
<item><p><hsep>Page.
</p></item>
<item><p>PLATE I. Portrait of Hon. George N. Lamphere
<hsep>1
</p></item>
<item><p>II. Portrait of Hon. Thomas Simpson
<hsep>57
</p></item>
<item><p>III. Portrait of Hon. William W. Pendergast
<hsep>69
</p></item>
<item><p>IV. Portrait of Captain Edwin Bell
<hsep>91
</p></item>
<item><p>V. Portrait of Rev. Joseph W. Hancock
<hsep>165
</p></item>
<item><p>VI. Portrait of Rev. Solon W. Manney
<hsep>179
</p></item>
<item><p>VII. Portrait of Rev. George C. Tanner
<hsep>203
</p></item>
<item><p>VIII. Portrait of Father Galtier, and the Chapel of St. Paul.
<hsep>233
</p></item>
<item><p>IX. Portrait of Daniel S. B. Johnston
<hsep>247
</p></item>
<item><p>X. Portrait of Prof. David L. Kiehle
<hsep>353
</p></item>
<item><p>XI. Portrait of Gen. Judson W. Bishop
<hsep>399
</p></item>
<item><p>XII. Portrait of Henry S. Fairchild
<hsep>417
</p></item>
</list>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0017z">
0017
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0018">
0018
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0018" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</front>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0019">
0019
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<body>
<div>
<head>
HISTORY OF WHEAT RAISING IN THE RED RIVER
<lb>
VALLEY.
<anchor id="n0019-01">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY HON. GEORGE N. LAMPHERE.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0019-01" place="bottom"><p>&ast; An Address at the Annual Meeting of the Minnesota Historical Society, January 8, 1900.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
DESCRIPTION OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY.
</head>
<p>
I have not deemed it entirely relevant to my subject to discuss the topography, the geology, or the aboriginal inhabitants of the Red River valley. And for another reason than its relevancy, I have omitted any discussion thereof because they have heretofore been treated by the honored secretary of this Society, Warren Upham, in a paper read at its annual meeting in 1895 (Minnesota Historical Society Collections, vol. VIII, pages 11&ndash;24).
</p>
<p>
The Red River valley, as this term is commonly used, is a broad and flat prairie plain reaching ten to twenty miles on each side of the Red river of the North, having thus about half of its expanse in Minnesota and the other half in North Dakota. It extends three hundred miles from south to north, continuing in Manitoba to lake Winnipeg. Inclosed by the higher land on each side, and pent in at the north by the barrier of the receding icesheet at the end of the Glacial period, this valley plain was covered in that geologic epoch by a vast lake, which, with the complete disappearance of the ice-sheet, was drained away to Hudson bay. To this glacial lake Mr. Upham has given the name of Lake Agassiz; and its survey and description are the subject of a volume prepared by him and published by the United States Geological Survey. The closing chapters of that work should be consulted by any who seek information concerning the general agricultural
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0020">
0020
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
2
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
capabilities of this very fertile district, or concerning its water supply and its hundreds of artesian wells.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
WHEAT RAISING IN THE SELKIRK SETTLEMENT.
</head>
<p>
The beginning of wheat raising in the Red River valley was in the Selkirk settlement north of the boundary line, near Fort Garry, now Winnipeg.
</p>
<p>
In 1811 the Earl of Selkirk purchased from the Hudson Bay Company a vast tract of land in Manitoba, including the land afterward occupied by the Selkirk settlement. The purchase was subject to the Indian claim to its title. About the time of this purchase there was a compulsory exodus of the inhabitants of the county of Sutherland, Scotland, from the estates of the Duchess of Sutherland; and Lord Selkirk took a large number of these evicted persons under his protection and forwarded them to settle on the land he had purchased on the Red river. They arrived on the bay in the fall of the year, and spent the winter at Churchill, on the western shore of the bay. In the following spring they advanced inland, crossed lake Winnipeg, and ascended the Red river of the North. They intended to make their home at the confluence of the Assiniboine and Red rivers, but on arriving there found that the X. Y. and the Northwest Companies of Canada, which were opponents of the Hudson Bay Company, regarded them as invaders and also as prot&eacute;g&eacute;s of the latter. The Indians also objected to the cultivation of their hunting grounds, and were instigated to hostile proceedings against the new comers by the representations of the Canadian companies.
</p>
<p>
The year 1812 passed without any satisfactory progress being made toward settlement, and the immigrants spent the following winter in great distress at Pembina, whither they were driven by the Indians. By some means, however, they were able to mollify their opponents, and were permitted to return in the spring. They built log houses and began the cultivation of the land on the bank of the river. Within a year they were attacked by the partisans of the companies, who burnt their houses and killed some of their number. Afterward, being reinforced by a company of additional immigrants from Scotland, the settlers returned to the places from which they had been driven, and recommenced their labors. The
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0021">
0021
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
3
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
hostility of the companies toward these poor immigrants was continued, their property was destroyed and men were captured and killed. At length, on June 19, 1816, the adherents of the two parties met at Seven Oaks, in the center of the settlement, under such circumstances that a small battle occurred, in which about twenty men, among whom was Governor Semple, were killed.
</p>
<p>
In 1817 Lork Selkirk came over and visited the settlement. Besides having a desire to see how the settlers were prospering, he desired to negotiate for the extinguishment of the Indian title to the land he had purchased. After much difficulty he negotiated a treaty with the Chippewas and Crees, which treaty was signed July 18, 1817. The consideration was the annual payment of 200 pounds of tobacco, half to the Chippewas and half to the Crees. The conditions in the territory at this time were so wretched that the Canadian government interfered and appointed a commissioner to make investigation, who recommended an amicable settlement and a union of interests by the companies, which had been reduced to the verge of bankruptcy. It was a long time, however, before action was taken. Lord Selkirk died in 1821, and the Right Hon. Edward Ellice succeeded to his rights. He was one of the principal stockholders of the Northwest Company, and the Canadian government consulted with him and under its auspices he instituted negotiations, which, after many difficulties, resulted in a harmonious union between the Hudson Bay Company and the Northwest Company, the latter having before combined with the X. Y. Company. This agreement went into effect in 1821, and from this date the opposition to the settlers was withdrawn.
</p>
<p>
Lord Selkirk, on his arrival in 1817, had provided the settlers with agricultural implements, seed grain, and other necessaries, but the season was so far advanced that little produce was grown in 1817 and a famine ensued. The people again returned to Pembina, where they passed the winter, subsisting as best they could on the produce of the chase. The next spring they went back to their lands, ploughed and seeded them, and entertained high hopes for a bountiful harvest, but were to be sorely disappointed, as an army of locusts made its appearance and in one night destroyed every vestige of verdure in the fields. The locusts left their eggs and in 1819 were more numerous than
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0022">
0022
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
4
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
in the preceding year, making agriculture impossible. The settlers again took refuge at Pembina, and Lord Selkirk imported 250 bushels of seed grain from the United States at an expense of &pound;1,000, and this, which was sown in the spring of 1820, produced a plentiful crop in the autumn of that year. Thus it may be said that the first wheat that was ever successfully grown and harvested in the Red River valley was in the season of 1820 by the Selkirkers. I am principally indebted for the facts as above set forth to the book entitled &ldquo;Red River,&rdquo; by J. J. Hargrave, printed by John Lovell, Montreal.
</p>
<p>
The methods of cultivation in the Selkirk settlement were rude and primitive. Their plow was English or Scotch, made all of iron from the tip of the beam to the end of the handles, and was ten or twelve feet long. Its share was shaped like a mason&apos;s trowel. With this drawn by one horse, enough ground was scratched every spring to raise sufficient wheat to feed all the blackbirds and pigeons in the Red River valley, and leave a surplus large enough to meet the wants of the people of the settlement; also to sell to the Hudson Bay Company all they needed for their outposts in the British Northwest possessions, and still leave a surplus sufficient for food and seed for two years, which was stored up to be used in case of emergency or failure of crop in the coming seasons. The grain was cut with sickles, the bundles tied with willow withes and stacked in the barnyard, to be railed out during the winter and cleaned by the winds, men, and women and children all giving a helping hand in this work.
</p>
<p>
In August, 1851, Charles Cavalier arrived at Pembina. At that date the Red River valley, except the Selkirk settlement, was a howling waste throughout its whole length and breadth. Then there were only four white men in that section, namely, Norman W. Kittson, Joseph Rolette, George Morrison, and Charles Cavalier. There were 1,800 to 2,000 half-breeds, and Mr. Cavalier says that, as he was born among the Wyandotte Indians in Ohio and brought up near them, the Indians at Pembina were not much of a curiosity to him, but the half-breed was a new phase of the genus. &ldquo;To this day,&rdquo; says he, &ldquo;I have not fully made up my mind whether the cross between the white man and the red man was much of an improvement, as with but few exceptions the Indian blood predominates.&rdquo;
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0023">
0023
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
5
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
In those early days bread was a rarity, and pemmican, dried buffalo meat, fish and a few potatoes constituted the food supply. Charles Cavalier and Commodore N. W. Kittson planned a trip to the Selkirk settlement, where they were told they would find bread in abundance. They set out in the same year (1851) and in a day and a half&apos;s sail down the river in a canoe reached Fort Garry and St. Boniface, where they received a hospitable welcome from Vereck Marion, Mr. Kittson&apos;s father-in-law. They visited the Roman Catholic bishops and clergy and found them pleasant and agreeable gentlemen. They also visited the Sisters of Charity at the hospital, who gave them a warm welcome and showed them through the whole establishment. Kittson having returned to Pembina, Mr. Cavalier, in company with Mr. Marion, visited the office of the Hudson Bay Company, where they met also Major Campbell, who was in command of a company of British troops stationed near Fort Garry. With Marion, who was an old settler and acquainted with every one, Cavalier went on a tour of inspection and gathered all the information possible in his limited time in order to tell his friends on his return about this isolated, almost unheard-of community, and how they made life endurable in their frigid northern climate.
</p>
<p>
From Fort Garry to the Lower Fort the two men called at almost every house, and found a happy, prosperous, English-speaking people, mostly of Scotch descent from the immigrants sent over by Lord Selkirk. A few of other nationalities were also there. They were very kindly and hospitable people. The two men called upon Bishop Anderson of the English church, and found him to be &ldquo;a fine old English gentleman all of the olden time.&rdquo; With him they visited the colleges, one for males and the other for females, where the youth received a classical education, and which institutions are still in existence. Here Mr. Cavalier first met Donald Murray, one of the original Selkirk settlers, who had once settled at South Pembina and had remained there until it was determined to be south of the international boundary line, and whose daughter is now Mr. Cavalier&apos;s wife. Mr. Cavalier somewhat enthusiastically says that his impression at that time was that he had never seen a more prosperous community in the States than was the Selkirk settlement. There was not a family that was not well off as to all the wants of life. The latch string
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0024">
0024
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
6
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of every door hung on the outside, and all who called were welcome to the best the larder contained, and when leaving were asked to come again. Sectarianism was unknown among them, there being only one church, the Episcopal. Though the Scotch were mostly Presbyterians, yet when Dalton Black settled among them and an Episcopal church was built for them, there was no ill feeling shown on either side. Their houses were all built of logs and built for comfort, convenience, and warmth. Many of them are yet occupied, but the changes caused by Canadian immigration have had a large influence in changing their manner of life. However, they are today the same good people and live up to their religion.
</p>
<p>
The half-breeds of the Selkirk settlement, speaking English, are not nomads like those of French extraction, but take to the ways of their fathers and are workers and tillers of the soil. Nearly all have homes and lands of their own, educate their children, and have something laid by for a rainy day; while the French half-breeds, who are mostly of the Roman Catholic faith, believe that &ldquo;sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
As the harvest of that season (1851) was nearly finished and the barnyards were filled with large and bountiful stacks of wheat and barley, and a stack or two of oats and peas, it was a rich sight, and there was no fear of starvation for two or more years, even should the crops fail. The land system, which gave a strip of land six chains wide fronting the Red River and extending back two miles, gave the settlement the appearance of a long, straggling village along the road from Fort Garry to the Lower Fort; and as the dwellings, barns and stock were in close view all the way, the picture was a most beautiful and interesting one, such as is nowhere seen in the States and rarely even in old Europe.
</p>
<p>
The Selkirkers generally had large families and old and young worked together on the homesteads. While like other farmers they suffered from drouth, grasshoppers, and frosts, yet they usually secured good crops, and saved a reserve for two or three years, an amount for seed, and sold the surplus to the Hudson Bay Company. Occasionally they would have poor crops and perhaps be compelled to use their reserve, or even to borrow from the Hudson Bay Company for seed and food. The company, whose interest it was to be liberal, as they depended upon these
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0025">
0025
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
7
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
farmers for their supplies of wheat for their support, loaned willingly, but required the payment from the succeeding crop. A government never existed, in the opinion of Mr. Cavalier, that got on better with settlers than the much abused Hudson Bay Company.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EARLY FLOURING MILLS; GRASSHOPPERS.
</head>
<p>
At that time, as before noted, all grain was cut with sickles and bound with willow withes by the women and children. Wheat, barley, and oats, were threshed on a barn floor with a flail during the winter season, and were winnowed with a large wind scoop resting on the breast; and it was remarkable how fast, with a good wind, the grain could be cleaned. The wheat was ground in large windmills, bolted fine and clean, and made excellent bread. The flour was not like the flour of these days, and modern cooks would probably turn up their noses at it, but it was to the taste as good as our best.
</p>
<p>
Mr. Cavalier in his rambles on that trip counted fifteen windmills, all grinding out flour at a lively rate, which at that time sold for eight or ten shillings per hundred weight.
</p>
<p>
The old settlers told of a grasshopper scourge at a date forgotten by them, that made a clean sweep of every growing thing, and that grasshoppers were piled up by the winds and waves four feet deep on the shores of lake Manitoba and Shoal lake. They stated that after the grasshoppers had done all the damage they could, as every thing was eaten, the Catholic clergy got up a procession and said prayers, and on the next day the hoppers quit hopping, took to their wings, and flew away to the northward and were seen no more.
</p>
<p>
Mr. Cavalier says the first time he saw grasshoppers was in 1854. He was in camp one night on White Bear lake, now lake Whipple, and took an early start toward St. Cloud. It had rained during the night and all were wet, so at nine o&apos;clock they turned out on the bank of Long lake and spread their clothes and other things to dry. They made a fire to cook breakfast. Mr. Cavalier, on looking around for his blankets, etc., saw nothing but a squirming mass of grasshoppers, all as busy as if they had struck a bonanza. They were not able to get out of that mass of grasshoppers
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0026">
0026
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
8
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
until they had traveled about twenty miles. On the return they struck them at St. Cloud, and they had cleaned the country quite thoroughly on their flight east. On crossing the Red river and between that and the Wild Rice river they struck the forerunners of another cloud of grasshoppers, and did not get clear of them until they arrived home at St. Joseph, now Walhalla. For gluttony the hopper takes the cake, Mr. Cavalier says, and relates that they ate the seat of his saddle and the tops of his boots. He threw a plug of tobacco to them, and within an hour they had eaten that.
</p>
<p>
In 1870 another visitation of grasshoppers appeared, and in that year and the year following their ravages were disastrous. In 1874 they came again and stayed three years, eating everything in the Red River valley, and the settlers were obliged to haul their flour from St. Cloud. Minneapolis and St. Paul sent relief to carry the poor through, which saved many from actual starvation.
</p>
<p>
Thus the Selkirkers, with the simplest and rudest of agricultural implements, were always prosperous, and want was unknown among them. Through them we learned that the Dakota lands were not the barren wastes and howling desert of dry, drifting sand that our School books had taught us, and that the Red River valley contained a mine of wealth greater than any discovered mine of silver and gold. This we were slow to realize, but have at length made the Red River valley the most bountiful granary of the world. The windmills of that famous pioneer settlement have done their last grinding; most of the old hand labor implements have been laid aside; and the new and improved forms of farm machinery, so efficient and so exact as to give almost the appearance of having human intelligence, have taken their place. These are run or propelled by horse and steam power, and the labor of one man has become as that of many. Mr. Cavalier reminiscently says: &ldquo;I was here for years living by the proceeds of the chase, never dreaming that this mode of livelihood would ever cease, or that the millions of buffaloes that roamed the prairies, would ever be exhausted, and that we old settlers would soon be seeking other means of support.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
The settlers south of the line had to depend upon the Selkirk settlement for their bread and butter. Old Father Belcourt, of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0027">
0027
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
9
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
St. Joseph, near the Pembina mountain, a Catholic priest, and a rustler in all things for himself first and for his people next, built a bull mill at his mission at St. Joseph and ran it a few years with oxen, and ground what little wheat the half-breeds raised. With no bolt to take the bran out of the flour, it had to be run through sieves or eaten husks and all. The half-breeds did not furnish wheat enough to make the mill pay, and they could not be induced to greater industry, so that the good old man had to give the mill up. The result was that the half-breeds returned to the coffee-mill or ate the grain raw or roasted. That mill was the first. George Emerling and John Mayn built the next, and that mill is now one of the paying concerns of Pembina county at Walhalla, having all the new improvements in merchant mills.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
FIRST MAIL ROUTE.
</head>
<p>
The first public business tending to civilization was the establishing of a monthly mail between Pembina and Fort Abercrombie. It was a kind of go-as-you-please, sometimes on foot, with the mail bag on the man&apos;s back, sometimes by horse and cart, and by courier, any way so that the mail was carried, and in those days it was never behind time. At least the contractor never was docked or fined. From Pembina the mail was taken to Fort Garry, and that office had to use Uncle Sam&apos;s stamps. From Fort Garry the route was to Fort Abercrombie and run by dog trains, horse and cart, and one year by ox cart, as all the horses from St. Cloud to Fort Garry died or were rendered useless by an epidemic. Sometime in the sixties, Capt. Blakeley and Carpenter secured the contract to carry the mail from St. Cloud to Georgetown on the Red river, and afterward had it extended to Fort Garry, Selkirk settlement.
</p>
<p>
The following is a list of the stations. Beginning at Pembina and going up or south, the first station was Frank La Rose&apos;s, at Twelve Mile Point; next were Bowesmont and Long Point, near Drayton, Hugh Biggiotoff; and Kelly Point, now Acton. Kelly was an old driver and gave it up. Gerard was station agent as long after as the route was in existence. Beyond were Turtle River, Jo Caloskey; Grand Forks, John Stewart first, and several others afterward; Buffalo Coulie, unknown; Frog Point, unknown;
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0028">
0028
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
10
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Goose Prairie, A. Sargent; Elm River, Johnson; Georgetown, Hudson Bay Company; Oak Point, unknown; Twenty-four Mile Point, McCauleyville, and Breckenridge. At none of the above stations was a handful of grain raised. The contractors hauled all their oats from St. Cloud. The above named points were all the settled points, and there was not a settler elsewhere on the river from Breckenridge to Pembina.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
STEAMBOATS ON THE RED RIVER.
</head>
<p>
In 1858, Anson Northup got the steamboat Pioneer in successful operation. Mr. Cavalier says he was then living at St. Boniface, Selkirk settlement, and with his wife made a trip on her to Lower Fort Garry, and he says that the settlers on the bank of the river were as much surprised as were the Indians in their villages on the Minnesota river at the first boat when she steamed up to Mankato. It was a perfect circus all the way down.
</p>
<p>
The International made her appearance within three or four years afterward as a freight boat for the Hudson Bay Company, ostensibly owned by Commodore N. W. Kittson, and was used as long as there was need of a boat on the river. She was all the time under the command of Capt. Frank Aymond, a St. Louis Frenchman from Ville Roche, and he was an excellent captain. SinCe leaving the river he has been living on his farm some four miles above Neche on the Pembina river, where he expects to pass the remainder of his days to a happy old age.
</p>
<p>
The Selkirk came next. She was built by James J. Hill; and other boats were built to supply the increased demand. Then followed the combination known as the Red River Transportation Company, which did business under that head until the railroads successfully shut off river navigation.
</p>
<p>
The amount of business that these boats accomplished was astonishing, and yet they did but little, perceptibly, toward settling the country, as there were only three or four points on the river that showed a beginning of what was to come. From Fargo and Moorhead to Grand Forks there were only a few settlers; and from Grand Forks to Drayton a few had settled to stay. Bowesmont was a steamboat landing, but never has amounted to much. Then Joliette commenced to grow and is now quite a
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0029">
0029
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
11
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
prosperous community, and, last but not least, Pembina. Back from the river there was no settlement and without the aid of railroads it would have taken an age to build up the country to what it now is.
</p>
<p>
Prior to 1878 there had been a few shipments of wheat, which had been picked up along the river by the boats. Frank C. Myrick, who was in the commission business from 1864, made the largest shipment on one of the boats ever made from Pembina. It amounted to 500 bushels of wheat, which he had collected from the back country on the Pembina and Tongue rivers. From Grand Forks to Pembina settlers came dropping in by families one at a time, and all came with the idea that wheat was the only staple to be cultivated in the Red River valley, all of which they had learned from the remarkable crops raised in the Selkirk settlement with primitive tools for cultivation, yielding from twenty to fifty bushels per acre. In one instance by garden cultivation as an experiment on the ground of Deacon James McKay, the yield was seventy-five bushels to the acre. If such crops are raised in Selkirk with the imperfect cultivation, why may we not, they reasoned, do the same or better with improved machinery farther south in the valley? For a few years they did so, and they continued to do well as long as they confined themselves to the extent of land they could properly cultivate. But greed was their worst enemy. If 160 acres panned out so well, why would not a section do better? And there they made a mistake, as will be explained later.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
FIRST WHEAT RAISING NEAR THE PEMBINA RIVER.
</head>
<p>
During the period thus far traced, no wheat was raised south of the international boundary line. The settlers there lived on fish, flesh, and fowl. They raised all the garden vegetables needed, and bought flour from the Selkirk settlement. For fresh meat they depended upon the plains, and were seldom out of a supply. Barley was raised for horse feed, and some oats were raised, but the blackbirds devoured most of the oat fields. Having no mills to grind wheat, the settlers on the south side of the line raised none, but did raise squaw corn for roasting ears. The few cattle were kept on hay in winter, and the Indian ponies dug theirs
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0030">
0030
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
12
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
out of the snow, save in a period of unusually cold weather and deep snows, when they were fed hay.
</p>
<p>
In 1871 or 1872, Charles Bottineau, who had tilled ten acres to garden, seeded it to wheat, and claims to have raised fifty bushels of No. I hard wheat to the acre upon it. His place was four miles above Neche on the north side of Pembina river. Two years later Charles Grant, two miles west of Pembina, raised a small field of wheat, and claims to have averaged forty bushels to the acre, all of which they hauled to the Selkirk settlement to have it ground. A man named Vere Ether came to Pembina at the beginning of Riel&apos;s rebellion (1869), and was stopped at the boundary line by Riel&apos;s scouts. They sent him back to wait for a more convenient time. He was persuaded to take a pre&euml;mption on the Pembina river a few miles east of Neche. He opened up his farm and was the first settler there who made wheat-raising his chief employment. He always had good crops, in good seasons forty bushels per acre and never less than fifteen bushels.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
PIONEER FARMERS NEAR MOORHEAD AND FARGO.
</head>
<p>
One of the oldest settlers and farmers in the Red River valley, south of the international line, is Hon. R. M. Probstfield, now living on his farm three and a half miles north of Moorhead. He came to the valley in 1859, and located at the mouth of the Sheyenne river, about five miles south of Georgetown. In October, 1860, he went to Europe, and returned in the spring of 1861, but, owing to the flooded condition of the valley that spring, he was unable to reach his location until June 10th. At that time parties by the name of Roundsville and Hanna were on the land where Mr. Probstfield now lives, and that spring they sowed a little wheat and planted potatoes. Roundsville and Hanna were called away and they made arrangements with Mr. Probstfield to harvest the wheat and dig the potatoes, but the Chippewa Indians threatened to drive them away and kill their stock. The wheat was destroyed by hail. Mr. Probstfield dug the potatoes. He had brought some cattle from St. Paul, and that fall he cut some hay on the place now occupied by Jacob Wambach. The Indians never molested them, as, after the troops at Fort Abercrombie had given them a whipping, they went north into the British possessions.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0031">
0031
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
13
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
In the fall of 1861 he went to the post at Georgetown, and lived there until March, 1863; when General Sibley ordered all whites to go to Abercrombie. This was owing to the Indian uprising. He remained at Abercrombie until June, 1863, when he was ordered by General Sibley to remove to St. Cloud, where he remained until May, 1864, when he returned to Georgetown. The Indians had burned his buildings on the Wambach place, on the Buffalo river near Georgetown. He then opened a boarding house in one of the Hudson Bay Company&apos;s buildings at Georgetown and was appointed postmaster. There were twenty-five men there at work building barges, who lived in the military quarters and boarded with him.
</p>
<p>
From 1864 to 1868, Mr. Probstfield was the Hudson Bay Company&apos;s agent at Georgetown. In 1862 the company seeded some wheat, but it was not harvested, owing to the abandonment of the post on account of the Indian scare. The company leased its boat, the International, to Harris, Gaeger, Mills &amp; Bentley, until the post was again opened in 1864. Roundsville and Hanna having abandoned their farm, in Oakport, Mr. Probstfield took it as his homestead and occupied it in May, 1869, where he has ever since lived. There were seventy-one acres in the place, and he afterwards purchased additional land at &dollar;1.25 per acre. In 1869 he broke land for a garden, and seeded oats and barley and planted potatoes. He also kept live stock. As there were no threshing machines or mills in the country, it would not pay to raise wheat. In 1874, the Hudson Bay Company brought a thresher, a horse power machine, and the company&apos;s agent at Georgetown, Walter J. S. Traill, offered to thresh any wheat that was grown. Mr. Probstfield accordingly broke up fifteen acres and seeded it to wheat, harvesting twenty-eight bushels per acre, which was sold at about &dollar;1.50 per bushel. I should have remarked that during the years 1870 to 1873, Mr. Probstfield cultivated ten acres to oats, barley, corn and garden. Moorhead and Fargo had begun to be established in 1871, and these places afforded an excellent market for all the produce grown.
</p>
<p>
Nels Larson raised some wheat also in 1874, on land about two miles north of Moorhead, now known as Dr. Brendemuehl&apos;s farm. O1e Thompson, Hogan Anderson (Hicks), and Jens Anderson, raised wheat south of Moorhead the same year. This
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0032">
0032
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
14
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
wheat was sold to an elevator in Fargo that was built before Bruns &amp; Finkle had built their large elevator and mill in Moorhead.
</p>
<p>
In 1875, Mr. Probstfield again raised wheat, and the number who were engaged in the industry considerably increased that year. In the spring of that year a number of Norwegians from Houston county came up and looked at land on the Dakota side between Georgetown and Argusville. Finding the land very wet by overflow of the river, they returned to the Minnesota side, and Mr. Probstfield, meeting them, asked where they were going, and they replied, &ldquo;Back to Houston county.&rdquo; He was cultivating potatoes, and he said to them that if they would put two young men to work in his place, he would go with them and show them good land that had been surveyed. They agreed, and he took them over to the Buffalo river about six or eight miles east, where they located. There were six or seven families, and among them were Ole Thortvedt, Ole Tauge, Torgerson Skree, Ole Anderson, and others. They were delighted with the location and land, and they or their descendants are still there and prosperous. A. G. Kassenborg, A. O. Kragnes, and B. Gunderson and others, came a little later, and located on the Buffalo river. Jacob Wambach came in 1874, with his father-in-law. Joseph Stochen. Contemporary with Mr. Probstfield was E. R. Hutchinson, who settled where he still resides, about two miles south of Georgetown on the river. The boom began about 1878, when the immigration into the valley was very large. Wheat sold for &dollar;1 and above until about 1882, and it fell until it reached the low price of 42 or 43 cents.
</p>
<p>
One of the oldest settlers in the valley on the Dakota side and one of the most successful farmers is James Holes. He came in July, 1871, and bought out the claim of Ole Hanson, who had a cabin on the west bank of the river about one mile north of the Northern Pacific surveyed line. Hanson had a small patch of corn and potatoes. No corn was secured that year, and Mr. Holes says he dug about half a barrel of potatoes. The Northern Pacific railroad had laid tracks in the fall of 1871 to the east side of the river, to a point where Moorhead now stands. There was no bridge as yet, and owing to want of timber the bridge was not
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0033">
0033
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
15
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
built until the summer of 1872. The first engine crossed the river July 4 (or June 6), 1872. Mr. Holes states that the freight charges for wheat to Duluth at that time were prohibitory and this discouraged the growing of it. He interviewed the general manager and made such representations to him. The Charge then was &dollar;99 for 20,000 pounds. This was exactly 30 cents per bushel. The company soon after (in 1873) made a considerable reduction. In 1872 Mr. Holes had the largest cultivated field in Cass county. It was cropped to oats, potatoes, and garden vegetables, and contained twenty-four acres. There were good markets, and Mr. Holes shipped his produce to Fort Buford, Bismarck, Winnipeg, and Glyndon. In 1873 he pursued the Same employment. In 1874 he seeded fifteen acres of wheat, and harvested twenty bushels per acre. The season was dry, and, as the land had been gardened, it blew out badly, which caused a rather light yield for those early years. The wheat was the Scotch Fife variety, and he sold it for seed. In 1875 his acreage of wheat was about the same, but having in 1876 broken 150 acres, in the spring of 1877 he seeded 175 acres to wheat and secured an average of twenty-seven and one-half bushels per acre, which he sold at &dollar;1 per bushel. As this wheat was raised on land worth &dollar;5 per acre, the profit was large.
</p>
<p>
From 1878 to 1893, Mr. Holes yearly increased his acreage of wheat until he had reached 1,600 acres, which has been about the extent of his yearly wheat cultivation since. His land is now worth &dollar;30 per acre. The poorest field he ever harvested was ten bushels per acre, and the best forty-four bushels. His average has always exceeded ten bushels, but never exceeded twenty-seven and one-half bushels. The price has ranged from &dollar;1.50 to 45 cents per bushel. Grasshoppers prevailed from 1871 to 1877, and wreaked more or less damage every year. In May, 1876, the settlers burned the young grasshoppers in the prairie grass, which checked them; and in 1877 they all flew away, and this part of the valley has not been troubled with them since. Mr. Holes&apos; crops have in the twenty-eight years of his residence here, been injured by hail four seasons. The most disastrous hailstorm was last season, when he lost, as he figures it, about 16,000 bushels of wheat by hail. Mr. Holes states as his judgment, formed after long experience, that wheat can be produced at a profit in the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0034">
0034
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
16
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
valley when properly cultivated, excluding from the calculation the advance in price of land, and that the valley is one of the best in the United States for profitable farming.
</p>
<p>
Moorhead was the terminus of the Northern Pacific railroad for a period of two years, and a large amount of freight was transferred at that point for transportation down the Red river to Winnipeg and other places. At that time nine steamers were plying on the river, and a number of flatboats were used in connection. An eye witness has informed me that he has seen as many as eleven hundred Mennonite immigrants camped at Moorhead and bound for Manitoba and the Northwest Territory, who pitched their tents on the banks of the Red River, awaiting transportation by boat down.
</p>
<p>
In May, 1871, there were a few settlers at Glyndon, Muskoda, and Hawley, and a few along the Red river within the present limits of Clay county. The very earliest settlements were made at Georgetown by Adam Stein, R. M. Probstfield, and E. R. Hutchinson, who became husbandmen and tillers of the soil. We have the gratification of knowing that they are still living witnesses of the fertility of the Red River valley soil and the healthfulness of the climate, and moreover of the fecundity of mankind when under the influence of both these. Mr. Hutchinson is the father of seventeen children, Mr. Probstfield of thirteen, and Mr. Stein of eight.
</p>
<p>
It may be of interest to my hearers to learn the particulars as to how it happened that these three pioneers drifted into what is now one of the most famous agricultural regions in the world, but which was then a dreary waste uninhabited save by Indians and roamed by wild beasts. In March, 1859, a party of capitalists, consisting in part of Messrs. Peter Poncin, Welch, and Bottineau, of Minneapolis, and Barneau, John Irvine, and Freudenreich, of St. Paul, explored the Red river country; and their investigations convinced them that a point at the mouth of the Sheyenne river, about fourteen miles north of the present site of Moorhead, was the head of navigation of the Red river, and they judged that it was the natural point for a townsite. They therefore covered a plot of land at the point named on the Minnesota side of the Red river with scrip, and laid out a town which they named La Fayette, and they sold a great many shares in this
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0035">
0035
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
17
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
townsite to parties east. On the site they built a large log house, which they intended for a tavern. At this time Mr. Probstfield was in business at St. Paul in partnership with George Emerling, and the townsite owners induced Mr. Probstfield to go up to La Fayette. He remained there for a year or more and soon after pre&euml;mpted a claim on the south side of Buffalo river, not far from Georgetown. In 1864 he went into the employ of the Hudson Bay Company at Georgetown, where they had a warehouse and trading post.
</p>
<p>
Mr. Stein was induced in July, 1859, to go to La Fayette, and he afterwards pre&euml;mpted a claim near Georgetown. His first work was in cutting prairie grass and making hay, which he sold to the Hudson Bay Company; and later he worked in erecting buildings at Georgetown for that company. In December, 1861, Mr. Stein enlisted as a soldier in the Fourth Minnesota regiment and served through the Civil war. After his return from the war, he settled on land near the Hudson Bay Company&apos;s buildings at Georgetown, and has been a farmer there ever since.
</p>
<p>
The first steamboat on the Red river was built at La Fayette, the materials for which were transported across the country from Crow Wing on the Mississippi, where the steamer North Star was broken up for that purpose. The new boat was named the Anson Northup. With the party who came across the country with those materials was E. R. Hutchinson, who helped to build the boat, and for a number of years he was engaged in boating on the Red river and building boats thereon and also on the Saskatchewan. Mr. Hutchinson afterward became a farmer and pre&euml;mpted land not far from the old site of La Fayette, where he now lives. I have related in another place how Mr. Probstfield became one of the first farmers in the valley. Besides these three men on the north of the line of the Northern Pacific railroad there were on the south Jens Anderson and his brother, about three miles south of Moorhead. Ole Thompson made settlement about the same time on the river about eleven miles south.
</p>
<p>
Early in the spring of 1871 Henry A. Bruns went from St. Cloud to Brainerd, which was then the western end of the Northern Pacific railroad track. From Brainerd he rode to Oak Lake, at the engineers&apos; headquarters of the road, where he met Gen. Thomas L. Rosser. The Northern Pacific had surveyed its line
<lb>
2
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0036">
0036
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
18
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
to the Red river at a point some twenty-eight miles below Moorhead. Mr. Bruns was prospecting, looking for business chances. He then returned to St. Paul, bought a load of provisions and ready-made clothing, and hauled them to the Red river. Where Mr. Probstfield&apos;s house now stands (about three and a half miles north of Moorhead), he found an encampment of tents, and here he met H. G. Finkle, J. B. Chapin, and John Haggert. This was about June, 1871. Mr. Bruns opened out his goods in a tent, and formed a partnership with Mr. Finkle. They remained at this point (Oakport) until September, when, the townsite of Moorhead having been staked out, all those at Oakport removed thereto. At Moorhead they did business in tents all winter. In March, 1872, Mr. Bruns went to McCauleyville and bought a lot of lumber, hired teams, and hauled it to Moorhead. Bruns &amp; Finkle then erected a frame building, of 21 by 50 feet. They continued to do business in this building until 1877, when they built a large brick store.
</p>
<p>
We have given this somewhat lengthy introduction of Mr. Bruns into this history for the reason that he was a pioneer in promoting the industry of wheat raising in the Red River valley. In the winter of 1871&ndash;2, Mr. Bruns purchased 500 bushels of seed wheat, which he gathered along the Minnesota river and farther south and east, and transported it hundreds of miles by sleds, which wheat he distributed among the farmers of Clay and Norman counties, Minnesota, and Cass and Traill counties, Dakota. The facilities for raising wheat that year being poor and the grasshoppers very destructive, there was no surplus from the harvest in excess of the amount required for seed the next year. Early in 1874, Mr. Bruns organized a stock company which erected the first flouring mill and sawmill. This mill soon demonstrated that the wheat of the valley was of superior quality for making strong flour and excellent bread. The flour was awarded the first premium at the Minneapolis and Minnesota State fairs two consecutive seasons. The sawmill cut timber for the construction of the steamboats, the Minnesota and Manitoba. built at Moorhead in 1875, by the Merchants&apos; Transportation Company, of which James Douglas, brother of John Douglas of St. Paul, was president. They were the best boats ever on Red river. This assisted in opening up Manitoba and the Northwest Territory markets.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0037">
0037
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
19
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Later the Upper Missouri and Black Hills countries were secured, and later still the Yellowstone country, as markets for the flour of this mill. It created a market for the wheat produced within a wide radius, and for a number of years took all that was offered, rarely giving less than &dollar;1 per bushel.
</p>
<p>
In 1878, Bruns and Finkle, seeing the necessity for more storage for the rapidly increasing production of wheat, erected a large steam elevator at Moorhead, with a capacity of 110,000 bushels. It was the first steam elevator built in the Red River valley. Mr. Bruns informs the writer that in the fall of 1873 he shipped the first carload of wheat from the Red river to lake Superior, which, by personal hard work in cleaning, was graded No. 2, though it certainly was No. 1, none like it ever having been shipped in the history of the world before. Mr. Bruns, in a personal letter, says: &ldquo;In the fall of 1874 I commenced to grind about all the wheat then grown in the Red River valley, and in the fall of 1875 I gathered wheat and other grain, not as before by the thousand but by the tens of thousands of bushels, and with wheat and flour of my own grinding supplied the Canadian government and Mennonites with seed and bread throughout Manitoba.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
Of the pioneer farmers who broke land extensively and opened farms in Clay county are John and Patrick H. Lamb, Franklin J. Schreiber, G. S. Barnes, Lyman Loring, George M. Richardson, Capt. W. H. Newcomb, A. M. Burdick, W. J. Bodkin, and Charles Brendemuehl.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EARLY WHEAT RAISING NEAR FORT ABERCROMBIE.
</head>
<p>
Wheat was grown near Abercrombie, on the east or Minnesota side of the river, in what is now Wilkin county, about as early as anywhere in the valley, except in the Selkirk settlement and in Pembina county, North Dakota, then the Territory of Dakota. Probably the first man to sow and harvest wheat in the upper or southern part of the valley was Hon. David McCauley. I append herewith his narrative just as he has given it to me.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;I came to Abercrombie July 17, 1861, to act as post sutler, postmaster, and agent for the Northwestern Transportation Company. In the spring of 1862, I sowed a few acres of barley,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0038">
0038
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
20
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
planted potatoes, and opened up a garden, which were destroyed by the Indians in August. In the spring of 1864, I crossed over on the Minnesota side of the river opposite to the fort and commenced farming. In 1865 I sowed some seventy-five acres of oats and planted a few acres of potatoes, and continued to sow and plant the same crops until 1871. There was no market for wheat until that time, nor until the railroad reached Moorhead or Breckenridge. In the spring of 1872 I put in a few acres of wheat, and have continued the same up to the present time. This season (1899) I raised 10,000 bushels of wheat. In the earlier years the yield of wheat was about the same as now. The land that I cultivated in 1865 has been cropped every year since except three, and the yield in 1899 was as good as I have known it. I know of no wheat being sown in the valley earlier than mine. The following are some of the men who sowed wheat soon after I did: Edward Connolly and Mitchell Robert, Breckenridge; Loure Bellman, J. R. Harris, and J. B. Welling, McCauleyville; Frank Herrick and John Eggen, Abercrombie. In the early days the only market for oats and potatoes was Fort Abercrombie.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
DEVELOPMENT BY RAILROADS.
</head>
<p>
Prior to 1878 there were no settlements away from the Red, Red Lake, and Pembina rivers, in the lower or northern portion of the valley, so that, in treating of the Minnesota side north of the Northern Pacific railroad, it is apparent that no wheat was grown on that side (except near Moorhead) until the completion of the St. Paul, Minneapolis &amp; Manitoba railroad (now the Great Northern) to St. Vincent, when immigration set in, bringing settlers to many stations, who at once began to break land and sow it to wheat. The district between the railroad and Red river was first settled.
</p>
<p>
It is a fact, which none will dispute, that the building of railroads into and through the valley has been the most important factor in settling the country and developing the resources of this fertile plain. Without these it would today be practically unpopulated and undeveloped, as it remained for fifty years after the Selkirk settlers had demonstrated its adaptability to cultivation.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0039">
0039
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
21
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
There might have been a fringe of settlements along the streams, but without more efficient means for transporting wheat and other agricultural products to market, there could not have been any great development and production.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE DALRYMPLE FARM.
</head>
<p>
Another leading factor in settling the country has been the so called bonanza farms. Those demonstrated on a large scale the practicability of producing wheat at a profit on the flat lands of the valley. They advertised the results of great operations, and made known to the world the wonderful possibilities of the region.
</p>
<p>
The first of these was the Dalrymple farm, eighteen miles west of the Red river, opened up in 1875 and subsequent years. A brief description of this farm may be of interest. In the year 1875, a number of large holders of the bonds of the Northern Pacific railroad company, supposed to be the Grandin brothers, Messrs. Cass, Howe, and Cheney, who had taken the bonds at par and which were then worth only ten cents on the dollar, determined to save as much as possible, and exchanged the bonds for a great block of the company&apos;s lands in the Red River valley. In March, 1875, Oliver Dalrymple, an experienced farmer of Minnesota, examined the land and became convinced of its value for wheat growing. He therefore entered into a contract with the owners to test the merits of the soil, the terms of which contract are understood to be that they were to furnish the stock, implements, and seed, with which to cultivate the land, and were to receive in return seven per cent. on the amount invested, Dalrymple to have the option of paying back the principal and interest, at which time he was to be granted one third of the land. In that year he broke 1,280 acres, and his first harvest, in 1876, yielded 32,000 bushels of the choicest wheat, or an average of a little more than twenty-three bushels per acre.
</p>
<p>
As soon as the results of Mr. Dalrymple&apos;s experiment became known, capital began seeking the depreciated railroad bonds and exchanging them for land, and labor flocked from adjoining states to pre&euml;mpt government land. In May, June, and July,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0040">
0040
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
22
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
1879, the sales of government land amounted to nearly 700,000 acres, and during the year, 1,500,000 acres were taken on homestead pre&euml;mption, and tree claims in Dakota.
</p>
<p>
The Dalrymple holdings comprised some 100,000 acres in all, and in 1878 the wheat acreage had been increased to 13,000 acres; and it was increased from year to year until in 1895 there were some 65,000 acres under cultivation. The cultivated land was subdivided into tracts of 2,000 acres, each tract being managed by a superintendent and foreman, with its own set of books. Each estate had suitable and complete buildings, consisting of houses for superintendent and men, stables, granaries, tool-houses, and other buildings. As a matter of course, to carry on the Dalrymple farm required the services of a large number of men and horses, the use of many plows, harrows, seeders, harvesters, threshers and engines, wagons, and other implements and tools. A settlement was effected in 1896 and years following, Mr. Dalrymple taking his share, and the great farm was divided and now comprises, besides the Dalrymple, the Howe and Cheney farms, and perhaps others.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE GRANDIN FARM.
</head>
<p>
Another bonanza farm of large extent was the Grandin farm consisting of 38,000 acres, of which 14,000 acres in and around Grandin, and 6,000 acres near Mayville in Traill county, North Dakota, are now under cultivation. The first crop of wheat was grown and harvested on this farm in 1878. This farm was operated in a similar manner as the Dalrymple farm, being divided into tracts of 1,500 acres, managed by a foreman. The two farms employ some 300 men and 300 horses, and use 100 plows, 50 seeders, 75 binders, 10 separators, and 10 engines, etc. The average yield of wheat on this farm has been 17 bushels per acre. In 1899 a severe hailstorm destroyed eight sections of wheat on this farm, which was ripe for the harvest. That was the only widespreead damage that has occurred to the crops of the farm in the twenty-one years it has been operated.
</p>
<p>
There are a number of other bonanza farms on both sides of the river, as the Lockhart and Keystone farms, respectively in Norman and Polk counties, Minnesota, and the Dwight, Fairview,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0041">
0041
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
23
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Cleveland, Downing, and Antelope farms in North Dakota. In fact, large farms have been opened in all the twelve counties, farms comprising three to five sections of land. They have served their purpose, and many of them have been reduced or divided and sold.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
INCREASE OF POPULATION AND WEALTH.
</head>
<p>
It is interesting to note the rapid growth of population and wealth that has taken place in the Red River valley within thirty years. In that time many cities, villages, and hamlets, have been established and builded, some of which have grown until they may fairly be denominated as magnificent and metropolitan. It is hardly needed to name Fargo and Moorhead (one city in a commercial and social sense, although situated in different states); Grand Forks and East Grand Forks, similarly situated; and likewise Wahpeton and Breckenridge. Pembina and St. Vincent also are somewhat similarly situated, though more distant from each other. Besides there are Crookston, on the Red Lake river, Hallock, Warren, Ada, and Barnesville, in Minnesota, Grafton and Hillsboro, in North Dakota, and many others of less note in both states.
</p>
<p>
In 1870 the population of the twelve counties was about 1,000. In 1880 it was 56,000. In 1890 it was 166,000. In 1900 it is estimated to be 350,000. The valuation of property in the valley in 1870 was zero. At this date it is estimated at not less than &dollar;100,000,000; and I am speaking of assessed valuation, which is, as a matter of course, far short of actual valuation.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
CAUSES OF OCCASIONAL FAILURES.
</head>
<p>
While there has been a somewhat remarkable development of the wheat growing industry in the Red River valley, and it is undisputed that its soil and climate are as favorable as any in the United States, and perhaps in the world, yet many industrious men have scored failures. In every employment, business, or industry, failures sometimes occur; and therefore, if they have occurred in raising wheat where the conditions are favorable, it is not surprising. It is also clear that such failures are chargeable to the mistakes of the men so engaged, rather than to the country.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0042">
0042
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
24
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
From a long observation of the methods employed and of the equipment of those who have pursued the work, I am of the opinion that the chief cause of failure has been the fact that men have undertaken larger tasks than their means warranted. In the early years of the settlement of the valley men were infected as with a craze. Wheat was selling at a dollar and upwards per bushel, while land could be had by paying the government fees for making entry, or by purchase at &dollar;5 per acre. Stories of large yields and high prices were circulated, and many believed that they could make themselves rich in a few years by raising wheat. Many embarked in it on borrowed capital, secured at high rates of interest; and some capital is needed although no payment of money was made in advance on the land. It must be broken and seeded, the crop harvested, threshed, and marketed. To do this requires horses, implements, and hire of laborers. Many men, doubtless, who have commenced in this way have succeeded: but this result has been accomplished by superior skill, economy, good business management, and fortuitous circumstances. By far the greater number have failed in the end. They may have won some success for a year or more, but, when they found themselves ahead, greed got the better of their foresight and judgment, and they have contracted for more land and larger equipment. Then a year of light yield, of damage by flood, drouth or frost, and a fall of price in conjunction, have succeeded, which has greatly diminished the value of their harvested crop; while the labor bills, the payments for machinery, the interest on borrowed capital, have piled up, and so the failure comes.
</p>
<p>
If these men had been satisfied to let well enough alone, if they had continued to cultivate what they might have done without hiring much help or buying additional machinery, they would have weathered the unfavorable years, as their obligations would have been small, and as to obtaining a living, there is no question but that they could have done that, though their entire crop was a failure. They could have found work with their horses among their neighbors; they could have cut hay on the wide prairies and have hauled it to market, or found employment sufficient to keep themselves and families, in a score of ways.
</p>
<p>
It has been the undue haste to get rich, the reaching out and covering more land than they had means of doing, except on borrowed capital, that has been the ruin of so many. This inclination
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0043">
0043
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
25
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
has also had another injurious effect. It has produced poor cultivation, careless plowing and seeding, harvesting and threshing at unseasonable times, and general slighting of work, instead of thorough, timely and skillful cultivation, which always brings its reward, but the other kind never.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
BETTER AND MORE DIVERSIFIED CULTIVATION NEEDED.
</head>
<p>
I am of the firm opinion that, whereas the average of wheat produced from an acre of land in the valley is about fifteen bushels per acre, or in some years a little more, it could be raised to 28 or 30 bushels; and that, while there are now produced crops ranging from 12 to 30 bushels per acre, there could be secured 30 to 40 bushels almost invariably. I am confirmed in this opinion by numerous instances where small fields which have been especially treated and cultivated, sown to wheat, have produced 35 to 40 bushels per acre. Thus we have seen pieces which had been cultivated to roots, potatoes, garden vegetables, etc., in previous years, the cultivation of which crops has required deep tillage, frequent stirring of the ground with plow or cultivator, and other pieces which had been seeded to timothy and pastured, being plowed and sown to wheat, produce 35 and as high as 42 bushels per acre in years when the adjoining large fields did not average more than 16 or 18 bushels per acre.
</p>
<p>
And so the conclusion is drawn that when the valley becomes more thickly settled, the value of land higher, compelling to better cultivation, and in less extensive tracts, no man undertaking to exceed 320 acres, the yield per acre will be increased. When this time comes, it will be accompanied also with more diversified farming. There will be flocks and herds, milk and butter, eggs and fowl, beef, pork and mutton, etc.; and then the Red River valley will be, according to its extent, the most productive region in the whole country.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
RAILROAD FREIGHT RATES AND LEGISLATION.
</head>
<p>
Along in 1883, or 1884, the price of wheat at Red river points having fallen to about 60 cents, there was little or no profit in its production and in many cases a considerable loss, which caused great uneasiness and dissatisfaction among the farmers. They
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0044">
0044
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
26
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
looked about them for some relief, and, as the cost of transporting wheat to the terminal points was the same, namely, 25 cents per hundred pounds, or 15 cents per bushel, as when wheat sold for &dollar;1.00 or more per bushel, they were of opinion that the freight charge should be reduced. They thought that the railroad companies might fairly be called upon to share with them some of the loss that they sustained. Appeals to the companies for reduction were without effect. Therefore the farmers resolved to secure a reduction, and other reforms connected therewith, by political action, and they began holding meetings, where the whole matter was discussed and resolutions passed. A good deal of complaint was also made against the alleged close alliance that existed between the railroad companies, the elevator companies, and the millers&apos; association, by which every producer was compelled to pass his wheat through an elevator and pay its charges for handling, which fixed its grade, and he generally had to sell it to the elevator at such a price as the company owning the elevator might give. The farmer wanted the right to load on cars and ship direct to a terminal market. This agitation had its birth in Clay county, and it extended throughout the wheat-raising districts of the state. It was the promoting cause for the organization of the Farmers&apos; Alliance, which afterward became a political party, and evolved into the People&apos;s party. It had its effect, and the legislature, in its session of 1885, passed an act, approved March 5, 1885, which regulated railroads and provided for the board of railroad and warehouse commissioners.
</p>
<p>
Briefly stated, the law provided that the railroad companies should make annual reports to the board of commissioners, showing amount of stock subscribed, amount of assets and liabilities, amount of debt, estimated value of roadbed, of rolling stock, of stations and buildings, mileage of main tracks and of branches tons of through and local freight carried, monthly earnings for carrying passengers and freight, expenses incurred in running passenger and freight trains, and all other expenses, rate of passenger fare, tariff of freights, and many other minor particulars and things; and the commission was authorized to make and propound any other interrogatories relating to the condition, operation and control of railroads in this state, as might be necessary, and they were empowered to make investigation, examine books, etc.;
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0045">
0045
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
27
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
and proper penalties were provided for in case of refusal of companies to furnish the information demanded. It also required every railroad company to permit any person or company to build and operate elevators at any of its way stations. It compelled railroads to furnish cars on application for transporting grain stored in any and all elevators or warehouses without discrimination. It prohibited extortion and discrimination in rates, and also empowered the commission to notify any railroad company of any changes in rates, or in operation of roads, that in their judgment ought to be made for carrying passengers or freight, and, in case of refusal of the company to make them, to institute suit to compel such changes or reductions.
</p>
<p>
At the same time the legislature passed an act to regulate elevators and warehouses, and for the inspection and weighing of grain. The main provisions of this act may be stated as follows: Declaring all elevators and warehouses at Duluth, Minneapolis, and St. Paul, public; requiring their proprietors to take out license; providing that such elevators and warehouses shall receive grain for storage without discrimination, to give receipts therefor, to deliver the grain or return the receipt; requiring the owner or lessee to make and post weekly in a conspicuous place a statement of kind and grade of grain received, to send a report daily to the state registrar, and to publish rates for storage; prohibiting the mixing together of grain of different grades; providing for the appointment of a state weighmaster and assistants, who shall weigh grain at points where it is inspected; providing for the appointment of a chief inspector and of deputy inspectors, for the inspection and grading of grain under such rules as the commission shall prescribe, for which inspection a fee shall be collected sufficient to meet the expenses of the service; and providing that the commission shall establish Minnesota grades and publish the same.
</p>
<p>
Under these laws and amendments thereto, it is well known and undisputed that there has been much more freedom in the shipment of wheat and other grain than before. Farmers have since been able to order cars to a side track and load them from their wheat fields, or otherwise, whence they are hauled to such market as they shall designate. The commissioners have, under the law, defined and established grades of wheat, and the inspection
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0046">
0046
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
28
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
is made at the terminals in accordance therewith, and the wheat is also weighed.
</p>
<p>
The operation of this law seems to have been beneficial and satisfactory for the most part. The season of 1898 was an exception, when it was charged that the grades were suddenly stiffened, by which the producer lost one or more grades, or from 4 to 7 cents in value per bushel of wheat, and that this stiffening was without just ground. These charges also originated, as the agitation for reduction of freight charges had done, in Clay county, and were made an issue in the state election that year; and it is believed that, as Hon. John Lind, the candidate for governor of the Democrats, Populists, and Silver Republicans, championed them, it gave him many votes. They were substantially verified by an investigation made by a joint committee of the legislature.
</p>
<table entity="p0046">
<caption>
<p>
The freight on wheat, in cents per 100 pounds, since the settlement of the Red River valley, from different primary points to Minneapolis and Duluth, has been as follows:
</p>
</caption>
<tabletext>
<cell>
To Minneapolis
</cell>
<cell>
To Duluth.
</cell>
<cell>
Sept. 1, 1891
</cell>
<cell>
Oct. 9, 1895
</cell>
<cell>
July 21, 1898
</cell>
<cell>
Sept. 1, 1891
</cell>
<cell>
Oct. 9, 1895
</cell>
<cell>
July 21, 1898
</cell>
<cell>
Various Dates
</cell>
<cell>
1873
</cell>
<cell>
Morris
</cell>
<cell>
28c.
</cell>
<cell>
12
</cell>
<cell>
12
</cell>
<cell>
13
</cell>
<cell>
15
</cell>
<cell>
15
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
1872
</cell>
<cell>
Breckenridge
</cell>
<cell>
35
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
13
</cell>
<cell>
15
</cell>
<cell>
15
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
1880
</cell>
<cell>
Crookston
</cell>
<cell>
27
</cell>
<cell>
16&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
16&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
16&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
16&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
1880
</cell>
<cell>
St. Vincent
</cell>
<cell>
35
</cell>
<cell>
18
</cell>
<cell>
18
</cell>
<cell>
16
</cell>
<cell>
18
</cell>
<cell>
18
</cell>
<cell>
16
</cell>
<cell>
1881
</cell>
<cell>
Moorhead
</cell>
<cell>
25
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
1881
</cell>
<cell>
Fargo
</cell>
<cell>
25
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
1881
</cell>
<cell>
Glyndon
</cell>
<cell>
25
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
15&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
1881
</cell>
<cell>
Fergus Falls
</cell>
<cell>
23
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
<cell>
13
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14&frac12;
</cell>
<cell>
14
</cell>
</tabletext>
</table>
</div>
<div>
<head>
OLD AND NEW METHODS OF WHEAT FARMING.
</head>
<p>
Since the first wheat was grown in the Red River valley, a revolution has occurred in plowing, seeding, harvesting, and threshing. By the old method of plowing, with the best plow and horses, one man with a 14-inch walking plow and a pair of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0047">
0047
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
29
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
good horses, might plow two and a half acres of land in a day. Now one man with a gang plow, turning 28 inches, and drawn by four horses, can plow four and a half acres. The area is not quite doubled for the reason that the speed is somewhat slackened by increased weight, the driver riding on the plow, thus rendering the labor much easier to him.
</p>
<p>
By the old method of seeding by hand one man could sow sixteen acres in a day, and the land had to be harrowed and dragged, often with tree tops, to smooth it. Now with a drill, drawn by four horses, one man will put in twenty-five acres and no harrowing is necessary afterward, although many harrow the land previous to seeding.
</p>
<p>
By the old method of cutting grain with a cradle a good man could cut four acres, while it required another man to rake and bind it. Now with the best binder, drawn by three horses, he can cut sixteen acres, and the machine binds it, and carries along a number of bundles and drops them in rows.
</p>
<p>
In threshing there is even more disparity in the amount accomplished by modern machinery over the old methods. In fact, the difference is so great that a comparison is not worth while. With the best and largest threshing machine, 3,500 bushels of wheat can be threshed in a day. Thus on land producing an average of 20 bushels per acre, one day&apos;s work will thresh the wheat grown on 175 ecres. The area of land covered in a day will be more or less than this, according to the average yield per acre. To operate this machine, which is provided with a self-feeder and an automatic band-cutter, also a blower which stacks the straw, only four men are required. To haul the bundles to the machine requires eighteen men and twenty horses, or ten wagons with two horses to each. The number of men and horses and wagons required to do the hauling of the threshed wheat from the machine to the granary, elevator, or cars, depends upon the distance to be traversed. It costs at the present time ten cents per bushel to thresh the wheat and load it into wagon tanks.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
WHEAT PRODUCTION AND ITS VALUE, 1898.
</head>
<p>
I have gathered the statistics of wheat acreage and yield for 1898 from the most reliable sources obtainable, namely, from the county auditor&apos;s office of each county which lies partly or mainly
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0048">
0048
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
30
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
in the Red River valley south of the international boundary. Some of the officers reported that the statistics on this head as furnished by the assessors were not full, owing to the failure of some of the assessors to make returns; but in these cases, army request, the auditors furnished me with estimates based upon other sources of information. Therefore, although the figures in the following table cannot be claimed to be absolutely correct, they approach accuracy, and, it is believed, are in no case excessive.
</p>
<div>
<head>
Acreage and Production of Wheat in 1898 in the Counties of the
<lb>
Red River Valley
.
</head>
<table entity="p0048">
<caption>
<p>
Counties in Minnesota.
</p>
</caption>
<tabletext>
<cell>
Acres.
</cell>
<cell>
Bushels.
</cell>
<cell>
Wilkin
</cell>
<cell>
126,418
</cell>
<cell>
1,896,270
</cell>
<cell>
Clay
</cell>
<cell>
210,440
</cell>
<cell>
3,367,040
</cell>
<cell>
Norman
</cell>
<cell>
166,377
</cell>
<cell>
2,438,662
</cell>
<cell>
Polk
</cell>
<cell>
347,346
</cell>
<cell>
4,862,844
</cell>
<cell>
Marshall
</cell>
<cell>
186,716
</cell>
<cell>
2,614,024
</cell>
<cell>
Kittson
</cell>
<cell>
142,857
</cell>
<cell>
2,000,000
</cell>
<cell>
1,180,154
</cell>
<cell>
17,178,840
</cell>
</tabletext>
</table>
<table entity="p0048">
<caption>
<p>
Counties in North Dakota.
</p>
</caption>
<tabletext>
<cell>
Acres.
</cell>
<cell>
Bushels.
</cell>
<cell>
Richland
</cell>
<cell>
226,720
</cell>
<cell>
3,057,714
</cell>
<cell>
Cass
</cell>
<cell>
495,499
</cell>
<cell>
7,916,896
</cell>
<cell>
Traill
</cell>
<cell>
271,907
</cell>
<cell>
5,371,129
</cell>
<cell>
Grand Forks
</cell>
<cell>
329,498
</cell>
<cell>
5,676,322
</cell>
<cell>
Walsh
</cell>
<cell>
257,500
</cell>
<cell>
3,960,175
</cell>
<cell>
Pembina
</cell>
<cell>
258,211
</cell>
<cell>
4,956,680
</cell>
<cell>
1,839,335
</cell>
<cell>
30,938,916
</cell>
<cell>
Total
</cell>
<cell>
3,019,489
</cell>
<cell>
48,117,756
</cell>
</tabletext>
</table>
<p>
Assuming that the average price of wheat for the year&apos;s crop at points of production was 60 cents per bushel, the value of the crop for 1898 to the producers was &dollar;28,870,653. This sum measures the wealth-creating value of this one staple for the year named. But this is not the whole story. The wheat farmers of the twelve Red River valley counties produced a greater value. They added a much larger amount than nearly twenty-nine million dollars to the wealth of the country. I assume that this crop was transported either as wheat or flour to New York. As a matter of course, not all of it was actually carried direct to New
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0049">
0049
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
31
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
York, but a large part of it was carried to that port, either for domestic consumption or for export; and it is fair to assume that it would cost, on the average, as much in local freights and handling charges to distribute the other portion to the consumers throughout the country as to carry it through to New York. The cost of carriage to New York by all rail is about 24 1&ndash;2 cents per bushel; partly by rail and partly by lake and canal it is about 20 cents. Basing the calculation on a rate of 21 cents (arbitrarily found, for it is difficult to figure on an average rate for the year accurately, owing to the fluctuations in the lake and canal rate, or to ascertain the amount shipped by that route and the amount shipped by rail), the added value is &dollar;10,104,728. This increased value is properly assigned to the wheat, for the wheat pays the whole cost of marketing it. This large sum of ten million dollars was earned by the railroads, elevators, inspectors and weighers, boats, transferers, etc., which gave employment to large numbers of men. Thus the wheat produced in 1898, by the farmers of these twelve counties, which include the part of the Red River valley in the United States, added to the wealth of the country some thirty-nine millions of dollars; and in the year 1899, just past, it is probably nearly as much.
</p>
<p>
An explanation is needed, however, as to the actual cash price received by the producers for their crop of wheat for the year 1898. I find upon a careful examination of the price paid at Moorhead that the average price for the year was about 57 cents per bushel; that its average price for the four months of September, October, November, and December, 1898, was 55 cents; and for the remaining eight months of the year, from January to August, 1899, the average price was 59 cents, making an average for the year of 57 cents per bushel. It is a fact which must be recognized that the producers in the section I am treating of sell the bulk of their crop in the four months prior to January 1; so that I will make the calculation of value of the crop produced in the twelve Red River valley counties on this basis of its average local price for that period, which shows as follows: 48,117,756 bushels at 55 cents is &dollar;26,464,765.80. This is the minimum amount of value, as, for such part of the crop as was sold by producers after January 1, 1899, four cents more per bushel on the average was realized. This explanation does not affect the foregoing argument so far as it relates to the increased value of the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0050">
0050
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
32
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
wheat at points of consumption and export, all of which must be included in any calculation as to the wealth-creating value of the crop.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<head>
LETTER FROM HON. CHARLES CAVALIER.
</head>
<p>
I have mentioned Charles Cavalier, of Pembina, who has taken great interest in my labors in gathering materials for this paper, and who has given me much valuable assistance. In further acknowledgement thereof, and in compliment to him, I desire to embrace herein a portion of a recent letter of his to me as follows:
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;It would be a pleasant thing for me to be present with them [meaning this annual meeting of the society] and see some of the old faces of fifty years ago, but alas, the infirmities of eighty-one years forbid it. Present my respects to them, and tell them that though far away, I am with them in mind if not in body. I still keep up an occasional correspondence with my old friend, A. L. Larpenteur, and through him I hear from Bill Murray and others of the old timers, and I see occasionally the name of Ex-Governor Ramsey, for whom I have a high regard and a warm spot in my heart. He appointed me first territorial librarian, and has in many instances aided and befriended me. May he live until he learns to enjoy the good things of this footstool of God, and then, after his life of usefulness and goodness, tranquilly fall asleep and awake in the kingdom prepared for him and all of us who have kept God&apos;s commandments or tried to do so. Such is the wish of this old settler whose mundane existence of close onto eighty-one years has been one of pleasure and enjoyment far exceeding its many ills and misery. My health is now tolerably fair.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
GREATNESS OF THE RESOURCES OF MINNESOTA.
</head>
<p>
I have not found it practicable to treat wheat-growing as a state-wide industry, owing to its magnitude, and have confined myself strictly to the subject assigned to me, which has necessitated as much labor and research as I have been able, while editing a daily and weekly newspaper, to devote to it. With more abundant leisure I might properly have touched upon the expansive prairies of the state, both level and rolling, and told something
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0051">
0051
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
33
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of their productions, not only of their wheat, which makes the best bread ever eaten by man, but of their rye, oats, barley, corn, flax-seed, and potatoes; of their green meadows, which abound with luxuriant grass and furnish food for countless flocks and herds, and of the Minnesota cow, whose milk, after being treated in the creameries, makes the very best butter known to civilization; of the fruit orchards, gardens, flowers, shrubbery, etc., together with the neat and cozy dwellings that dot them o&apos;er and are the homes of a hardy, happy, and prosperous people.
</p>
<p>
I might have touched upon the great extent of forests, from which have been taken so many millions of feet of the best white pine and hardwood lumber, adding largely to the wealth of the state, and which are not yet exhausted.
</p>
<p>
I might have told of the iron mines, which, for richness and extent, have been one of the marvels of the closing part of the nineteenth century, and which are yet, maybe, to exceed the most sanguine expectations of enthusiasts; of the mighty river having its rise in our state, whose commerce has been so great a factor in the making of the history of the North American continent, and advancing its civilization; and of the smaller rivers, which are interesting in other ways.
</p>
<p>
I might have dwelt at length upon the surpassing beauty of the state&apos;s landscape, whose ten thousand lakes are bordered by a superb growth of primeval forest timber, through whose foliage the pure air of a wholesome climate sings a ceaseless lullaby to exhausted humanity, which seeks quiet and rest upon their bosom. In these lakes the finny tribe leap and splash and entice the skill of the expert angler, as well as the efforts of the novice, affording the most exquisite enjoyment and the most health-giving and recuperative recreation that man is blessed with, and whose skill, good luck, or patience is rewarded by the catch of as good food fish as swim.
</p>
<p>
And, lastly, I might have said that this great, resourceful and fertile state of ours, at the age of fifty years, contains a population of nearly two millions of as intelligent, generous, brave, and at the same time as gentle, industrious, progressive and patriotic people, as can be found in any state in all this broad land.
<lb>
3
</p>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0052z">
0052
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0053">
0053
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
HISTORY OF FLOUR MANUFACTURE IN
<lb>
MINNESOTA.
<anchor id="n0053-02">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY COL. GEORGE D. ROGERS.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0053-02" place="bottom"><p>&ast; An Address at the Annual Meeting of the Minnesota Historical Society, January 21, 1901. The author was aided in the preparation of this paper by Mr. Frank N. Stacy, who also read it at this meeting.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
PROGRESS IN METHODS OF MILLING.
</head>
<p>
It is recorded, and is probably true, although it does not come within the milling experience which it is my privilege to review here tonight, that the first mill operated in Minnesota was the hand mortar of the Indian aborigines. This make of mill seems to have been much on the plan of that described in the Bible, the mortar used by Moses in grinding corn and manna in the wilderness within sight of Canaan. Speaking of Moses and milling, you will pardon me, if in passing I call attention to the fact, that this great law-giver of Bible record, the first legislator of historic repute, exempted the mortar or mill of that day from being taken in pawn, because, said he, it would be like taking a man&apos;s life to take the mill from which proceeds life&apos;s staff. But the hand mortar of Moses and the red man is no longer used in the flouring industry of Minnesota, and its further history we will leave with our friends, the apothecaries, who long since secured the monopoly for the use of this kind of milling machine.
</p>
<p>
The next step in the evolution of milling in the Northwest was the introduction of the hand-mill by the early territorial pioneers. The hand-mill was the prevailing mill in use among the ancient Britons down to the time of the Roman conquest. It is
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0054">
0054
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
36
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
still in use in Minnesota by the wives and daughters and by the retail grocers for grinding the family coffee. For a full account of the milling industry and process connected with the hand-mill, you are respectfully referred to the Daughters of the Revolution or to the Minnesota Retail Grocers Association.
</p>
<p>
The horse-mill followed the hand-mill. Fifty years ago it was not an uncommon sight, on the prairies of Illinois, Iowa and southern Minnesota, to see a farmer coming in a distance of ten to twenty miles with an ox team and camping around a bonfire sometimes two days and a night, dining meantime on parched corn, while he waited his turn to get a sack or two of corn ground at the one and only horse-mill in that section. For the horse-mill we are said to be indebted to the Romans. For an exhaustive account of its modern use in Minnesota, you should apply to the farmers who grind feed for live stock.
</p>
<p>
From the horse-mill there was a broad progressive stride to the windmill as a source of power in flour manufacture. Wind grist-mills are of great antiquity, and are still operated in Europe. The crusaders of the thirteenth century introduced them into England, France, Germany, and Holland, borrowing the invention from the Saracens. In the seventeenth century wind grist-mills decorated the hills of New England, just as the water mill afterward sung in the valleys. An early historian of Minnesota, J. W. McClung, speaks of the wind grist-mills at St. Peter and Mankato, that at the latter place, in 1868, grinding 160 bushels of wheat daily, which would be equivalent to perhaps thirty barrels of flour. In 1876, Mr. A. Simpson, of Owatonna, in a contribution to the Northwestern Miller, in answer to an inquiry regarding wind grist-mills, said: &ldquo;I have operated a Halliday power mill since 1867 with satisfactory results. The wind wheel is 60 feet in diameter and furnishes 45 horse power. It runs three run of buhrs with all necessary machinery in a common gate. The wheels are perfectly self-regulating and durable. I have ground in one month 3,540 bushels of wheat and over 1,200 bushels of feed. As good flour can be made with wind power as with any power and as much per bushel. The mill runs about three-fourths of the time during the year, part of the time running one run of feed. There are seven 60-foot wind wheel touring mills in this state, two in Wisconsin, one in Nebraska, and several more with smaller wheels, all doing a good business.&rdquo;
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0055">
0055
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
37
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
This description is doubtless news to most of the milling profession of Minnesota, as well as to many of our pioneer citizens. The writer talked as though he might be an agent for the Halliday mills, and before his words are accepted as verified history it might be well to have the subject of wind-grist mills investigated by a joint committee of eloquent members of the legislature now in session.
</p>
<p>
Nature laid the foundation for the milling industry of Minnesota when she filled the soil and atmosphere of this chief wheat belt on the globe with such a remarkable quality and quantity of food nutrition, and laid through the woods and across the prairies such a cordon of strong and reliable streams, carrying power to cheaply and efficiently convert the wheat of the Northwest into flour. After that, it was simply a matter of human energy and method; the ultimate result was assured. In 1899 Minnesota raised the largest wheat crop ever produced by this or any other state, and the largest mill-power ever got together in one state converted it, with half the crop of the Dakotas thrown in, into 25,000,000 barrels of flour,&mdash;enough to feed one-third of the people of the United States one year.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE GOVERNMENT MILL OF 1823.
</head>
<p>
It is interesting to note that the first flour mill built in Minnesota was owned and run by the government, and that the first wheat raised was planted and harvested by the government. One of the first acts of Col. Snelling on taking possession of the fort named after him was to send a detachment of fifteen soldiers to St. Anthony falls to build a mill. Commissary Clark, father of Mrs. Charlotte O. Van Cleve, who is still a resident of Minneapolis, was the first to suggest the raising of wheat and flour to support the soldiers. That was the beginning of Minnesota&apos;s wheat and flour industries.
</p>
<p>
At the annual meeting of the Minnesota Historical Society, twenty-one years ago this month, there was exhibited a letter, dated Washington, D. C., August 23, 1823, from General George Gibson, commissary general, as follows:
</p>
<p>
From a letter addressed by Col. Snelling to the quartermaster general, dated the 2nd of April, I learned that a large quantity of wheat would be raised this summer. The assistant commissary of subsistence at St Louis has been instructed to forward sickles and a pair of millstones to St. Peter&apos;s
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0056">
0056
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
38
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
If any flour is manufactured from the wheat raised, be pleased to let me know as early as practicable, that I may deduct the quantity manufactured at the post from the quantity advertised to be contracted for.
</p>
<p>
In a second letter General Gibson said:</p>
<p>Below you will find the amount charged on the books against the garrison at Fort St. Anthony for certain articles, forwarded for the use of the troops at the post, which you will deduct from the payments to be made for flour raised, and turned over to your free issue:
<list type="simple">
<item><p>One pair buhr stones
<hsep>&dollar;250.11
</p></item>
<item><p>337 pounds plaster of Paris
<hsep>20.22
</p></item>
<item><p>Two dozen sickles
<hsep>18.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Total
<hsep>&dollar;288.33
</p></item>
</list>
</p>
<p>
Such was the infantile milling plant and harvesting outfit with which the grain and milling industries of Minnesota saw daylight and a cradle. That was seventy-eight years ago, back in the infancy of the oldest pioneer members of this society.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE FIRST CUSTOM MILLS.
</head>
<p>
It was not until about a quarter of a century later, that the first grist mills were built for the accommodation of the general population. The wheat industry and the milling industry properly may be said to cover a half century. The United States census of 1850 credits Minnesota with a wheat product of 1,401 bushels, and a flour product valued at just &dollar;500. In the fifty years history of our cereal industries, therefore, the wheat product has grown from 1,400 bushels to near 70,000,000 and the the value of the flour output from &dollar;500 to about &dollar;100,000,000.
</p>
<p>
Excepting the government mill, the earliest flouring mill in Minnesota was built by Lemuel Bolles in Afton. Washington county, in the winter of 1845&ndash;6, as noted in Folsom&apos;s &ldquo;Fifty Years in the Northwest.&rdquo; A grist mill had been built in Little Canada, Ramsey county, by Benjamin Gervais in 1844.
</p>
<p>
From 1850 to &apos;55 small grist mills were planted on the streams of about a dozen counties of the territory. The river counties, Houston, Winona, Wabasha, Dakota, Washington, Chisago, Hennepin, Sherburne, and Stearns, were the first to build mills. Chatfield and Rochester had each a mill in 1855, and Northfield and Preston in 1856. E. P. Mills &amp; Sons of Elk River, Sherburne county, place the date of construction of the little 30-barrel mill by the famous pioneer, Ard Godfrey, at that place,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0057">
0057
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
39
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
in 1851. It was in 1851, also, that the first grist and merchant mill was erected at St. Anthony Falls, in East Minneapolis. It was built by Richard Rogers, between First and Second avenues southeast, and began business on May 1, 1851, as a grist mill with an equipment of one run of stone, all told, to grind corn. In 1852, Franklin Steele became partner in the enterprise, and the growth in the firm and capital was celebrated by the addition of a second run of stone to grind wheat as a merchant mill. This pioneer mill survived until the fire of 1857.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EARLIEST MERCHANT MILL AND EXPORT.
</head>
<p>
Merchant milling in Minneapolis made its first substantial beginning in 1854, when Eastman, Rollins and Upton erected on the lower end of Hennepin island a five-run mill, 40 by 60 feet, at a cost of &dollar;16,000. That it was a profitable enterprise, is shown by the fact that the firm realized &dollar;24,000 profit the first year. This mill was famous for the title, &ldquo;The Minnesota,&rdquo; and it well earned its name. There was not wheat enough tributary to Minneapolis within the state in those days to supply the mill, and wheat was hauled by wagon 100 miles from Wisconsin, or was brought up the river by boat from Iowa.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;The Minnesota&rdquo; was the first mill to ship Minnesota flour to eastern markets. This it did in 1858, paying &dollar;2.25 per barrel freight, which is over five times the present transportation rate and is three-fifths of the present value of the flour itself.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE FIRST MILL CORPORATION.
</head>
<p>
New Ulm, the home of ex-Governor John Lind, lays claim to being the first town to incorporate a milling company under the laws and constitution of the state. Its articles of incorporation read: &ldquo;Recorded in Vol. 1, pages 1, 2 and 3 of Incorporations.&rdquo; The firm name was the Globe Milling Company of New Ulm. The incorporators were the German Land Association. The purpose of the milling company was stated to be: &ldquo;The business and object of this company is to manufacture lumber and flour. The capital stock of the company is &dollar;30,000; the number of shares, 1,500. The capital stock actually paid in is &dollar;265.&rdquo; The mill, which had a daily capacity of fifty barrels, was already constructed and in operation when Minnesota entered the Union as a
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0058">
0058
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
40
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
state. It was operated until the Sioux outbreak in August, 1862. At that time New Ulm had three mills: The Eagle, erected as a sawmill in 1856; the Globe, erected in 1857&ndash;8; and the Windmill, with &ldquo;one set of buhrs for flour, and one run of stones for flaxseed,&rdquo; in 1859. All were burned to the ground in the Sioux attack of August 23, 1862. The Indians began firing the town to windward early in the day, burning 190 houses, including the Globe and Eagle mills. The Windmill, which held a strategic position at the foot of the range of hills, was used by the white riflemen as an outpost, during several hours of the fight, but finally succumbed to the flames.
</p>
<p>
The Eagle mill was rebuilt after the war and converted into a 4-run flour mill in 1867; again into a 225-barrel roller in 1881; and finally was enlarged by the present Eagle Roller Mill Company into a 1,200-barrel mill, being one of the best country mills in the state. As an outgrowth of the Globe Milling Company, the New Ulm Roller Mill Company, with Benjamin Stockman, president, and the veteran Charles L. Roos, secretary and treasurer, operates two mills of an aggregate capacity of 700 barrels. New Ulm has retained its early precedence as a milling town, and today boasts an annual output of 400,000 barrels of high grade flour. Brown county today runs eight flouring mills, with a total daily capacity of 3,500 barrels.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MILLING AT NORTHFIELD.
</head>
<p>
Two years before the incorporation of the Globe Mill Company at New Ulm. John W. North founded a mill and a town at Northfield. Jesse Ames &amp; Sons bought the mill in 1864, building a new mill in 1869&ndash;70. The Ames mill was known as one of the most successful in southern Minnesota. Unlike the New Ulm mills, the Northfield mill did not have to contend with the Indians and fire; but it did have to fight the Grangers and water.
</p>
<p>
So impressed were the Grangers of Rice county with the success of the Ames mill, that they organized a company of well-to-do farmers and built another just a mile down the stream, starting up their mill in the winter of 1873&ndash;4. Spring opened with war. The Grange mill backed its water upon the Ames dam, and the Ames mill employed its tail race as a weapon of war to no avail. The result was a battle of lawsuits and newspaper articles,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0059">
0059
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
41
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
which led to flowery eloquence, but not to profits in flour. It was at that time that Capt. John T. Ames achieved great celebrity, not only as a miller, but as a brilliant writer of Philippic invective. He always maintained that the Ames mill made larger profits and paid less for wheat after the Grange mill came into the field, than before.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE FAME OF ARCHIBALD.
</head>
<p>
On the Cannon river, only three miles from the Ames mill, was the mill of the famous Archibald, the Scotchman who made Cannon river celebrated in eastern markets long before Pillsbury added fame to the upper Mississippi. Long before the new milling process was introduced in 1871, Minneapolis millers used to make trips to Dundas and peek into Archibald&apos;s mill, to see if they could fathom the secret of Archibald&apos;s flour beating Minneapolis flour &dollar;1 or more per barrel in the New York and Boston markets. Charles A. Pillsbury had an idea that the difference in the flour was due to the quality of the wheat. So he managed one day to put in his pocket a handful of the Ames and Archibald wheat; but when he got home he found the Cannon valley wheat no better than that in his own hoppers.
</p>
<p>
The difference was, that Archibald was his own scientific and practical miller. He dressed his stones with greater care, did better bolting, and used less pressure, and more even, in grinding, so that a whiter and purer flour was produced. He was also progressive, being among the first to use the new middlings purifier in 1871 and the roller process in 1880. A staff correspondent of the 
<hi rend="italics">
Northwestern Miller
</hi>
, March 24, 1876, then published at La Crosse, spoke of Archibald as &ldquo;the man or firm who takes the leading place among the flour makers of this country or of the world.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE GARDNER MILL AT HASTINGS.
</head>
<p>
As a boy, in 1859, I drove over from Janesville, Wisconsin, to St. Paul, and I still distinctly remember stopping at the famous Gardner mill at Hastings, on my trip both ways. This was not only one of the earliest, but one of the best mills of Minnesota. Scientific milling resulted in unusual prices and large profits for
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0060">
0060
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
42
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
the Hastings flour, because of its fame in eastern markets, at a time when Minneapolis flour yielded neither fame nor profit. The benefits of the middlings purifier process and high grinding with reduced speed and pressure, which were introduced in Minneapolis in 1871, were in great measure anticipated in the Hastings process of years before. By reducing the pressure and increasing the number of grindings, the Hastings mill avoided the undue heat which injured both the color and quality of the flour; and by special pains with both stone-dressing and bolting, the Gardner mill turned out a product which sold in the east at one to two dollars per barrel higher than the Minneapolis, the Wisconsin, or the best Illinois flour.
</p>
<p>
It is said that the Gardner mill, by its exceptional quality of flour, in the earlier days realized a profit as high as &dollar;3 per barrel, which beats all other records for profitable milling in the Northwest. The average mill of today is well satisfied with a net profit of ten cents. Successful milling in Hastings is by no means at an end. Only the other day Hastings exported to Europe a cargo of fifty cars of flour to fill a single contract.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
&ldquo;HONEST JOHN&rdquo; KEARCHER.
</head>
<p>
The ups and downs of milling are well illustrated in the history of John Kearcher, the miller of Isinours on the Root river. The miller is a prey to more of the ills of business life, by fire, by flood, by drouth, by storm, by panic, and by patent sharks, than perhaps any other business man. John Kearcher&apos;s career is in point. Born in 1831, in Alsace, then a province of France, he lived successively in Canada, Illinois, Iowa, and Minnesota. He came to Preston, Fillmore county, in 1855, and put up a mill which ran with success until the financial crash of 1857. He lost the mill, and afterward regained it, to lose it again. He then ran mills at Chatfield, Hampton, Fillmore, and Troy, and succumbed to fire, flood, and misfortune, until he landed on his back on the South branch of the Root river, with a debt of &dollar;30,000 and no assets except lost faith and confidence in every quarter. He then swore that he would live to pay up every dollar of debt and build one of the finest milling enterprises in the state. He managed to build a little mill with one four-foot stone and a two-foot pony and called it &ldquo;Clear Grit.&rdquo; And &ldquo;Clear Grit&rdquo; won. Inside of ten years
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0061">
0061
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
43
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
it grew into a large modern structure of fourteen run of stone, one of the largest in southern Minnesota, and marketed 100 barrels or more daily of high-grade flour in the Chicago and Albany markets. &ldquo;Honest John,&rdquo; as he was known to the trade, earned the unusual editorial tribute from a well-known milling journal, in 1877, of being &ldquo;the maker of probably the best straight spring flour now manufactured in the United States, if not in the world.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
RISE AND FALL OF MINNETONKA MILLS.
</head>
<p>
The ups and downs of milling are dramatically pictured in the tragic career of the once glorious, but now effete hamlet known as Minnetonka Mills, Hennepin county. As early as 1852, Simon Stevens, brother of Col. John H. Stevens, the founder of Minneapolis, started up Minnehaha creek to find the famous inland sea described by the Indians. He followed the creek until he came to lake Minnetonka, the sea in question. On the way he noted the rapids at the present site of Minnetonka Mills, and the next year he located a claim and built a mill which lived three years. In 1860, T. H. Perkins erected on the same site a three-and-one-half story mill, which afterward fell to the present congressman from Minneapolis, Hon. Loren Fletcher, and his partner, C. M. Loring. On Oct. 20, 1874, they organized the Minnetonka Mills Company. They doubled the size of the mill, put in four run of stone and nine double rolls, turned out 300 barrels of flour daily, which found a ready market in Boston, New, York, and Europe, and then sold the plant to two Canadian capitalists for the round sum of &dollar;95,000.
</p>
<p>
The mill wheels at Minnetonka Mills never turned again. First, the new partners had their partnership tangle to settle. Then, the property owners at lake Minnetonka brought suits without end against the county for damage to property by reason of the dam raising the water level, and the county in turn laid violent hands upon the dam. Next came the owners of damaged property along Minnehaha creek. The result was fifteen years of lawsuits at a cost of &dollar;30,000 to Hennepin county taxpayers, and death and decay to the once blooming hamlet of Minnetonka Mills.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
STATISTICS OF 1859&ndash;60.
</head>
<p>
The first report of the Minnesota commissioner of statistics,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0062">
0062
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
44
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Joseph A. Wheelock, on page 121, reviewing the flour industry of Minnesota for 1859&ndash;60, says:
</p>
<p>
Two years ago Minnesota imported flour to supply the deficiencies in her own product. She has now probably 140 grist mills, 122 being the sum of those actually reported to this office. Some of these mills are very large and fine, and the quality of flour produced rivals the best eastern brands.
</p>
<p>
This earliest estimate of the statistics of Minnesota milling was apparently too large; for in the following year&apos;s report detailed figures, quoted from the government census, are given, placing the number of flour mills at 85, instead of 140. Of the 85 mills, 63 were run by water, and 22 by steam. The wheat ground amounted to 1,273,509 bushels, and the flour produced reached 254,702 barrels. The value of the entire mill product was &dollar;1,310,431, as compared with &dollar;500 in 1850. The 1861 report estimated the daily output at Minneapolis to be 4,000 barrels, which is about one-third of the present output of the &ldquo;Pillsbury A&rdquo; mill.
</p>
<p>
The leading states in volume of flour production in 1860 were in order, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Illinois, and Virginia. The largest mill, 300,000 barrels per annum, was in Oswego, New York; the next two, 190,000 and 160,000, respectively, were in Richmond, Virginia; and the fourth, 140,000 barrels, in New York city. The value of the annual product of these mills was around &dollar;1,000,000 each. The so-called big mills of New York and Virginia in 1860 were about the same in capacity, but greatly inferior in mechanical perfection, to the mills of such Minnesota towns as St. Cloud, Mankato, New Ulm, Faribault, Northfield, Hastings, Red Wing, Wabasha, and Waseca, today.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MILLING IN 1870.
</head>
<p>
By the census of 1870, the 85 Minnesota mills of 1860 had multiplied to 216, requiring 281 water wheels and 38 steam engines, and representing 507 run of stone with a daily capacity of 61,314 barrels. The capital invested had grown from &dollar;587,000 in 1860 to &dollar;2,900,000; and the value of the milling product had increased from &dollar;1,300,000 to over &dollar;7,500,000. The output of the 216 mills represented about a million barrels of flour and half a million bushels of corn meal and feed. The milling industry had therefore more than trebled in the decade; although the aggregate flour output of 1870 is today very nearly equalled by one of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0063">
0063
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
45
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
several Minnesota counties, even outside of Hennepin and St. Louis, while either one of two milling companies in Minneapolis ground last year five times more flour than the total amount credited to the state by the census of 1870.
</p>
<p>
The leading milling counties of 1870 by number of mills were: Hennepin, fourteen; Winona, thirteen; Rice and Goodhue, with eight each; and Houston, Le Sueur, and Stearns, with six mills apiece. In value of milling product, there were fourteen counties that made a showing of over &dollar;100,000: Hennepin, leading with &dollar;1,125,000; Rice and Winona, following close with about &dollar;800,000 each; Goodhue, the fourth, with &dollar;600,000; then Dakota, with close to &dollar;400,000; followed by Olmsted and Fillmore, with &dollar;200,000 to &dollar;250,000 each; and then, in order, Stearns, Le Sueur, Mower, Scott, Blue Earth, Meeker, and Houston, with a product of &dollar;100,000 to &dollar;160,000 each.
</p>
<p>
Flour manufacturing had not yet obtained a foothold in Duluth or the Red River valley. St. Paul was holding her own with a total of two mills and a product valued at &dollar;51,748. And speaking of St. Paul, permit me to say that however sensitive or seemingly hostile that city may have been as regards her sister town up the river in the matter of population figures and real estate bargains, St. Paul has never refused to eat Minneapolis flour. The fact will go down the corridors of history and stand as a monument of self-abnegation and sisterly affection, that for over twenty-five years the good and devout people of St. Paul, whenever they asked blessing upon the morning, noon, or evening meal, invoked the blessing of Providence upon bread made from Minneapolis flour.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
BIRTH OF THE &ldquo;NEW PROCESS.&rdquo;
</head>
<p>
The year 1870 stands as a landmark in the history of milling, because that was the year when Edmund N. La Croix of Faribault went to Minneapolis and introduced the middlings purifier into the &ldquo;Washburn B&rdquo; mill, thereby increasing the value of Minnesota flour &dollar;1 to &dollar;2 per barrel and the value of Minnesota spring wheat ten to forty cents per bushel.
</p>
<p>
For nearly three generations American millers had made little advance on the milling system invented by Oliver Evans. It was he who invented the American automatic mill. He made it possible, by the use of the elevator and conveyer and other appliances
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0064">
0064
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
46
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
for a bushel of wheat to make the rounds of a two to seven story mill without the aid of a human hand from the time the grain was dumped by the farmer into the hopper at the platform until it reappeared as a barrel or sack of flour. The dusty miller might swap stories over the farm wagon, visit the neighboring inn, or go-a-fishing, and the old mill and babbling brook would pursue the even tenor of their way and grind the grist with business-like precision. From the inventions of Oliver Evans down to 1870, about the only improvements were the substitution of a French buhr stone for the granite, a silk bolting cloth for wool, with some advancement in cleaning the wheat and dressing the stones.
</p>
<p>
For a hundred years the ambition of American millers was to emulate the mills of the gods and grind &ldquo;exceedingly fine,&rdquo; and likewise grind all the flour possible at one grinding. The mill-stones were set close together and run at as high-speed as practicable, with the idea of reducing the grain into flour at one grinding. This was the fast reduction and low grinding process. Middlings, or meal from that part of the berry which lies beneath the bran covering and the starchy center, was a thing to be avoided; for the old-fashioned miller did not know what to do with them.
</p>
<p>
It was the mission of the &ldquo;new process&rdquo; to make middlings the most valuable part of the product. The middlings purifier, with its horizontal shaking screen and air blast for cleaning and separating the middlings, preserved for re-grinding that which for bread-making was by far the best portion of the wheat. Gluten, which not only gives bread its rising power or strength, but is the most nutritious quality in wheat for sustaining life, lies in the hard exterior of the kernel just beneath the bran covering, and therefore is contained in the middlings. Flour made from the purified middlings, according to the new process system, immediately commanded in the bread-making markets of the east from &dollar;1 to &dollar;2 per barrel higher than other Minnesota flour.
</p>
<p>
The result was a revolution in flour manufacture. Instead of making as little middlings as possible, the aim became to make as much middlings as possible. To do that, instead of grinding as much flour as possible at the first grinding, the aim became to grind as little flour as possible at the first grinding. So, instead of running the stones at the rate of 250 to 300 revolutions per minute
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0065">
0065
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
47
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
they were run at 100 to 150. Instead of being set low or close together, they were set high so as to simply crack the berry at the first grinding for the liberation of the bran covering. Instead of reducing the kernel to flour at one grinding, the cracked chop was put through two or three grindings. Low and rapid grinding by the old process made of hard spring wheat dark and specky flour. Pressure and speed generated heat which made dark and pasty flour, damaged in both color and quality. The new process required more time and labor, but the far higher price repaid the extra effort handsomely.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EFFECT UPON WHEAT AND FLOUR PRODUCTION.
</head>
<p>
The effect upon wheat and flour production in the United States was marked. The wheat product rose from 287,000,000 bushels by the census of 1870, or 7.5 bushels per capita, to 459,000,000 or 9.2 per capita, in the census of 1880. Specially notable was the increase in yield in the Northwest, which produced hard spring wheat rich in gluten and middlings. Minnesota spring wheat, instead of standing low in the market, because of the large amount of dark middlings flour which it carried by the old process of milling, at once rose to the top of the market, because of the large proportion of fancy middlings patent which it yielded. In the ten-year period of 1870&ndash;80, Minnesota&apos;s wheat crop rose from 18,000,000 bushels to 34,000,000, nearly doubling, and the mills multiplied from 216 to 436. The capital invested in Minnesota mills rose from less than &dollar;3,000,000 in 1870 to over &dollar;10,000,000 in 1880. The sum paid by the millers to Minnesota farmers for wheat increased from &dollar;6,000,000 to &dollar;37,000,000, multiplying six fold, and the wages paid to mill employees grew from &dollar;293,000 to &dollar;1,371,000; while the value of flour produced rose from &dollar;7,500,000 to &dollar;41,000,000. The newly discovered wealth in the production of spring wheat on the prairies of the Northwest brought to Minnesota and the Dakotas a vast pilgrimage, and the blossoming of farms, railways, towns, and cities.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE LA CROIXS OF FARIBAULT.
</head>
<p>
In 1861, Alexander Faribault, founder of the Minnesota town named after him, sent to Montreal for Nicholas La Croix to build for him a mill. La Croix came, and with &apos;him his brother, Edmund
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0066">
0066
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
48
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
N., and his son Joseph. After building the mill for Faribault, the La Croixs, in 1866, built at Faribault a mill for themselves. They were educated men, skilled millers and engineers, the two brothers being graduates of the &ldquo;Ecole des Arts and Metiers&rdquo; in France. Familiar with French milling and engineering works, as well as with French machines and processes, they began to experiment, and in 1868 made a draft of the middlings purifier patented in France by Perigault, August 16, 1860, and described in the French work by Benoit in 1863. They then constructed from this draft a machine with which they experimented at their Faribault mill during the next two years. But a freshet carried away their dam and they gave up their mill, Edmund N. La Croix moving to Minneapolis in 1870.
</p>
<p>
La Croix visited the millers of Minneapolis, and told them of the wonderful results which could be obtained from Minnesota spring wheat by his process. Some thought him visionary, and others feared he was insane. But George H. Christian, who was more of a student and had greater interest in scientific matters than most business men, had faith enough in La Croix and his project to give him opportunity to put a machine into the &ldquo;Big Mill,&rdquo; the &ldquo;Washburn B,&rdquo; which Christian was then operating. La Croix worked on his machine for a good part of a year, and with some later modifications it was a success. The machine was built in Minneapolis at the Minnesota Iron Works, owned by C. M. Hardenburgh &amp; Co. It cost only &dollar;300, but it increased the price of Minneapolis and Minnesota flour from &dollar;1 to &dollar;3 per barrel. The success of the middlings purifier at the &ldquo;Washburn B&rdquo; soon spread; and Pillsbury, Archibald, Ames, and other enterprising millers, rapidly got the new machines.
</p>
<p>
The fate of the La Croixs is that of many inventors. They realized nothing from their study and enterprise. After introducing the new milling system into many Minnesota mills, Edmund went to Rochester, N. Y., and Nicholas to Milwaukee, where he suddenly died in 1874. Edmund followed his brother to the grave a week later. Nicholas left a widow, three daughters, and a son Joseph, in straitened circumstances. Joseph got together the various improvements inaugurated by himself, his father, and uncle, and secured patents, and then interested capital to manufacture the La Croix machines. But meantime the greed of the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0067">
0067
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
49
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
patent sharks had resulted in the formation of a gigantic combination, which crushed La Croix and left him bankrupt, with three helpless women to provide for. A committee of three, of which Henry L. Little, manager of the Pillsbury-Washburn Company, and W. C. Edgar, editor and publisher of the 
<hi rend="italics">
Northwestern Miller
</hi>
, are members, is now pushing the cause of raising a subscription from the millers of America to pay the long-standing debt of the milling industry of the world to the La Croix family.
</p>
<p>
When the purifier combine, twenty years ago, attempted to levy upon the millers of America a royalty tribute that would have reached millions of dollars, and relied upon the La Croix patents in order to perfect a complete monopoly, the La Croix family stood by the millers in the fight and refused from the combine at one time a one-sixth interest in the proposed monopoly, and at another time a gratuity from the combine of &dollar;10,000. In the face of such loyalty and sacrifice, the millers of America should not now fail to stand by the La Croix family in an hour of need.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
GRADUAL REDUCTION BY ROLLS.
</head>
<p>
After the middlings purifier, adopted from the French, came the iron and porcelain rolls, adopted from the Hungarians. In 1872, Minnesota millers, who for years had followed the English milling system handed down from colonial times, swore by every mill invention that was French, and in 1880 they vowed by everything that was Hungarian. The success of the middlings purifier in the Washburn mills caused Geo. H. Christian, the chief operator, to look for further novelties. He sent for the latest French and German works on milling, and learned of the chilled iron rollers used in the big mills of Hungary, in lieu of millstones. In 1874 he had a number of sets of rollers made for the big &ldquo;Washburn A&rdquo; mill just built. The experiment succeeded, and when the big mill was rebuilt after the explosion of 1878 it was equipped with rolls after the Hungarian pattern. Charles A. Pillsbury meantime had visited Hungary, and W. D. Gray, representing E. P. Allis, had made inventions which he perfected after a study of Hungarian milling. American ideas were engrafted, and the best principles of French and Hungarian milling were Americanized, and reconstructed on the Yankee plan of an automatic mill.
<lb>
4
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0068">
0068
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
50
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The revolution in milling was complete. In 1870, the Washburn burn &ldquo;big mill,&rdquo; the &ldquo;B,&rdquo; was only a 600-barrel mill with twelve run of stone. The &ldquo;Washburn A&rdquo; of 1878 came out with an equipment of 86 sets of rollers,&mdash;48 corrugated iron, 26 smooth iron, and 12 porcelain,&mdash;through which the wheat, instead of being ground at one operation as by the old process, passed six times, being gradually reduced by six different breaks. After each break the chop or meal passed through the purifiers, of which there were 78, and the bolting reels, of which there were 148. The grain was prepared for the rolls by 58 cleaning machines, which successively removed the dust, the chaff, the oats, the cockle, polished the berry, removed the crease in the side and the beard at the end, and graded the kernels according to size. The &ldquo;Washburn A&rdquo; then had a capacity of 4,000 barrels daily, which was several times that of the biggest mills of the east. Then came the &ldquo;Pillsbury A,&rdquo; larger still, the largest in the world, the first half only having an equipment of 94 sets of rollers, 100 middlings purifiers, and 170 reels, with a capacity of 4,500 barrels. The &ldquo;Washburn A&rdquo; today claims a capacity of 11,000 barrels, and the &ldquo;Washburn C&rdquo; over 8,000; while the &ldquo;Pillsbury A&rdquo; shows 13,000, and the &ldquo;Pillsbury B&rdquo; over 7,000,&mdash;the quartette of the largest hummers in the milling choir of the world.
</p>
<p>
It is interesting from the present point of view to look back to 1870, before the day of the first middlings purifier. George H. Christian states that, when Judd &amp; Brackett retired in 1867 from the so-called &ldquo;Washburn Big Mills,&rdquo; because unable to make them pay, men of experience in milling pronounced the 600-barrel mill, which was the jumbo of that day, as too large ever to be successful. Today the cities of St. Cloud, New Ulm, Mankato, and other towns that could be named, are operating mills of double that size. Duluth&apos;s big mill has many times that capacity. The smallest of the twenty-one mills now operating in Minneapolis is as large as the Washburn &ldquo;big mill&rdquo; of the old milling days; and sixteen range from three to twenty times the capacity of the mill which thirty years ago was pronounced too large for profitable running.
</p>
<p>
One reason for the increase in capacity is that the change from millstones to rolls has largely reduced the amount of power and mill-space required for a given output; but a more important
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0069">
0069
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
51
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
reason is, that the new system, with its more intricate processes and maze of machinery, is more economically run on a large scale.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE MILL EXPLOSION OF 1878.
</head>
<p>
The history of Minnesota milling would not be complete without reference to the great explosion of 1878, perhaps the greatest catastrophe in the history of milling. Cut in a stone tablet on the north side of the &ldquo;Washburn A&rdquo; mill are the following words:
</p>
<p>
<hi rend="blockindent">
THIS MILL WAS ERECTED IN THE YEAR 1879, ON THE SITE OF WASHBURN MILL &ldquo;A,&rdquo; WHICH WAS TOTALLY DESTROYED ON THE SECOND DAY OF MAY, 1878, BY FIRE AND A TERRIFIC EXPLOSION OCCASIONED BY THE RAPID COMBUSTION OF FLOUR DUST. NOT ONE STONE WAS LEFT UPON ANOTHER, AND EVERY PERSON ENGAGED IN THE MILL INSTANTLY LOST HIS LIFE. THE FOLLOWING ARE THE NAMES OF THE FAITHFUL AND WELL TRIED EMPLOYEES WHO FELL VICTIMS OF THAT AWFUL CALAMITY, VIZ.
</hi>
</p>
<p>
<hi rend="blockindent">
E. W. BURBANK, CYRUS W. EWING, E. H, GRUNDMAN, HENRY HICKS, CHAS. HENNING, PATRICK JUDD, CHAS. KIMBALL, WM. LESLIE, FRED. A. MERRILL, EDWD. E. MERRILL, WALTER SAVAGE, OLE SHIE, AUGUST SMITH, CLARK WILBUR.
</hi>
</p>
<p>
<hi rend="blockindent">
&ldquo;Labor, wide as earth,
<lb>
Has its summit in Heaven.&rdquo;
</hi>
</p>
<p>
This inscription tells the story. It was the largest and best equipped mill at that time in America. It was 138 by 110 feet on the ground, six-and-one-half stories high, and was fitted out with 42 run of French buhr stone, 100 reels, and 80 purifiers. The walls were of solid masonry, and for the first story were six feet thick, and built down to the bedrock. The 80 purifiers had small fans, but no dust collectors. The mill was full of dust, and the millers commonly wore sponges for the protection of mouth and nose. The walls were blown down to the foundation and fell outward.
</p>
<p>
W. D. Gray, a mill expert, who at one time was employed in the Washburn mills, speaks of previous experiences which the millers had with the explosion of mill-dust. At one time several of the men had a severe shock from a slight explosion, and at another time the roof was partially lifted by the explosion in a dust room.
</p>
<p>
In the great explosion of 1878, the fire is supposed to have
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0070">
0070
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
52
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
started in some of the machinery before its communication to the dust room. There were eighteen lives lost, as partly named above, and six mills were wholly destroyed, as follows: Washburn A, 42 run; Diamond, 6 run; Humboldt, 8 run; Zenith, 6 run; Galaxy, 12 run; and Pettit-Robinson, 15 run; total, 99 run of stone. They were all promptly rebuilt with purifiers and buhr stones, not waiting for rolls, which at that time were being experimentally introduced. Property was damaged by the explosion in cases nearly a mile away, and the total loss exceeded a million dollars.
</p>
<p>
Governor C. C. Washburn, at the time, was building a new mill near the others. On the morning after the explosion he paced off a distance beyond the foundation as planned, and, driving a stake at the point to which he paced, said to the architect: &ldquo;Build your mill out to here;&rdquo; and it was done. The hastily added space, however, gave the new &ldquo;Washburn C&rdquo; more room than it could economically utilize until 1899.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MINNESOTA FLOUR EXPORT TRADE.
</head>
<p>
In 1858, the year Minnesota became a state, the people of this great wheat and flour producing commonwealth, according to the authority of both Joseph A. Wheelock and Ignatius Donnelly, were compelled to import a considerable portion of their flour. Horace Greeley, in a letter to J. W. McClung in 1858, confessed that his earliest impression of Minnesota was unfavorable, on the following ground: &ldquo;I saw that your state imported not only loafers in great abundance, but the bread they ate as well as the whisky they drank; and I did not see how she could stand it (you must pardon my weakness) in the defection of home industry.&rdquo; The state statistician, Joseph A. Wheelock, found in 1859, however, that we were beginning to export flour. He discovered that we shipped out by way of La Crosse and Prairie du Chien, for example, 403 bales of buffalo robes, 100 bales of furs, 343 bushels of cranberries, 70,218 pounds of ginseng, and the grand total of 114 barrels of flour. Such was the first ripple of the tidal wave to follow.
</p>
<p>
From 1860 to 1870 Minnesota shipments of flour to eastern markets gradually increased until they reached several hundred thousand barrels. Among the leaders in this eastward business were Archibald of Dundas and Gardner of Hastings, the &ldquo;Vermillion flour&rdquo; of the latter being a much celebrated brand. It was
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0071">
0071
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
53
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
not until 1878, however, that Minneapolis began to send direct exports abroad, independently of the New York and Boston middlemen. The delay and cost incident to shipment through the hands of eastern agents at length could not be borne, and Gov. C. C. Washburn got the well-known milling and elevator man, W. H. Dunwoody, to spend several months abroad and secure direct relations with European buyers. There was great opposition among New York middlemen for a time; but the enterprise was a complete success.
</p>
<p>
Direct exports from Minneapolis to foreign ports began in 1878 with 107,183 barrels. In five years the figure was multiplied ten times. For a period of years our direct export trade was stable, but comparatively stationary, and then after 1890 it again advanced. In 1890 our direct exports were 2,000,000 barrels, and in 1891 3,000,000 was reached. In 1899 Minneapolis topped 4,000,000 barrels as the direct export to foreign markets; and in 1900 it was 4,702,485, being one-fourth of the total exports of flour from the United States. Next to Minneapolis as a direct exporter stands Duluth, which in 1898 reached close to 1,000,000 barrels.
</p>
<p>
The principal foreign consumer of Minneapolis flour is the United Kingdom. During the ten months ending with October last, there were exported from the United States to foreign markets, all told, something over 15,000,000 barrels of flour; but over 8,000,000 barrels, or more than one-half, went to the United Kingdom. Next after Great Britain, the best consumer of American flour is the West Indies; and then follow, in order, Hong Kong, Brazil, and Germany. Oregon and other Pacific coast mills principally supply the Hong Kong and other Oriental trade, and the mills of our more southerly and easterly states have paid more attention than Minnesota to the West India and South American trade. Great Britain and the European continent are the principal foreign market for Minnesota flour. But geography and differences of language and customs are no obstacles to the Minnesota miller. He obliterates time, distance, and nationality, if there is a mouth on the globe that can eat bread; and Minnesota flour is the most cosmopolitan thing on the earth today. It is eaten by the German and the Jap, the Englishman and the Boer. It goes to the Arctic and the tropic zones, and conquers all competitors, colors, and climes.
</p>
<p>
Minnesota flour shipments are a large factor in the business
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0072">
0072
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
54
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of the Soo canal; and the traffic of that great inland channel marks in a way the progress of Minnesota flour sales in eastern and foreign markets. In 1871, when the new milling process was just beginning to see day in Minneapolis, the flour shipments of the Soo canal were only 26,000 barrels. In 1881 the Soo canal flour shipments had multiplied twenty-fold and were 600,000 barrels. By 1891 nearly 4,000,000 barrels were reached; and for the year just closed the total will reach 8,000,000. Today over 90 per cent. of the flour ground in Minnesota is eaten by eastern states and foreign nations, and of the Minneapolis product over 97 per cent. is shipped away, the shipments of the year just closed reaching 14,800,000 barrels, of which one-third is eaten abroad and the balance in the eastern states.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MINNESOTA MILLS IN 1900.
</head>
<p>
The census of 1890 gave Minnesota 307 flour and grist mills, employing 4,038 hands at &dollar;2,243,855 wages, and paying out &dollar;52,383,857 for grain, while turning out &dollar;60,158,088 worth of flour.
</p>
<p>
There are in Minnesota in 1901 about 400 flour and grist mills. The capacity of twenty-one mills at Minneapolis exceeds 75,000 barrels daily, and they grind annually 70,000,000 bushels of wheat into 15,000,000 barrels of flour. The state gazetteer enumerates about 200 Minnesota mills, outside of Minneapolis and Duluth, with an aggregate daily capacity of over 42,000 barrels, and 180 others whose capacity is not given. Placing the capacity of this 180 conservatively at 20,000 barrels, we arrive at about 140,000 barrels daily as the milling capacity of the state. It is fair therefore to state that Minnesota mills consume from 110,000,000 to 120,000,000 bushels of grain per annum, and turn out upwards of 25,000,000 barrels of flour a year, which is enough to sustain one-third of the nation.
</p>
<p>
The ten largest milling centers in America today, as measured by their flour output in 1899, are as follows: Detroit, 594,700 barrels; Nashville, 630,803; Buffalo, 1,068,944; Kansas City, 1,094,846; Chicago, 1,125,745; Toledo, 1,150,000; St. Louis, 1,166,439; Milwaukee, 1,737,826; Duluth-Superior, 1,763,920; Minneapolis, 14,291,780. It is gratifying that Minnesota contains within her boundaries the two largest milling centers in the Union,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0073">
0073
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
55
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
and that one of them grinds more flour in a year than all the other nine put together and 4,000,000 barrels added.
</p>
<p>
, In conclusion, permit me to say that at the World&apos;s Exposition at Paris during the past year, bread made from Minnesota flour carried off the prize medal for the best bread in the world, and that Minnesota flour likewise took the first premium in the contest for the best flour in the world, showing that Minnesota holds the world&apos;s sweepstakes both for the quantity and quality of product.,
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0074z">
0074
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0075z">
0075
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0076">
0076
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0076" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0077">
0077
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
THE EARLY GOVERNMENT LAND SURVEY IN
<lb>
MINNESOTA WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
<lb>
RIVER.
<anchor id="n0077-03">
&ast;
</anchor>
BY HON. THOMAS SIMPSON.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0077-03" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council, December 11, 1899.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT SURVEYS.
</head>
<p>
Well founded tradition gives to George Washington, the first President of the Republic, the credit of devising the plan for the survey of lands which for nearly a century has been applied to the survey of the public domain of the United States.
</p>
<p>
This plan or system of surveys has as its unit the square acre; then the section, a mile square, 640 square acres; then the township, six miles square, containing 36 square sections. The townships ships lying between two consecutive meridians six miles apart constitute a range, and the ranges are numbered from principal meridians both east and west. In each range the townships are numbered both north and south from the principal east and west base line.
</p>
<p>
For obvious reasons the author of this plan or system of land surveys did not have the occasion for putting the same into practical operation, since each of the thirteen colonies had adopted systems of surveys of the lands granted them by Great Britain, which could not readily be conformed to this system. It was inaugurated and carried out in the survey of lands which have come into the possession of the general government after the adoption of the constitution, known generally as Government Lands, sometimes Lands, or as the General Domain.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0078">
0078
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
58
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
This plan of surveys was to some extent inaugurated in 1803 by Col. Jared Mansfield, then surveyor general of the Northwest Territory; and was subsequently enacted as a law, in 1804, upon the recommendation of President Jefferson.
</p>
<p>
The more general feature of this plan of surveys of the public domain, thus devised and covered by the enactment of Congress, provides for the establishment of principal meridians, extended north and south from an east and west base line. These are numbered from the east to the west, as the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth principal meridians; and the lands in Minnesota lying west of the Mississippi river are all described as west of the fifth principal meridian.
</p>
<p>
These principal meridians were established in the beginning, in the successive &ldquo;land districts,&rdquo; over each of which was appointed a surveyor general, who controlled the surveys in his district, subject to such rules, regulations, and directions, as should be given him from time to time by the commissioner of the General Land Office at Washington. Hence the first principal meridian was the most easterly, in the first surveyor general&apos;s land district designated by the general government.
</p>
<p>
It is not, perhaps, strictly germane to the special subject to be presented in this paper, that I should enter into a more particular description of these principal meridians, and the points upon the east and west base lines from which they were respectively run and established. I have in this paper to deal mainly with the government survey of public lands in Minnesota lying west of the Mississippi river, which, as I have already stated, were and are described as west of the fifth principal meridian.
</p>
<p>
That a clearer understanding of these surveys may be given, it should be stated that the east and west base line from which the townships in Missouri, Iowa, and Minnesota west of the river, are numbered, passes nearly through the center of the State of Arkansas. The townships in the first tier on the north side of that line are designated as numbered one north, and each township in the first tier south of that line is designated and described as township number one south,&mdash;counting north and south from this base line.
</p>
<p>
This will answer and explain the oft repeated inquiry, what this word 
<hi rend="italics">
north
</hi>
 means in describing townships in Minnesota. When, in describing land, after giving the number of the section,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0079">
0079
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
59
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
we say, for instance, in township number 120 north, we mean it is that number north, counting from the east and west base line I have referred to.
</p>
<p>
We also say such or such a range number west, meaning west of the fifth principal meridian.
</p>
<p>
The number of townships from the base line in central Arkansas up through Missouri and Iowa to the south boundary line of Minnesota is 100; so that the north tier of townships in Iowa next to the state line is numbered 100, and the south tier of townships in Minnesota north of and next to the boundary line is numbered 101, the next 102, and so on.
</p>
<p>
The government surveys of public lands in Minnesota lying east of the Mississippi river have as their east and west base line the south boundary of the state of Wisconsin, or, to speak more accurately, the boundary line between the states of Illinois and Wisconsin. Therefore the numbering of the townships of the public surveys of lands in Minnesota lying east of the Mississippi river is entirely different from the numbering of townships west of the river. Most of the government surveys of land in Minnesota lying east of the Mississippi river were completed very early, and before the surveys of lands west of the river were made.
</p>
<p>
The two systems of surveys have no connection, except that in the northern part of our state there are lands, east of the river, which are described as being west of the fifth principal meridian.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
CONVERGENCY OF MERIDIANS.
</head>
<p>
Very early in the history of the surveys of the public lands of this country, a difficulty arose because of what is now generally called &ldquo;the convergency of meridians.&rdquo; It was found by actual measurement (which should have been known without) that these principal meridians, starting from points on an east and west base line and running therefrom on a true north course to their intersection with the Great Lakes, were, at such northern intersection, nearer one another than at the points where they started from the base line. The effect of this convergency of the principal meridians was to fractionalize the sections and townships in northern Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Illinois, and Wisconsin, so that in those parts of these states the government surveys produced townships
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0080">
0080
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
60
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
six miles in length north and south, and less than two miles in width east and west, and sections a mile in length, north and south, by a few rods wide east and west, thus destroying the unit, the square acre, the section a mile square (640 acres), and the township six miles square, of thirty-six sections. It should be stated that this same serious effect is manifest in the surveys of the public lands in northern Iowa, the northern boundary of which is six hundred miles north of the base line in Arkansas.
</p>
<p>
An attempt to remedy this difficulty by running a series of east and west correction lines, parallel to the base lines, only corrected the difficulty to a limited extent.
</p>
<p>
In 1850 this whole matter was referred to a commission of intelligent scientific men, with Prof. Edward D. Mansfield of Cincinnati, Ohio, as chairman, who made a report to the commissioner of the General Land Office, which report was approved and adopted by that department and made the basis of instruction to the surveyor generals in the survey of the public domain thereafter.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
GUIDE MERIDIANS AND STANDARD PARALLELS.
</head>
<p>
The change in the public surveys, as recommended by Mansfield and adopted by the government, was substantially as follows: That what should be known as &ldquo;guide meridians&rdquo; should be run north from an established east and west base line forty-two miles apart, offsetting a quarter of a mile at every twenty-four mile station on such guide meridian to provide against convergency. These guide meridians were to be intersected by what should be known as &ldquo;standard parallels,&rdquo; east and west lines twenty-four miles apart, thus dividing the public lands into what were to be known and are known as cheques, measuring forty-two miles east and west by twenty-four miles north and south, with twenty-eight square townships in every cheque, except those made fractional and smaller by bordering on some great natural boundary, as, for instance, the Mississippi river.
</p>
<p>
The greatest care was to be observed in running the guide meridians and standard parallels. They could only be run with an astronomical instrument known as a solar compass, one of the most perfect and useful instruments ever invented for running
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0081">
0081
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
61
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
lines. Having adjusted its latitude and declination arcs, a line as perfect as the movement of the sun can be run with it; and the exact variation of the magnetic needle at any place is readily determined by it, as well as exact time.
</p>
<p>
Two sets of assistants, compassmen, chainmen, axemen and markers, were to be employed at the same time in the running of these lines, so as to guard against possible error. The variation of the needle, as shown by the solar compass, was to be carefully noted every quarter of a mile, or oftener if necessary, as a guide to the surveyors who should come after to run the township and section lines.
</p>
<p>
This new system for conducting the surveys of the public lands by the government was first inaugurated in the State of California in the autumn of 1852, and next in Minnesota west of the Mississippi river, early in the spring of 1853.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
SURVEYS IN SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA, 1853&ndash;55.
</head>
<p>
As I had, to some extent, personal supervision and charge of that work in Minnesota in 1853, 1854, and 1855, I may be pardoned if hereafter in this paper it seems necessary to make some few references of a personal nature.
</p>
<p>
Minnesota at that time was included, with Iowa and Wisconsin, in a surveyor general&apos;s district. The office of the surveyor general was at Dubuque, Iowa. Hon. Warner Lewis was surveyor general. The boundary line between Iowa and Minnesota was run and established by Capt. Andrew Talcott of the Topographical Bureau in 1852, the next year after the Indian title to lands in southern Minnesota was extinguished by treaty. It was currently reported that Captain Talcottt, in running this boundary line, had with him as assistants and other employees about three hundred men. The work was not done under contract. I traversed that line from the river west a hundred and fifty miles, early in 1853. The travel of Talcott&apos;s company over the line made it like a highway then, and there were strewed along it abundant evidences that at times, at least, great hilarity must have prevailed among the men under his command.
</p>
<p>
It is but just that I should state that the preliminary line of this boundary was run by Captain Marsh of Dubuque with a solar
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0082">
0082
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
62
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
compass; and it was not changed a particle by Captain Talcott and his assistants, but was verified by them after making the most thorough scientific tests thereof.
</p>
<p>
In January, 1853, the surveyor general, Warner Lewis, gave a contract to Elisha S. Norris to run the first, second, and third guide meridians in Minnesota, west of the Mississippi river, and the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh standard parallels. The work was to be paid for by the government, ten dollars per mile for running and establishing the guide meridians, and eight dollars per mile for standard parallels. Mr. Norris had been state surveyor of Maine, and he stood high as an engineer and surveyor. He had for some years been a deputy surveyor of the surveyor general&apos;s office at Dubuque; he had made a careful study of the new plan of prosecuting government surveys which had been devised and suggested by Mansfield; and, because of this, had been selected to introduce this new system in the new Territory of Minnesota. Mr. Norris had been my preceptor, and I came with him into Minnesota as one of his assistants in this work.
</p>
<p>
In the beginning of this work, in the remote southeast corner of the then Territory, Mr. Norris had the misfortune to get his solar compass out of adjustment in passing through a dense thicket, slightly bending both the declination and latitude arcs. He did not discover it until the inspector of surveys, who was following closely on the line with a solar compass and chainmen, called his attention to it and at once reported the blunder to the surveyor general&apos;s office. Mr. Norris was recalled. A great clamor, born of envy and jealousy on the part of the other deputy surveyors of the office, compelled Gen. Lewis reluctantly to relieve him, and, because of his desire to make the matter as agreeable as possible to Mr. Norris, and because of the well known partiality of the surveyor general for myself, together with political influence to a certain extent from friends (we were all simon-pure Democrats then), the supervision of these surveys was given to me, then in my seventeenth year, and I established these guide meridians and standard parallels in the years 1853 to 1855.
</p>
<p>
The first line established was not a guide meridian, strictly, but rather a line beginning on the state line, on the east side of range four, running north thereon till it intersected the Mississippi
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0083">
0083
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
63
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
river at or near where the city of La Crescent is now situated.
</p>
<p>
After completing this line, we returned and went west on the state line forty-two miles to a point between ranges ten and eleven, and thence ran the first guide meridian north between these ranges, making the required offsets every twenty-four miles. This meridian intersects the Mississippi river at the foot of lake Pepin, just a little above Read&apos;s Landing. Returning on this guide meridian to the state line, we measured west thereon forty-two miles to a point between ranges seventeen and eighteen, from whence the second meridian was run north between these ranges, making the required offsets, till it intersected the Mississippi river close above the city of Hastings. Returning again to the state line, we once more measured west thereon forty-two miles to a point between ranges 24 and 25, where the south point of the third guide meridian was established; and thence we ran it north between these ranges to its intersection with the Mississippi river near Monticello. The third guide meridian passes through the &ldquo;Big Woods,&rdquo; crosses the Minnesota river at Belle Plaine, goes about three miles west of lake Minnetonka, and thence crosses the Crow river and Pelican lake to its intersection with the Mississippi.
</p>
<p>
So careful was the government in the establishment of these base lines, that the instructions were modified as to running the third guide meridian, requiring that it should be run during the winter season, after the large number of lakes which were supposed to be thereon were frozen solid, so that the chainmen could actually measure the line over them, and not trust to mathematical calculation from triangulation or other methods of determining distances across impassable places. I was engaged in establishing this meridian nearly five months, from some time in November, 1853, to some time in April, 1854. I ran the standard parallels intersecting these guide meridians. Afterward I did some township and section work, and terminated my connection with the surveyor general&apos;s office at Dubuque, January 1, 1856, at which time I came to Winona, where I have ever since resided.
</p>
<p>
The plan of the government surveys of the public domain devised by Mansfield has to a very great extent answered the purpose intended. The sections and townships in Minnesota, west of the Mississippi river, were not fractionalized by the convergency of meridians; and I am also told that this is true of the survey of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0084">
0084
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
64
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
public lands by the government in California and elsewhere in the Union, where from that time this plan has been followed in the survey of all public lands held by the government.
</p>
<p>
Perhaps it would not be out of place, in closing this paper, to make some reference to a few incidents of more or less historic interest which I met with at the time of making these early government surveys, and to refer to my acquaintance at that time with some of the earliest pioneers of Minnesota.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
CASTLE ROCK AND THE ZUMBRO RIVER.
</head>
<p>
In running a line some distance southwest of Hastings one very bright summer day, we came upon a white sandstone pillar on the smooth open prairie. It was quite high and impressed us as peculiar, being in that locality without any other similar formation near it, glistening in the bright sunlight. Some of my company clambered up this natural obelisk far enough to find cut in the sandstone the name of Nicollet and the date 1837. The government had furnished me with copies of Nicollet&apos;s maps of the survey he had made in this country, and we examined them and found this pillar of white sandstone indicated thereon. That Nicollet had carved his name there in 1837, I have for good reasons doubted; but that he visited and took note of what is now known as Castle Rock, there cannot be a shadow of a doubt.
</p>
<p>
I want to bear testimony to the wonderful fidelity and accuracy of this savant and explorer in marking the topography of this section of the country as shown in his maps. The main streams and water courses of southern Minnesota were most accurately indicated by him on his topographical maps, copies of which I had.
</p>
<p>
A somewhat curious and interesting etymological result grew out of the name given by the early French voyageurs, and thence by Nicollet, to the water courses, streams, and river, which drain the counties of Dodge, Olmsted, and Wabasha, now known as Zumbro river. The French name was Rivi&egrave;re aux (or des) Embarras, referring to the difficulties (embarassments) of navigating it with canoes. This river, which flows east through Wabasha county was named &ldquo;Des Embarras river&rdquo; by Nicollet, and this was followed by me in the report of the survey of guide meridians and standard parallels which crossed this river and its tributaries.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0085">
0085
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
65
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Hence Des Embarras was the name given to this river upon all the early maps of Minnesota. Its Sioux name was Wazi-oju, meaning &ldquo;the pine place,&rdquo; for the white pine trees which occur sparingly on its bluffs. When English-speaking people settled the lands bordering on this stream, they adopted the French name, but found it difficult to give the French pronunciation. After many unsuccessful efforts, it finally resulted in the name Zumbro for this stream and its tributaries.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE WINNEBAGO INDIANS.
</head>
<p>
Before starting out to run the third guide meridian, I was advised that if the line passed through or near the place where the Winnebago Indians were located, I and my men might have trouble, as these Indians were greatly dissatisfied about something; and I was assured by the Department that a messenger should be sent from Fort Snelling to apprise me of the exact state of affairs with the Winnebago Indians, and if there was danger I should abandon the line. No messenger ever came, or, if he did come, he failed to find me; so the alarm and fear of my men and myself, eighteen in all, can readily be imagined, when we reached a place on the line where the snow was all tramped down, unmistakable evidence of human beings in the vicinity. It was late in the afternoon and in a dense forest, and, if my recollection is right, it was on the Crow river. I set my compass, and my men came up and we stood for a few minutes in consultation, when out from behind a tree near us, came an Indian, gun in hand, white blanket on, and otherwise comfortably well dressed. He spoke to us, saying, &ldquo;How do you do?&rdquo; Soon other Indians came out from behind the trees, and then others, in such numbers that we were ready to believe, literally, that &ldquo;the woods were full of them.&rdquo; They were wonderfully interested in my compass and surveying outfit, the chain, the tally pins, etc. They told us, as best they could, that, hearing the noise we made coming up through the woods, they took us for an attacking party of Indians, but they were glad to know we were white men.
</p>
<p>
I asked who they were, and they said, &ldquo;Winnebagoes,&rdquo; and that Winneshiek, their chief, was farther down. We camped, and, taking one of my men with me and after passing through a most awful cordon of yelping dogs, I called on Winneshiek that
<lb>
5
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0086">
0086
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
66
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
evening. Whether this was a title or a name I knew not, but he received us kindly, speaking in fair English. He complained bitterly of his treatment by the Indian commissioners and other government officials, who, he said, had either deposed or wanted to depose him, and to get another chief to give away his lands. I assured him that I had nothing to do with such matters, and joined him heartily in his righteous indignation at the manner he was being outraged. He not only made us no trouble, but next morning, when we passed through on the line, three rods west of his tepee, he gave us a large quantity of fine venison for a reasonable compensation. I was led to believe that this was a large band of Winnebagoes hunting off their reservation.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
PERSONAL REMINISCENCES.
</head>
<p>
In the autumn of 1854, I met at Mendota Captain Tilton and Major Reno, who had just completed the survey of a military road from Sioux City to Fort Snelling. Major Reno was greatly interested in my solar compass, and asked me if he could bring around the next day, to see this instrument, Capt. George B. McClellan, who had just come from the west to consult Gov. Isaac I. Stevens in regard to the Northern Pacific Railroad surveys. They came the following day, and, of course, I &ldquo;spread myself&rdquo; in explaining the use and merits of the solar compass to these distinguished West Pointers. I recall that Reno said it was a shame that this instrument had not been introduced for use in the army engineering, and the only reason he could give was, that it had not been invented by an army officer.
</p>
<p>
While making these surveys, I met a few of the early pioneers, notably General Sibley, who laid me under great obligations for much kindness and consideration, and Joseph R. Brown, at whose hospitable home, at Henderson, I was entertained four weeks while waiting for instructions. I was greatly impressed with Joseph R. Brown in many ways. I recall now quite vividly the impression I had then, that he was the smartest man I had ever met.
</p>
<p>
I also made the acquaintance of Henry M. Rice, Alexander Faribault, and Alexis Bailly. I think I met Martin McLeod. I met Governor Gorman and many others, all of whom I remember most kindly. They all did what they could for me. For some
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0087">
0087
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
67
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
reason unknown, I had not the good fortune during this time to meet the most illustrious of all these, Governor Ramsey. Minnesota was and is greatly indebted to its earliest pioneers. Many of them were men of culture and refinement, all of them strong men, brave, hospitable, courteous, and kind. What a welcome they gave all those who came to make a home in this beautiful land and glorious commonwealth!
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0088z">
0088
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0089z">
0089
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0090">
0090
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0090" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0091">
0091
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
SKETCHES OF THE HISTORY OF HUTCHINSON.
<anchor id="n0091-04">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY HON. WILLIAM W. PENDERGAST.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0091-04" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council, February 11, 1901.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
FOUNDING OF THE TOWN BY THE HUTCHINSON SINGERS.
</head>
<p>
The gradual decadence of the gold excitement which drew so many thousands to California during the half dozen years succeeding the discovery of gold there in 1848, turned the tide of migration toward the west borders of the Mississippi. Long trains of west-bound travelers headed for Chicago every morning and evening from New York, Philadelphia, and Boston. Chicago was the great distributing point. There all stopped to catch their breath and take their bearings, and the thirty-year-old city at the head of lake Michigan seized the business which Chagres had snatched during the California boom. She took advantage of her opportunity, and also, I fear, of her innocent tenderfoot victims. The immense tidal wave was there divided. One branch flowed southwest into &ldquo;bleeding Kansas,&rdquo; following up Massachusetts&apos; &ldquo;thirty thousand moral rifles,&rdquo; the war cry being &ldquo;Freedom for Kansas.&rdquo; The other stream swept northwest to the region of the &ldquo;sky-tinted waters.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
In the spring of 1855, I was caught up in Massachusetts and swirled along in this mighty movement of restless humanity, but not to the land of gold. Chicago, &ldquo;the Garden City,&rdquo; was to be my Ultima Thule, my firm abiding place, but
</p>
<p>
<hi rend="blockindent">
&ldquo;The best laid schemes o&apos; mice and men
<lb>
Gang aft a-gley.&rdquo;
</hi>
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0092">
0092
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
70
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
Two months later I was plodding my weary pilgrim way through southern Minnesota, &ldquo;spying out the land&rdquo; and weighing its future. It seemed to be a beautiful land, just as it came from the hand of nature, and any farmer should have been satisfied with a hundred and sixty acres of it. But I was told that a hundred miles or more to the northwest, on the borders of the &ldquo;Big Woods,&rdquo; the soil was still better and the outlook even more alluring. That promising, if not &ldquo;promised,&rdquo; land I then and there resolved to see before many moons had waxed and waned. The trip I was then taking could not be prolonged, on account of work awaiting me in Milwaukee and Chicago.
</p>
<p>
In October I started out on my second Minnesota trip, upon which two weeks were spent in explorations to the north, east, and south of the Falls of St. Anthony. By that time it was getting too late for the survey of the Big Woods country, if the job was to be a thorough one.
</p>
<p>
Fired with zeal for the new land, I went back as far as Milwaukee, and in a few days had the pleasure of hearing my old friends, the Hutchinson family, from Milford, N. H.,&mdash;Judson, John, and Asa,&mdash;sing to a full house,
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;We&apos;ve come from the mountains of the old Granite State,&rdquo; and other inspiring songs, rendered as only they knew how. After the concert, at my invitation they all promised to call on me the next day, which they accordingly did. In our pleasant talk they unfolded to me their plans for the future. They had started out to sing their way through to Kansas, there to found a village, call it Hutchinson, make homes for themselves, build up the town, join the &ldquo;Jayhawkers&rdquo; and squelch the &ldquo;Border Ruffians.&rdquo; Said I, &ldquo;Why not skip all that blood and poetry, go to Minnesota, the most favored country on the earth, and found a city that you will always be proud of?&rdquo; &ldquo;Have you been there?&rdquo; they asked. &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo; Then question followed question, like shots from a Gatling gun. The answers were satisfactory, and led to the settlement of the town of Hutchinson in McLeod county, Minnesota.
</p>
<p>
Hither many later immigrants have been attracted, and they are now faithfully working shoulder to shoulder with the old timers, who have borne the burden and the heat of the day, to make this what it certainly bids fair to become, the most charming and
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0093">
0093
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
71
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
delightful, the most cozy and truly homelike place in the Northwest.
</p>
<p>
The result of the conference was an immediate change of plans on the part of the Hutchinsons, who had in so short a time become convinced that their horoscope had not been rightly interpreted. It was agreed that my cousin, Roswell H. Pendergast, should go along with them, and that I should stay through the winter, dispose of my photographing business, and follow on the first boat that should go through from Galena to St. Paul in the spring of 1856. The objective point was some place in the charming region west of the Big Woods, to which allusion has already been made. The exact spot was to be fixed upon by the Hutchinsons, their advance agent, E. E. Johnson, and R. H. Pendergast, who went with them.
</p>
<p>
Having arrived at the little village on the west side of the Mississippi adjoining the Falls of St. Anthony, they were lucky enough to fall in with an educated and enterprising young civil engineer, by the name of Lewis Harrington, who readily entered into the spirit of their plans, and who without hesitation accepted an earnest invitation to become a member of the company. Before they left this little settlement, Col. John H. Stevens, its father, B. E. Messer, an accomplished musician and former singing master, John H. Chubb, a young bachelor from Whitehall, N. Y., Henry Chambers, an unnaturalized Canadian, Lucius N. Parker, and John Calef, were duly initiated into the fraternity.
</p>
<p>
November 16, 1855, the company, with two two-horse teams and a week&apos;s supplies, sallied forth like Don Quixote, &ldquo;in quest of adventures.&rdquo; The general plan formulated at Milwaukee had been talked over and deliberated upon till it was made more specific by fixing upon a favorable location on the Hassan river (now called the South branch of the Crow river) northwest of Glencoe as the most desirable place for the new settlement. There was a good road as far as to Shakopee, which was at that time larger than Minneapolis. There the first night was spent.
</p>
<p>
November 17. Without waiting for breakfast, so anxious were they all to get a glimpse of the town of which they were to be the fathers, they started out betimes in the morning, and, crossing the ferry five miles farther up the Minnesota, reached
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0094">
0094
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
72
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Carver in season for breakfast. From Carver the road, if the straggling path made through the woods by the Glencoe settlers earlier in the season could be dignified by such a name, suddenly became much worse. Numerous stumps, deep ruts, and deeper chuck-holes, mud and fallen trees, opposed their passage.
</p>
<p>
Nightfall found them weary and way-worn, with the aspect of &ldquo;the knight of the sorrowful countenance,&rdquo; their horses jaded, and with a bag of game consisting of a brace of ducks, three partridges, a solitary rabbit, and a squirrel, on the banks of a small stream two or three miles east of the present site of Young America, and eleven miles from Carver. By this stream they prepared to camp for the night. The game was soon skinned, dressed, roasted, and disposed of in the most hearty if not the most approved style; and no dinner at the West Hotel, nor even at Delmonico&apos;s, was ever better enjoyed.
</p>
<p>
November 18. At daylight the camp was astir. After a &ldquo;picked up&rdquo; breakfast, the tent was struck and the pilgrims were moving toward their Mecca. A couple of partridges roasted before an improvised fire, with a pound or two of hardtack, served for dinner. Buffalo creek was crossed before sunset, Chambers going ahead and breaking the ice with his feet. As the water was three feet deep and Glencoe five miles away he unwillingly admitted that he got but little fun out of this operation.
</p>
<p>
Over a smoother way better time was now made, and twilight found our explorers on the outmost verge of civilization. They would have had to push their way 2,000 miles farther unless they changed their course, before reaching another town or meeting a white man.
</p>
<p>
Doty&apos;s Hotel, a one-story log building &ldquo;with all the modern improvements.&rdquo; offered them a welcome, a shelter and first-class accommodations at first-class rates, and there they ensconced themselves for the night.
</p>
<p>
November 19. With A. J. Bell, a Glencoe surveyor, for a guide, the line of march was resumed. As the road they had been following ended at Glancoe, the scattered groves were the only landmarks. They struck the Hassan river at the bend near the spot where Philip Busson, the Frenchman, now lives. Here was a delightful grove, resplendent with the gorgeous hues of a Minesota Indian summer. The air was crisp and invigorating. The scene was charming, and the party would willingly have tabernacled
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0095">
0095
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
73
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
there. The sky, the earth, the air, the overarching trees, the shimmering stream, the fertile soil, were so many Circes wooing them to stay.
</p>
<p>
Thanks, however, to Mr. Bell, who assured them that there was a better place six miles farther up the river, the company, after a few deep-drawn sighs, reluctantly moved on, some on foot, and some riding in the wagons, these being the first to reach the &ldquo;promised land.&rdquo; While they were pitching their tents, at the edge of the grove west of the place now occupied by the Catholic parsonage, Parker went back with one of the teams to meet the rest of the party. When the last straggler was picked up and brought in and all were seated in Turkish fashion round the crackling camp-fire, they with one voice declared that spot the most beautiful and attractive they had ever seen. The charming woods, the winding sweep of the crystal river, the range of circling bluffs beyond, the smooth lawnlike slope from forest to stream, the autumnal robings of shrubs and trees and creeping vines, the bewildering beauty of the whole view, all combined to awaken their enthusiasm, stir their blood, and set every nerve to tingling with delight, while Hope was busy with her brush and easel painting bright visions of the future.
</p>
<p>
Messer, the poet, the artist, the optimist, the dreamer par excellence of the company, which was divided about equally between poets, artists, optimists, and dreamers, on the one side, and plain practical men on the other, seized his fiddle, which was never far from his person, and struck up &ldquo;The Star Spangled Banner.&rdquo; The Hutchinsons, and all who could sing, &ldquo;joined in.&rdquo; For the first time since &ldquo;the morning stars sang together,&rdquo; grand strains of heavenly harmony echoed through the listening groves, and finally died away on the range of circling bluffs beyond the distant river.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
ADOPTION OF A CONSTITUTION.
</head>
<p>
November 20, a business meeting was held in the tent. Col. J. H. Stevens was chosen president; B. E. Messer, secretary; and A. J. Bell, Lewis Harrington, Asa B. Hutchinson, B. E. Messer, and J. H. Stevens, a committee to draft a constitution and bylaws. They then adjourned to meet at Glencoe the next morning. November 21, the company met according to adjournment, and
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0096">
0096
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
74
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
adopted articles of agreement, which were substantially as follows:
<list type="ordered">
<item><p>1. There shall be two town sites, each containing 320 acres: Harmony, to be located on the south half of section 31, township 117, range 29; and Hutchinson, on the north half of section 6, township 116, range 29.
</p></item>
<item><p>2. The two sites shall be divided into 100 shares.
</p></item>
<item><p>3. The Hutchinsons shall each have ten shares. Each of the eleven men with them shall have five shares. The remaining fifteen shares shall be disposed of by the Hutchinsons as they think best.
</p></item>
<item><p>4. The river shall continue to be called by its Indian name Hassan (Leaf).
</p></item>
<item><p>5. L. Harrington, R. H. Pendergast, and Henry Chambers, were appointed to do the business of the company, and dispose of lots to actual settlers.
</p></item>
<item><p>6. Special meetings shall be held at any time on the written request of three shareholders.
</p></item>
<item><p>7. Any shareholder neglecting to pay authorized assessments shall forfeit his stock.
</p></item>
<item><p>8. It was voted to employ L. Harrington to survey the two sites, his compensation being &dollar;380.
</p></item>
<item><p>9. Five acres were set apart for &ldquo;Humanity&apos;s Church.&rdquo;
</p></item>
<item><p>10. Fifteen acres were set aside for a park (afterward increased to twenty-two acres).
</p></item>
<item><p>11. Eight lots were reserved for educational purposes.
</p></item>
<item><p>12. It was solemnly decreed that &ldquo;in the future of Hutchinson, woman shall enjoy equal rights with man.&rdquo;
</p></item>
<item><p>13. &ldquo;No lot shall ever be occupied by any building used as a saloon, bowling alley, or billiard room, on penalty of forfeiture of the lot.&rdquo;
</p></item>
</list>
</p>
<p>
The next morning the company set out on their return to Minneapolis.
</p>
<p>
During the winter Messrs. Harrington and Bell surveyed the town site, Harrington really doing all the business connected with the survey, though he and Bell took the contract together.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
PIONEER REMINISCENCES.
</head>
<p>
Agreeably to my promise made the fall before, I left Milwaukee
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0097">
0097
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
75
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
on the 11th of April, 1856, for Hutchinson. My father and brother (T. H.), a cousin (Solomon Pendergast) now at Sauk Center, T. B. Chesley, and six others, had come out from New Hampshire to go with me. We reached Read&apos;s Landing, at the foot of lake Pepin, on the 14th. There we waited two days for the ice to break up, when, tired of &ldquo;hope deferred,&rdquo; we walked round the lake thirty miles over a muddy road to Wacouta, where we found the Time and Tide, one of Louis Robert&apos;s boats, with steam up ready to take us to St. Paul. This steaming up we found was only a trick to make us buy tickets at once. It was played several times before the boat finally started.
</p>
<p>
We landed at St. Paul on the 17th, and took passage on the Reveille for Carver. On the morning of the 18th we all left on foot for Young America, where we staid that night, sleeping four in a bed wedged in like smelts. The next day hard walking began to tell on the older members of the party; and the three young Pendergasts, Chesley, Atherton, and Glass, soon left the others out of sight. At Glencoe they got a lunch and pushed on, following directions received from some men who thought they knew the way. At nightfall we camped by a lake six miles out and a mile or so east of the present Hutchinson and Glencoe road. We had no blankets, no tent, and no food, except a few pieces of hardtack bought at Carver the day before.
</p>
<p>
Solomon, however, shot a goose near the shore of the lake, but, as bad luck would have it, she flew out to the middle of the lake before failing. Here was a &ldquo;pretty kettle of fish.&rdquo; I prepared half a dozen little sticks and tried to get the others to draw, in order to decide which one of us should swim out and get her. It was forty rods to where she lay. The ground was beginning to freeze around the edge of the lake, and little needles of ice were shooting out from the shore over the still water. There was nothing alluring to be seen, except the goose floating on the bosom of the lake at what seemed a long distance away. It was not a tempting bait under the circumstances. No one would draw a stick. Disgusted with what seemed to me their cowardice, I went around to the opposite side of the lake, as the goose looked nearer that shore, and plunged into the ice-cold water. On reaching the goose and looking around to take my bearings, the camp looked as near as the shore I had left; so, taking the goose&apos;s neck in my mouth, I paddled towards the fire, which had been kindled
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0098">
0098
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
76
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
under a big oak and looked very comfortable, but which at the time did me very little good. The water was lighted up more than it was warmed by the blaze. Nearly benumbed, I landed with the trophy, only to find that my thick woolen stockings had been burned in my absence by one of the boys who through kindness had undertaken to dry them before the fire. In three hours the goose was dressed and roasted. A half hour later every bone was picked as clean as a mounted skeleton. This done, we lay down on the bare ground, with some sticks and brush above and the stars twinkling through the impromptu lattice work. There and thus we slept the sleep of &ldquo;Innocents Abroad.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
At noon of the 20th we surprised Roswell and four companions named Gray, Whitney, Failing, and Hook (from whom lake Hook got its name), who were holding possession of the J. E. Chesley hut, which stood a few rods from the southeast corner of the town site. Mr. Chesley, finding provisions running low, had gone to St. Paul to replenish his stock. That evening the rest of our company arrived, and, taking us all together, it must be admitted that as &ldquo;famine breeders&rdquo; we were a decided success. The visible supply of food, which consisted of about twenty pounds of flour, totally disappeared in two days. A bushel of potatoes, which had been procured for seed, lasted but little longer. A two-bushel sack of horse feed that stood in one corner of the room was not quite so quickly disposed of. It was ground coarse, the hulls were rough and plowed furrows broad and deep from one end of the oesophagus to the other. We made mush of this, and sweetened it with Hassan river water. After each meal we devoutly thanked the Lord for ground feed, and felt grateful that it &ldquo;was as well with us as it was.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
After a few days Mr. Chesley came back with scant supplies for so many, and then he and I started back to St. Paul immediately on foot, bought four yoke of oxen, a wagon, and a load of goods, including a big breaking plow. After two weeks of hard struggling over stumps, through mire-holes and mud lakes, we crossed the Hassan once more, plowed the first field, and harvested the first crop ever raised in the entire Hassan valley. The grasshoppers, however, which came in countless swarms about the first of July, left little harvesting for us to do.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0099">
0099
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
77
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
THE FOURTH OF JULY, 1856.
</head>
<p>
On July 4th, no other celebration having been planned, a bear hunt was improvised for the occasion, which resulted in killing a huge old bruin, weighing 400 pounds. From the departure of the hunters to the return with the laurels of victory, the watches measured little more than an hour, for the game was in a grove only half a mile away. This was the first Independence Day celebration west of the Big Woods.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
COST OF LIVING IN THE WINTER OF 1857&ndash;58.
</head>
<p>
Here is the record for the three months of my second winter in Hutchinson, taken from the expense book of seven who kept &ldquo;old bachelors&apos; hall&rdquo; together in the village. It was the most high-toned place there during that winter.
</p>
<list type="simple">
<item><p>Flour, 5 &frac12; barrels
<hsep>&dollar;66.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Beef, 257 pounds
<hsep>25.70
</p></item>
<item><p>Potatoes, 7 bushels
<hsep>7.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Corn meal, 240 lbs
<hsep>9.60
</p></item>
<item><p>Syrup, 8 gallons
<hsep>8.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Candies, 20 lbs
<hsep>5.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Beans, 2 bushels
<hsep>4.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Rice, 12 lbs
<hsep>1.56
</p></item>
<item><p>Pepper, 6 papers
<hsep>.60
</p></item>
<item><p>Suet, 6 lbs
<hsep>1.00
</p></item>
<item><p>Butter, 3 lbs
<hsep>1.05
</p></item>
<item><p>Buckwheat, 15 lbs
<hsep>.90
</p></item>
<item><p>Salt, 14 lbs
<hsep>.90
</p></item>
<item><p>Soap, 3 lbs
<hsep>.45
</p></item>
<item><p>Cream of tarter, &frac12; lb
<hsep>.35
</p></item>
<item><p>Saleratus, 9 lbs
<hsep>1.35
</p></item>
<item><p>Total
<hsep>&dollar;133.46
</p></item>
<item><p>Cost per man a week
<hsep>&dollar;1.46
</p></item>
</list>
</div>
<div>
<head>
FIRST TOWN MEETING.
</head>
<p>
At the first town meeting, May 11, 1858, forty-eight votes were cast. Four townships voted at Hutchinson, the north two casting 26 votes, and the south two 22 votes.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0100">
0100
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
78
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
STEAMBOAT NAVIGATION.
</head>
<p>
In the spring and early summer of 1858, a steamboat, twenty by sixty feet in size, was built to run on the Hassan, Crow, and Mississippi rivers to Minneapolis. It made the down trip without much trouble, but never returned. The owners got a chance to sell it to ply on the Mississippi between Minneapolis and St. Cloud. The water of the Hassan river was so high that a steamer could have run from Hutchinson to Minneapolis the first five years without much difficulty.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
SCARCITY OF FOOD.
</head>
<p>
Provisions were very scarce in the spring of 1858. Some families had lived through the winter on potatoes and slippery elm bark. But the middle of May found the Hassan alive with buffalo fishes, and the marshes were yellow with the flowers of cowslips; so for a while there was plenty and variety. Those who were too lazy to pick greens went fishing. The fish could be boiled, baked, stewed, or fried; but, whichever way was chosen, the flavoring was always the same, pure Hassan river water. It took a connoisseur to decide which style of cooking had been adopted. Most of the people got their living in a way that may well be pronounced &ldquo;scaly.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MAIL CARRIERS.
</head>
<p>
The contract for carrying the mail between Minneapolis and Hutchinson once a week was let this spring to Messrs. Sumner and Parshall. Previous to this, the young men had taken turns in carrying it on their shoulders. T. H. Pendergast&apos;s turn came round almost every week, as he was the most willing and the best walker.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE SIOUX OUTBREAK.
</head>
<p>
On Saturday, the 16th day of August, 1862, nine men, including myself, set out for Fort Snelling to enlist. Their names were G. T. Belden, William Goshell, W. H. Harrington, John Hartwig, J. T. Higgins, Andrew A. Hopper, Charles M. Horton, Charles Stahl, and W. W. Pendergast. The next Monday Capt.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0101">
0101
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
79
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
George C. Whitcomb arrived in town from Forest City, with the startling news that the Indians were &ldquo;on the rampage,&rdquo; that Robinson Jones and Howard Baker and their families had been killed at Acton the day before, and that all the settlers west of us were likely to be massacred. Tuesday morning the captain was in St. Paul, laying the facts before Governor Ramsey and Adjutant General Malmros, both of whom went at once to Fort Snelling. The governor inquired of me about the danger of an Indian outbreak, but I could not confirm the report from Acton, and in fact did not believe it. Soon, however, a courier from the upper Minnesota river came in with the news that Capt. John S. Marsh and more than half his company had been killed while crossing the river. There was no longer room for doubt.
</p>
<p>
Our Hutchinson boys had not enlisted, so we all determined to go back and defend our own hearthstones. Captain Whitcomb came with us, having succeeded in getting seventy-five Springfield muskets and three boxes of cartridges, amounting to 3,000 rounds of ammunition. We reached Glencoe the second night, having impressed three teams and two men at Shakopee to haul us and the ammunition. It was seventeen miles from Glencoe to Hutchinson. I determined to walk home that night and Mr. Gosnell offered to come with me. The offer was gladly accepted.
</p>
<p>
Arriving at home at two o&apos;clock in the morning, we found at our house twenty-six refugees who had escaped from the Upper Sioux Agency under the guidance of John Other Day; and we learned that other refugees were at Harrington&apos;s, Belden&apos;s, Putnam&apos;s, and one or two other places, the whole number being about fifty. All of them left that morning, on Friday, August 22nd, for the more eastern settlements.
</p>
<p>
Captain Whitcomb, with the teams and military supplies, arrived the same day. A company of Home Guards was soon organized, Lewis Harrington being the captain, Oliver Pierce and Andrew Hopper, lieutenants, and W. W. Pendergast, orderly sergeant. A stockade 100 feet square was constructed in twelve days. Theft came the battle on the road from Acton to Hutchinson, where Capt. Richard Strout&apos;s company was beset by 300 Sioux who had been lying in ambush for them. Captain Strout managed to get away and come to Hutchinson, with twenty-three men wounded, and leaving three dead on the field.
</p>
<p>
That night these Indians attempted to surprise us; but they
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0102">
0102
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
80
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
were halted at the bridge by our sentinels. Instantly all was bustle and activity at the garrison. Officers and men were on the alert. In every direction shadowy forms might be seen moving about in the darkness, peering to catch, if possible, a glimpse of the approaching foe. After half an hour&apos;s bootless search, no further cause of alarm being discovered, the camp once more relapsed to silence, which was not again disturbed.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE ATTACK AT HUTCHINSON.
</head>
<p>
The fourth of September opened bright and beautiful. No sign of Indians was anywhere visible, yet most of the men determined not to leave the fort. A few Germans, however, thinking the enemy had gone off in some other direction, concluded to go out to their farms and try to save some of their wheat, which during these troublesome times had been sadly neglected. Six or seven of them started about seven o&apos;clock for their homes in Acoma, and had just reached the point where the road turns to the right to ascend the bluff near Peter Geoghegan&apos;s field. Old Mr. Heller was walking a few rods in advance of the team, when a volley was fired from the brow of the hill and Heller was severely wounded in the hip. The horses were quickly wheeled about, the wounded man was helped into the wagon, and the half mile that lay between them and the fort was made in less time than ever before or since.
</p>
<p>
When the Germans were leaving for their farms. Howard McEwen volunteered to go to the house of W. W. Pendergast, on the bluff at the edge of the woods, east of Albert Langbecker&apos;s residence, to get some delicacies for the wounded soldiers of Strout&apos;s company. He had formal the articles and started back, but in passing through one of the rooms he noticed a book on the mantel-piece, and stopped to look it through. While thus engaged, he was startled by the firing at Mr. Heller, and, in looking out of the window, saw the hill to the west covered with Indians. Though he knew that his safety depended on reaching the bridge in advance of the indians, who were following the Germans up as fast as they could, still he did not forget his errand. Gathering up his jellies and preserves, he hastened down the hill and got into the town safely.
</p>
<p>
Soon the Indians were seen circling around the town in all
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0103">
0103
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
81
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
directions, except to the south. From the point where they were first seen to Chesley&apos;s, at the southeast corner of the town, there was a continuous line of them, while through the woods at the west their dark forms were occasionally seen gliding from one tree or thicket to another.
</p>
<p>
At the commencement of the attack, about eight o&apos;clock, William H. Ensign mounted &ldquo;old Selim,&rdquo; and, with hat in hand and hair streaming in the wind, dashed away toward Glencoe for reinforcements.
</p>
<p>
Levi Chesley and a boy by the name of William Wright (son of E. G. Wright, who married Eliza Chesley) were at the farm taking care of the stock, having left us an hour before for that purpose. Warned of approaching danger by the sound of the guns, they looked out of the barn and saw retreat to the town was already cut off, and that the Indians were close upon them. To bridle the best two horses and jump upon their backs was the work of a moment. In another moment they were scouring across the prairie at breakneck speed with half a dozen Indians at their heels. Soon all but two who had the swiftest ponies were distanced. These two followed nearly half way to Glencoe, when, finding themselves gradually losing ground, they suddenly faced about and returned to Hutchinson to join their companions.
</p>
<p>
Seeing the preparations that had been made for their reception in the center of the town, the Indians amused themselves for a while by setting fire to the buildings on the outskirts. The torch was first applied to the house of Dr. Benjamin, as that stood farthest out of town to the northwest. The next one fired was that of W. W. Pendergast. Next was the academy, and while the flames were slowly creeping up the southwest corner of this building its bell was vigorously rung as an alarm. Then followed other houses on the bluff. Kittredge&apos;s, Welton&apos;s. Pierce&apos;s and Chesley&apos;s. On the south side Solomon Pendergast&apos;s, J. H. Chubb&apos;s, and several smaller ones, shared the same fate.
</p>
<p>
During this time the twenty-three wounded men of Captain Strout&apos;s company were carried from the hotel to a place of greater safety, but less comfort, inside the fort.
</p>
<p>
It was interesting to note the altered behavior of the Indians when they came in sight of the stockade. As soon as the first volley was fired upon the German farmers, they set up a fearful
<lb>
6
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0104">
0104
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
82
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
war cry, and came up over the bluff whooping and yelling as only wild Indians can; but when their eyes caught sight of the fort, the trench around it, and armed men prepared to defend it, they stood for a moment dumbfounded. But relying upon their superior numbers, and remembering how the whites had so far everywhere fled before them, they commenced to put their preconcerted plan into execution.
</p>
<p>
This was to make a vigorous attack from the north, at which all the inhabitants were expected to retreat toward St. Paul, just as they did at Yellow Medicine. To make their victory more complete, about a third of their number were placed in ambush along the border of the grove that skirts the road to Glencoe all the way from the town to the Hutchinson hill. It was thought that while the victorious Indians were pressing the fugitives from behind and driving them like a flock of frightened sheep, those in ambuscade would pour in a deadly fire upon them, soon make clean work of it, and carry off, with little trouble or danger to themselves an abundant harvest of scalps.
</p>
<p>
But the people here, as the Indians soon found, had no notion of retreating, and were determined to give them ball for ball. The Hutchinson Guards, without consulting Captain Strout, took the places previously assigned to them, Captain Harrington and his fifteen men on the west of the fort, Lieutenant Hopper and his men on the east, Pierce at the south, and Pendergast at the north. We were thus advancing upon the Indians in four different directions for the purpose of protecting the buildings and saving the cattle and horses, which were being stolen by dozens before our eyes, when Captain Strout, seeing what was going on and fearing for the safety of the fort, assumed command of the Hutchinson company and the entire fort, and issued a peremptory order that all should return within the stockade, which most of the men obeyed.
</p>
<p>
A few refused to recognize Strout&apos;s authority, notably Captain Harrington, Lieutenants Pierce and Hopper, Orderly Pendergast, Andrew Hopper, H. McEwen, W. Putnam, G. T. Belden, D. Sivright, William Cook, S. Dearborn, D. Cross, Amos James, H. Harrington, and perhaps one or two others; and these fought through the day each on his own hook, as indeed all did after a short time.
</p>
<p>
Lieutenant Hopper got near enough to an Indian near the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0105">
0105
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
83
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
sawmill to make him &ldquo;bite the dust;&rdquo; and Cross was equally fortunate east of the fort. He and one lone Indian had a regular duel, firing three shots apiece, until the last shot of Cross killed his antagonist. In each case the other Indians near at hand caught up the body and carried it off the field.
</p>
<p>
Andrew A. Hopper, H. Harrington, G. T. Belden, and H. McEwen, firing from the chamber of Sumner&apos;s Hotel (the Hartman House), repelled the enemy from that direction.
</p>
<p>
Earlier in the day, S. Dearborn, Andrew Hopper, and W. W. Pendergast, went down nearly to the river, because many of the redskins were on the other bank, dividing their time between stealing horses and firing at the men on the south side. Taking their stations behind some logs that were scattered along the riverside, and behind ginseng frames that Sumner had piled up there, they popped away for half an hour. The effect was not known, as the grass was tall there, and as it was the custom of the Indians to fall whenever a shot was fired in their direction, whether hit or not. At any rate, they retired to a respectful distance, and the three sought other fields of usefulness.
</p>
<p>
Howard McEwen distinguished himself by going from the fort over to Sumner&apos;s barn, when the balls were flying thickest, and bringing back Sivright&apos;s double harness. When asked what he did that for, he said that the barn was likely to be burned, that they wanted Sivright&apos;s mules to take the women out with after the fight, and that this was the only harness he knew of that could be saved.
</p>
<p>
About noon when the fort was surrounded by a circle of fire from the smouldering buildings, the Sioux made a desperate effort to advance from the grove on the west to set fire to the buildings that remained between them and the stockade. Sumner then offered a pair of boots to every man who would go to his stores on the west side of Main street, and bring over a back-load of goods. Several of the younger men volunteered, and a dozen loads were safely stored in the fort within as many minutes. No one was hurt, but a bullet hit the pack which C. M. Horton was carrying, and was picked out of one of the boots that composed his load.
</p>
<p>
There were several &ldquo;close calls&rdquo; during the day&apos;s fight, but no one in or about the fort actually received any injury. The shooting was mostly at long range. Amos James was wounded
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0106">
0106
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
84
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
by a spent ball, splintering the stock of the gun which he held in his hand. Bullets perforated the buildings inside the stockade, as well as those that were occupied and defended; but on the part of the garrison it was a bloodless fight.
</p>
<p>
Some of the Indians who fought here were afterwards taken prisoners by General Sibley, and they acknowledged a loss of four killed and fifteen wounded at Hutchinson on that 4th of September.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
RETREAT AND COUNCIL OF THE SIOUX.
</head>
<p>
About four o&apos;clock in the afternoon the firing began to grow weaker, and it was soon noticed that the enemy were disappearing from the north, east, and south, and were retreating toward the west. Soon afterward a company of about forty soldiers were seen approaching from the direction of Glencoe. These were reinforcements that Ensign had succeeded in obtaining. He went first to Glencoe, but found so few men left there that none could be spared. He heard, however, that a small company of infantry and cavalry was stationed at lake Addie, twelve miles distant to the west. Proceeding at once to that place, he found the soldiers and prevailed on them to march to the relief of Hutchinson, and they were the men who arrived just after the close of the battle.
</p>
<p>
It is very probable that the Indians observed them long before they were seen from the garrison, and that they withdrew for that reason. They had already sent back a dozen reams, more or less, loaded with household goods and other valuables plundered from the houses which they burned in the morning.
</p>
<p>
Many persons who had come into the fort left their wagons and harnesses at home, and their horses and cattle on the prairie. The Indians gathered all the oxen and horses they could lay their hands to, and hitched them to the wagons which they found, so that there was no lack of teams to transport their plunder. They shot other horses and cattle that came within-range, to the number of about a hundred.
</p>
<p>
On reaching Otter lake, they stopped and held a council of war. Some were in favor of resting there a few hours, and then, under cover of the night, to come back and take the people by surprise. They argued that our men, thinking they had fled and that our victory was complete, would set no pickets, that the fort
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0107">
0107
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
85
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
might be fired in a dozen places before the alarm would be sounded, and that amid the darkness and confusion they could make short work of massacring the entire garrison.
</p>
<p>
But wiser councils prevailed. The older men said that, as they failed to surprise us on the night before, so they would fail again; that the preparations we had made to receive them, the painstaking and skill manifested in the fortifications, and the good judgment shown in their location, where they could not come up from any direction without exposing themselves to almost certain death, all went to prove that the Hutchinson men were wary and cautious, and not to be easily caught napping. They thought the best way for them was to leave with the plunder they had obtained, and to try their luck somewhere else at surprises. So the proposed night attack was given up.
</p>
<p>
This matter of the consultation at Otter lake was learned from the Indian prisoners at Beaver Falls. In point of fact, there would have been no chance for a successful night attack. A double guard was kept up around the fort all night long; and, with the additional forty men and the extra ammunition they brought with them, the fort could have been held, and would have been held, against a thousand such assailants.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MURDER OF GERMAN SETTLERS WEST OF HUTCHINSON.
</head>
<p>
Two Germans, by the name of Bilke and Spaude, were at this time living on the farm where old Mr. Sitz now resides, a few miles up the river, in the town of Lynn. They refused to come into the fort, because, they said, they had always treated the Indians well, and the Indians were never forgetful of kindness shown them. They did not anticipate any injuries, and could not be made to see their danger.
</p>
<p>
But when, on the morning of the fight at Hutchinson, a few Indians came to their house while the families were at breakfast, and in a threatening manner demanded a meal, they began to think they would be safer in the fort. While their guests were causing their bread and meat and potatoes to disappear with marvelous rapidity, they hastened to yoke the oxen and hitch them to the wagon. This done, both families got aboard and started across the river on the way to the town. They had gone but a few rods, however, when the Indians came out of the house
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0108">
0108
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
86
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
and fired, wounding Spaude in the leg. He whipped up his team and set them to running at the top of their speed, the Indians yelling and pursuing. In this way they dashed down the bank into the river, and there Spaude was shot again, and fell into the middle of the stream, where the body was found the next day.
</p>
<p>
Bilke and the women and children now leaped from the wagon, and took refuge in the tall grass on the north side of the river, at this place six or seven feet high. While the Indians who were following them stopped to scalp Spaude, the others managed to conceal themselves from view and were not discovered. It has always been a matter of wonder that they succeeded in escaping as they did; but doubtless the Indians thought that they had guns with them, and that if any one should happen to stumble upon their hiding place it would be at the expense of his life. They could see the grass quiver where the Indians went along, but so far they were safe. Mrs. Spaude prevented her two-year-old baby from betraying with its cries their place of concealment by pressing her hand upon its mouth.
</p>
<p>
As soon as they found the coast in a measure clear, the two families separated. Mrs. Spaude recrossed the river with the baby and a five-year-old child, and, crouching and picking their way along in the tallest grass, they made their toilsome way around the south end of Otter lake, and along the edge of the woods, till they reached the corner of Mr. Hutchinson&apos;s field, in sight of the fort, a little after noon, when they were seen and killed by the attacking Indians. When picked up at evening, their faces were entirely shot away, the muzzles of the guns having been held but a few inches away when they were fired.
</p>
<p>
Mrs. Bilke, with three children, remained longer concealed in the grass, and at last made her way to a vacant log-house near the river on the north side, where they staid over night, and where they were found the next day and brought to the town. Mr. Bilke, clad only in a checked hickory shirt, after meeting innumerable troubles and dangers, finally reached the town just after the Indians left. He had divested himself of one piece of clothing after another, so as to run faster; had been all day surrounded by his enemies; had dodged this way and that, to avoid them; and unscathed had now got where he could take a long breath and feel safe.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0109">
0109
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
87
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
SERVICE OF THE HUTCHINSON GUARDS.
</head>
<p>
On the 22d of September the Hutchinson Guards, having been already recognized by the State as a regular military organization, were sworn into the service, their time commencing August 23, 1862. They were on duty seventy days, to the first of November.
</p>
<p>
Lieut. Oliver Pierce, Frank G. Jewett, and David Cross, left Hutchinson on September 23d, to look up a man named Sanborn who had not been seen for several days. They first visited Mr. Webb&apos;s house, eight miles distant to the northwest, which they found to have been ransacked. The next stop was at Dr. Kennedy&apos;s, where all was topsy-turvy. Surgical instruments, bottles of medicine, pills, plasters, and potions, lay scattered in inextricable confusion. Tincture bottles were found empty. Jars of specimens preserved in alcohol had been drained to the last drop, and all the doctor&apos;s collections of rare and interesting entomological, vermiculous, and batrachoid curiosities were in the last stages of decay. The Indians have a deep and abiding faith in fire-water, and look upon the wasting of the smallest quantity as a calamity. They doubtless got some doses this time that were long remembered.
</p>
<p>
From Kennedy&apos;s the men were walking along, slowly and carefully examining the ground, when suddenly three guns were fired, almost at the same instant, and Cross fell to the ground, pierced by a bullet through the heart. He died immediately. The others thought to bring the body back with them, but the Indians were upon them and they had to fight their way to the team, which they made good use of. It did not take their foes more than a minute or two to mount and give chase, and never had that region witnessed such a race. The driver, Pierce, urged the horses to the top of their speed; and thirteen Sioux, on their ponies, were crowding them closely, with Cross&apos;s scalp hoisted on a pole for a battle flag. Jewett sat in the rear of the wagon, with his legs dangling down, loading and firing as fast as the swaying and jolting permitted; and the leaders of the chase gave back shot for shot. Three or four at last gave up and turned back. One got to the front, and a well-directed shot unhorsed him. This ended the pursuit. The next day another party went out and brought in the bodies of both Cross and Sanborn, the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0110">
0110
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
88
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
latter having been brained with a grub-hoe and left where he fell.
</p>
<p>
No other stirring event occurred till the following July, when Little Crow was killed about six miles north of Hutchinson.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE KILLING OF LITTLE CROW.
</head>
<p>
On the morning of July 3, 1863, Nathan Lamson and his son Chauncey left Hutchinson for their home in the north part of the town, about five miles away, to look after their stock. All being found as they left it a few weeks before, they started out near evening to hunt for a deer. While they were stealing carefully along a dim path or trail, leading northwestward, the old man&apos;s quick eye caught sight of something moving in the bushes a few rods beyond them. Peering through the thicket, he saw two Indians, a middle-aged man (afterward ascertained to be Little Crow) and a boy (his son Wowinapa) of about sixteen years, picking raspberries which were abundant and ripe.
</p>
<p>
Mr. Lamson thought this too good a chance to lose. Creeping to a poplar tree which stood near, he rested his gun against the trunk and fired, wounding Little Crow in the side. He did not fall, but, looking around, saw his assailant, and in an instant sent a bullet through the fleshy part of Mr. Lamson&apos;s left shoulder. Chauncey then advanced toward Little Crow, following the rather blind trail around the raspberry patch toward the northwest, while his father dropped to the ground to reload. Little Crow, evidently thinking him killed, seized his son&apos;s rifle and moved along the bush-skirted path toward Chauncey. They saw each other and fired at the same moment. Only one report was heard by either Chauncey or his father Little Crow fell mortally wounded by a bullet through his breast, and Chauncey felt the wind upon his cheek as the other ball passed harmlessly by.
</p>
<p>
Supposing his father to have been killed, and fearing lest other Indians might be near, Chauncey hurried to give the alarm in Hutchinson, and reached there about ten o&apos;clock that evening. His mother, nearly distracted, begged the men at the fort to go in search of her husband. William Gosnell was the first to vounteer. Birney Lamson, the old man&apos;s youngest son, a Frenchman by the name of Le Maitre, and two or three other citizens followed. They, with six mounted men of the Goodhue County Tigers, who were stationed at Hutchinson, set out immediately, and reached
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0111">
0111
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
89
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Lamson&apos;s house a little past midnight, where they rested about three hours. At the beginning of dawn, they resumed their march. They went north one mile to the woods path before mentioned, and turning to the west followed it about half a mile, when they came to the body of Little Crow stretched out at length on the ground about six rods from the spot where young Lamson delivered the fatal shot.
</p>
<p>
Nathan Lamson&apos;s white shirt and his gun were found in a plum grove near by, but the owner was not to be seen. On the return of the party to Hutchinson, however, he was among the first to welcome them. He had thrown away his shirt, thinking that its color might attract the notice of the foe, and his gun was left because he was not able, in reloading, to get the ball down more than nine inches from the muzzle, so that he feared it would burst if he attempted to fire it. In his trepidation he had filled the barrel nearly full in loading it direct from the powder flask. He had lain concealed in the thicket until nightfall, and then, leaving his shirt and gun, had made his way to Hutchinson, arriving about two o&apos;clock in the morning.
</p>
<p>
Wowinapa, escaping and returning to rejoin the Sioux in Dakota, was captured twenty-six days later by a party of our soldiers near Devil&apos;s lake. His statement; as published by Heard and by Bryant and Murch in their books on the Sioux outbreak and war, proved that the Indian thus shot near Hutchinson was Little Crow, who had been the chief orator and plotter for the massacre of the frontier settlers less than a year before.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0112z">
0112
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0113z">
0113
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0114">
0114
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0114" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0115">
0115
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
EARLY STEAMBOATING ON THE MINNESOTA AND
<lb>
RED RIVERS.
<anchor id="n0115-05">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY CAPTAIN EDWIN BELL.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0115-05" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council, May 13, 1901.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
ST. PAUL AND ITS VICINITY IN 1850.
</head>
<p>
On the 16th day of December, 1850, I called on Governor Ramsey at his new house on Walnut street, to which he had recently moved. The governor was surrounded by a large delegation of Sioux Indians, each of whom had a long-stem pipe across his lap. Those were the first wild Indians I had ever seen. Their faces were painted in streaks of red and black, and many of them had eagle feathers on their heads. They were orderly, so far as I could see, and I little thought that within a few years I should carry their yearly supplies to Redwood Agency, and guns and ammunition up the Minnesota river to destroy these same Indians.
</p>
<p>
St. Paul at that time was little more than an Indian-trading post. The Indians in winter camped in the heavy timber on the west side of the river from Kaposia to a point opposite St. Paul. As soon as the ice formed so as to bear them, great numbers would cross over to trade. Trading was done with A. L. Larpenteur, on the corner of Third and Jackson streets; with Mr. Simpson, on Minnesota and Third streets; and the Fuller Brothers, at the Upper Levee. All these traders dealt heavily in furs.
</p>
<p>
In the year 1850, I pre&euml;mpted what is now called Langdon, situated near the river, fifteen miles below St. Paul. After I finished
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0116">
0116
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
92
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
my house on the prairie and moved in, the Sioux used to pass frequently on their way to Point Douglas. During the two years we were on the prairie, we were not troubled by them, neither did we hear of any family that was troubled. I found that farming was not my forte, so I returned to St. Paul.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
STEAMBOATING ON THE MINNESOTA RIVER.
</head>
<p>
In 1855 I had command of the steamer Globe, making trips on the Minnesota river, and in the early fall of that year we carried supplies to the Sioux at Redwood Agency. The Indians would come down the river several miles to meet the boat. They were like a lot of children, and when the steamboat approached they would shout, &ldquo;Nitonka pata-wata washta,&rdquo; meaning, &ldquo;Your big fire-canoe is good.&rdquo; They would then cut across the bend, yelling until we reached the landing.
</p>
<p>
In the fall of that year, 1855, their supplies were late, when I received orders from Agent Murphy to turn over to the Indians twelve barrels of pork, and twelve barrels of flour. As soon as we landed, we rolled the supplies on shore. I was informed that the Indians were in a starving condition. It was amusing to see five or six of them rolling a barrel of pork up the bank, when two of our deck hands would do the work in half the time.
</p>
<p>
A young Indian girl stood at the end of the gang plank, wringing her hands and looking toward the boat, exclaiming &ldquo;Sunka wanicha,&rdquo; meaning &ldquo;They have my dog.&rdquo; The cabin boy told me the cook had coaxed the dog on board and hid it. I could speak the language so as to be understood, and I motioned to the girl and said, &ldquo;Niye kuwa,&rdquo; meaning &ldquo;Come here.&rdquo; She came on board, and I told the cook to bring the dog to me. When the dog came, she caught it in her arms, exclaiming, &ldquo;Sunka washta,&rdquo; meaning &ldquo;Good dog.&rdquo; She then ran on shore and up the hill. It seemed to me that white people took advantage of the Indian when they could, even steamboat cooks.
</p>
<p>
When the flour and pork were on level ground, the barrel heads were knocked in, and the pork was cut in small strips and thrown in a pile. Two hundred squaws then formed a circle, and several Indians handed the pieces of pork to the squaws until the pile was disposed of. The flour was placed in tin pans, each squaw receiving a panful.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0117">
0117
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
93
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
Later, in the same season, we had an unfortunate trip. The boat was loaded deep. Luckily Agent Murphy and Capt. Louis Robert were on board. We had in the cabin of the boat ninety thousand dollars in gold. About three miles below the Agency, we ran on a large boulder. After much effort, we got the boat afloat. Major Murphy gave orders to land the goods, so that they might be hauled to the Agency. We landed and unloaded, covering the goods with tarpaulins. There were about fifty kegs of powder with the goods. While we were unloading, the agent sent for a team to take Captain Robert and himself, with the gold, to the Agency. Then we started down the river. We had gone only a few miles, when we discovered a dense smoke, caused by a prairie fire. The smoke was rolling toward the pile of goods, which we had left in charge of two men. When we reached the ferry at Red Bank, a man on horseback motioned us to land, and told us that the goods we left were all burnt up and the powder exploded. This was a sad blow to the Indians.
</p>
<p>
The following is a list of the steamboats running on the Minnesota river, during high water, in the year 1855 and later: Clarion, Captain Humberson; Globe, Captain Edwin Bell; Time and Tide, Captain Nelson Robert; Jeannette Roberts, Captain Charles Timmens; Mollie Moler, Captain Houghton; Minnesota, Captain Hays; and the Frank Steele and Favorite, both sidewheel steamers. These boats were drawn off when the water got low; and when the railroad paralleled the river, all boats quit running.
</p>
<p>
On the 16th day of December, 1895, I called on Governor Ramsey again, to talk over old times, forty-five years after my first call. What changes have taken place since then! When I started to leave, I thought I would see how much the governor remembered of the Sioux language. I said, &ldquo;Governor, nitonka tepee, washta.&rdquo; &ldquo;What did you say, captain ?&rdquo; asked the governor. I replied, &ldquo;Nitonka tepee, washta.&rdquo; &ldquo;Why, captain,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;that means, My house is large and good;&rdquo; and, with a wink, &ldquo;Captain, let&apos;s have a nip.&rdquo; Of course we nipped, and said &ldquo;Ho!&rdquo; All old settlers will know the meaning of the Sioux exclamation, &ldquo;Ho!&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
RECOLLECTIONS OF THE RED RIVER OF THE NORTH.
</head>
<p>
In the summer of 1859 I arranged with Mr. J. C. Burbank
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0118">
0118
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
94
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
to go to the Red River of the North to take charge of the steamboat Anson Northup, load the freight on the boat, and take it to Fort Garry. This was the first steamboat ever run on the Red river.
</p>
<p>
I was to take a few men with me for deck hands, and Dudley Kelly, a brother of Patrick H. Kelly, as clerk. I would find a pilot and engineer at the boat. We left the next morning on the stage. On arriving at the Red river, we were informed that the boat had started for the townsite of Georgetown, in charge of the stage agent. If we drove fast, they said, we would overtake the boat, as the river was very crooked. We got ahead of her, and when we heard her coming around the bend, we hailed them. They landed, and I went on board and showed my papers to the man in charge of the boat, who introduced me to the pilot, Jesse Young, and also to Lem Young, the engineer. Then leaving us, he got on the stage, going to Abercrombie.
</p>
<p>
We started for Georgetown. We found three deck hands on the boat. Two were old pinery men. They were of great service afterward at Goose rapids. There were also two families on board, the first pioneer families coming through the United States to Fort Garry. All others came by the way of Hudson bay. Two men were also passengers, one a minister. We soon landed at Georgetown, and loaded the freight on the boat.
</p>
<p>
Two more passengers got on board there for Fort Garry. I inquired about the river below. They said the water was deep down to the fort. As voyageurs, in their birch canoes, they had passed up and down without trouble, but we found a steamboat a little different from a canoe. I called a meeting to find out the amount of provisions there was on board, as in our stage trip to the Red river we had passed the wagon with provisions for the boat. They had a broken wheel, and a man had gone back to St. Cloud for a new one. This would take several days. The passengers and crew were all anxious to start down the river, and, as there were provisions to last through the trip, all went well until we reached Goose rapids.
</p>
<p>
There we saw the break of boulders in the channel of the river, and we also saw shoal water on a gravel bar below. The pilot and I took the small skiff to examine. We found that the boulders would have to be removed before we could get through. We made scrapers to dig below the boulders. When we had dug
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0119">
0119
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
95
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
a hole large enough to hold a boulder, we brought the bow of the boat against it and then came ahead, shoving the boulder into the opening we had made.
</p>
<p>
This we continued to do until the boulders were all out of the way, and then we started over the bar. Getting half way over, the boat stuck fast. We commenced to carry the freight on shore, to lighten; and fortunately the freight was in square packages with lugs. The men would turn their backs to the guard of the boat, receive a package, and wade to shore, to the pile. This was of no benefit, as the water fell fast. I sent two men back to Georgetown, to have Mr. Joseph McKay come and get the freight.
</p>
<p>
When we had the boat unloaded we tried to move her by backing to throw the water under her, and then reversed to come ahead quick for starting. It was of no use. Some of our party wanted me to abandon the steamboat and strike for Pembina, a hundred miles or more down the river. I said &ldquo;No,&rdquo; and at once decided to build a dam, this being the first dam ever put in on the Red river.
</p>
<p>
I will describe the way it was built. First we cut two cottonwood logs, ten feet long, and chopped out the middle to form a trough, leaving the ends and sides of each. We then spliced them together, calked them, and built a platform on this scow for men to stand on to drive stakes. The stakes were cut about seven feet long and sharpened. We commenced to drive from the east shore, and drove a straight line of stakes to the boat. We had a man at each end of the scow, to hold it up to the stakes, and to move it as the stakes were driven. There was a very strong current over the bar. We knew that if the dam was not a success there would be starvation, for our provisions were nearly exhausted and we were a long way from civilization.
</p>
<p>
Now came the tug of war. Our crew cut cottonwood logs, twelve feet long, and rolled them to the river. This was hard work. All brush had to be cut in front of the logs to clear the way. When in the water two or three men would follow them to place them in line above the stakes. This was done until we had enough to reach to the boat.
</p>
<p>
We had as a passenger a hearty Scotch minister. He sent for me to come on board for prayers. I went. After prayers he
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0120">
0120
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
96
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
spoke as though I ought to have brought the men with me. I said to him, &ldquo;God will help them that help themselves.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
The dam required a large amount of brush. This was carried to the lower side of the logs, to be put on them with the brush ends up stream and the butts on the logs. While we were so placing the brush, I looked on the shore where the freight was piled, and saw a man. He hailed us and came on board. It was Capt. Russell Blakeley. I explained to him the condition we were in. He pulled from his pocket a lot of fish lines and hooks, and handed them to me. They proved a great blessing to us. I knew then that they would save us from starving. All who could be spared from the work began fishing, and they had great success. We continued to pile the brush on the logs, and when we got about half way from the shore to the boat I could see the water begin to rise above the dam. When we got to within fifteen feet of the boat with the brush, she rose and shot over the bar into deep water.
</p>
<p>
We hauled the small scow aboard, which was built for driving the stakes, fearing that we might need it farther down the stream. Then we raised steam and started for Fort Garry, Captain Blakeley going with us from Goose rapids. When we reached the mouth of the Red Lake river, we saw a great many birch canoes on the west batik of the Red river. We heard later at Fort Garry that the Indians intended to intercept the boat; but they had got out of provisions, and had left their canoes to go on a hunt.
</p>
<p>
Just below the Red Lake river we caught up with two men in a canoe. They had a large number of geese and goslings in their canoe that they had shot. We lifted their canoe on board, and I offered to buy their game. They refused to sell, but made us a present of all they had, knowing the need we were in. We then lived high on fish and goslings for breakfast, goose for dinner, and goslings for supper.
</p>
<p>
The boat being light, we reached Fort Garry without further trouble. We unloaded the passengers and freight, and then had to find a place to lay the boat up in safety for the winter. We were recommended to take her to the Stone Fort, about fifteen miles below Fort Garry.
</p>
<p>
In the morning we got ready to start for the Stone Fort,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0121">
0121
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
97
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
when a few men came and said they wanted to go down to the fort with us. After landing at the fort, a few more men came and said they wanted to take a short ride as they never had seen a steamboat before. We started, and about five miles below the Stone Fort, we saw a band of Indians looking with wonder at the boat. When we got opposite the Indians, I motioned to the pilot to blow the whistle. He did so, and such a scattering you never saw. Some ran, and some jumped into the bulrushes close by to hide. One of the gentlemen called to them, and they came to the boat laughing and having great fun among themselves. Then we returned and laid the boat up. The engineer drained the pumps and blew the water out of the boilers, leaving the boat in good order for the winter.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
SCENES AT FORT GARRY IN 1859.
</head>
<p>
All the crew walked to Fort Garry, and we made our camp at the mouth of the Assiniboine, to wait for the ox train to go to Georgetown.
</p>
<p>
I visited the fort several times. They were very precise in all their movements within. The bell rang at nine o&apos;clock, and the gate was opened for trade. All goods came by way of Hudson bay. I was invited to dine with Governor McTavish, and had a pleasant time, talking about our trip down the river. He asked me, with a twinkle in his eye, if the minister prayed us over the bar.
</p>
<p>
I was invited to attend an Indian feast in the morning. It was a religious ceremony, and in the afternoon a feast. It was held in an enclosure made of brush. No one was allowed inside except their band, but we could see over the fence all that transpired. The Indians sat on the ground inside the enclosure, and there were in the center, at certain distances apart, five large dead dogs with their hair singed off. At the head of the enclosure a young squaw sat on a bed of moss. She wore a new red blanket, and her hair was braided and hung down her back. An Indian would spring up and go with a kind of hop, holding a beaver skin in his hand and shaking it before her, saying something as though asking a blessing. She would nod, and he would pass around the squaw. The next Indian brought an otter skin, the next a muskrat,
<lb>
7
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0122">
0122
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
98
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
and so on until they had brought all the animals, going through the same ceremony as with the beaver. The next were geese, ducks, and other birds, and so on down to hay from the marsh. The company then broke up until the afternoon.
</p>
<p>
Going back about one o&apos;clock, I found the squaws making soup from the dogs that were in the enclosure. The Indians went and took their seats as before, the young squaw in her place. The squaws brought the soup to the entrance, and then the Indians took the kettles of soup with a ladle in each kettle, and it was passed around, each Indian taking a sup, until the soup was all gone. I left before the company broke up.
</p>
<p>
Winnipeg now is not as Fort Garry was then. There were only three houses there. I went across the river several times to visit Mr. Norman W. Kittson in his Indian trading post, and always had a pleasant call.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE RETURN BY OX TRAIN TO ST. PAUL.
</head>
<p>
When the train was ready to start for Georgetown, each of us had an ox cart to travel in. We then started on our long journey. We made a short stop at Pembina. The second day out from there we saw some buffaloes running over the hills. The hunter for the train started for them, and in a few hours returned with all the meat and hide he could carry on his horse. The hide was for harness. We passed deep paths made by the buffaloes going in single file from lake to lake.
</p>
<p>
We made camp early that evening, having found good feed and water for the cattle. Standing by a large oak tree, in full view was an immense buffalo. A man from St. Paul who was in the train gave the hunter two dollars to let him take a horse and gun to kill the buffalo. When the man got within thirty yards of him, the buffalo started toward the man. He shot, but did not take time to look around to see if he had killed the buffalo. It was amusement for us to see the buffalo chasing the man on horseback. The way our expert hunter killed the buffalo was interesting. He circled around him, and then shot. He dropped dead.
</p>
<p>
We were called next morning early. The oxen were all near the carts excepting mine. I could see him a long way behind feeding, and Mr. Dudley Kelly and I started for him. By the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0123">
0123
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
99
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
time we arrived where we thought the ox was, there came a dense fog, so that we could not see thirty feet ahead of us. I exclaimed, &ldquo;Dudley, we are lost! I haven&apos;t a knife or match with me,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said I, pointing to the large frogs in the grass, &ldquo;as long as these fellows are jumping around, we will not starve.&rdquo; I knew the way the wind blew when we left camp, and I was sure by keeping the wind on my left shoulder I could return to it.
</p>
<p>
After about half an hour&apos;s walking, I said, &ldquo;There is the tree near the camp where the buffalo was that we killed last night.&rdquo; As we approached the tree, we could see, through the mist, that the limbs were moving. Directly we heard a voice. The tree was Captain Blakeley, and the limbs moving were his arms waving for us. He was on the road waiting for us, and it was a great relief to find him. He informed us that the train had moved on. We did not overtake it until they went into camp.
</p>
<p>
This must have been the great hunting ground for the Indian, as there were thousands and thousands of bleached buffalo bones lying on the prairie.
</p>
<p>
We reached Georgetown all right, and thence we left the river and went across the country to St. Cloud. When we arrived at the Crow river, the water was so high that we had to ford it, carrying our clothes on our heads, and it was indeed a cold bath, as there was ice on the edge of the river. We arrived at home in St. Paul safely after a hard trip.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
INCIDENTS OF THE SIOUX OUTBREAK.
</head>
<p>
In August, 1862, we were making the steamboat trip from St. Paul to Carver and back again daily. On one of our return trips from Carver in the latter part of that month, as we arrived opposite Fort Snelling we were hailed by two soldiers, with guns, and ordered to land. As soon as our head line was made fast, one of the soldiers came on board and asked me whether I was captain of the boat. I said, &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo; &ldquo;I have orders,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;to bring you to the fort.&rdquo; &ldquo;Why?&rdquo; I asked; and he replied, &ldquo;I have no time to talk.&rdquo; Then we started on half a run up the bluff to the fort. When we arrived inside the gate we met Captain Arnold, who said, &ldquo;Captain, they are waiting very anxiously for you in the next building.&rdquo; I knocked at the door, and it was opened by Governor Ramsey. Then I learned that the Indians
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0124">
0124
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
100
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
had broken out and were murdering the settlers right and left. General Sibley was also present. The governor said, &ldquo;We want you to make a quick trip to St. Paul, get arms and ammunition, and return to the fort.&rdquo; They gave me a detail of twenty men to assist.
</p>
<p>
As soon as we landed in St. Paul, I went to the arsenal, and started the guns and boxes to the boat. My brother, H. Y. Bell, found Mr. Rider, and they went to the magazine, and got all the ammunition there, that being all there was in the city. We then started to the fort. I had arranged with General Sibley that when we arrived at Mendora island, I was to blow the whistle, to give him time to meet the boat on the landing. As soon as the general came, we started for the fort, received the troops on board, and went to Shakopee. On our arrival there, we landed all the soldiers except one company, and then went on up the river.
</p>
<p>
When we rounded the point below Carver, a sight I shall never forget was seen. Men, women, and children, were on the bank of the river, many in their night clothes just as they left their beds to flee from the Indians. There was much rejoicing when they saw the boat had come to their relief. We went about three miles above Carver, there left the remaining soldiers, and then returned to Shakopee.
</p>
<p>
The next spring we carried the supplies to Camp Pope, at the mouth of the Yellow Medicine river, for General Sibley&apos;s troops. This was a dangerous trip, for Indians were seen along the bank of the river. We had a small guard of soldiers on board, and as we had not run at night we took the precaution to anchor the boat in the middle of the river.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0125">
0125
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
THE TREATY OF TRAVERSE DES SIOUX IN 1851,
<lb>
UNDER GOVERNOR ALEXANDER RAMSEY,
<lb>
WITH NOTES OF THE FORMER TREATY THERE,
<lb>
IN 1841, UNDER GOVERNOR JAMES D. DOTY,
<lb>
OF WISCONSIN.
<anchor id="n0125-06">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY THOMAS HUGHES.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0125-06" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council; September 9, 1901.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
THE TREATY OF GOVERNOR DOTY, 1841.
</head>
<p>
One of the most important events in the annals of our great Northwest was the opening to settlement of the Sioux lands west of the Mississippi river, which was effected by the treaties of Traverse des Sioux and Mendota in 1851.
</p>
<p>
Ten years prior, Gov. James Duane Dory of Wisconsin, under commission from the government, had concluded a treaty with the same Indians for the cession of this same territory. This Doty treaty was signed by the Sisseton, Wahpeton and Wahpekuta bands at Traverse des Sioux, then in the Territory of Iowa, on July 31st, 1841, and by the Medawakantons at Mendota on the 11th day of August following. By its terms, these tribes sold all their lands to the United States, except small designated portions thereof reserved for their homes. They were to receive therefor stated annuities and to be taught the arts of civilization, since their nomadic habits were to be exchanged for those of an agricultural character; lands were to be allotted to them in severalty, a hundred acres to each family; and citizenship could be
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0126">
0126
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
102
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
conferred upon them after two years of probation. They were to have a constitutional form of government, with a legislative body elected by themselves and a governor appointed by the general government. The traders and half-breeds among them were also to receive certain privileges and to have their claims paid.
</p>
<p>
The object of this treaty was not to open the country for settlement, but primarily to provide a location for the Winnebago Indians, who, since the cession of their lands in 1837, had been on the government&apos;s hands under promise of a permanent home; and, secondarily, to furnish reservations for a number of other tribes similarly situated. In short, it was designed to create of the Sioux country a second Indian Territory, into which to dump all the odds and ends of Indian tribes still left east of the Mississippi. Fortunately, however, this treaty failed of confirmation by the Senate, and thus this vast and fertile territory was saved to a grander destiny.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
MOTIVES LEADING TO THE TREATY OF 1851.
</head>
<p>
Prior to 1850, very little was known by the people generally about the Sioux country. No one but a few traders and an occasional explorer or missionary had ever seen its interior. In those ante-railroad days, the key to the whole region was the Minnesota river, which was supposed to be unnavigable, except to the bark canoe of the Indian and the Mackinaw boat of the trader.
</p>
<p>
The year 1850 was noted for a number of steamboat excursions up this river, which gave to the hundreds of people participating, and through them to the whole country, a practical demonstration both of its navigability and of the wonderful beauty and fertility of the country it drained. The press of the country east and west was full of glowing accounts of this western paradise. Everybody was talking about it, and thousands of homeseekers all over the land were eager to go up and possess it; but to the people of the newly created territory of Minnesota, circumscribed within the narrow and not over fertile land between the Mississippi and the St. Croix, the rich country beyond the river was indispensable.
</p>
<p>
The Indians, alive to their own interest, and perhaps incited thereto by the greater foresight of the traders, with the aid also of the military, guarded their lands with the utmost vigilance, and
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0127">
0127
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
103
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
almost daily chased some daring squatter back over the Father of Waters.
</p>
<p>
The situation at St. Paul and St. Anthony was growing daily more acute as the streams of immigration came pouring into them and there found their progress arrested. The voice of the people, thundered through Governor Ramsey and Congressman H. H. Sibley and others, at last awoke the Washington authorities to action, and in the spring of 1851 a commission, consisting of Gov. Alexander Ramsey and Col. Luke Lea, the then Commissioner of Indian Affairs, was appointed to treat with the Sioux for their lands. Both commissioners were men eminently fitted for the trust reposed in them, because of the confidence which their ability, experience and honesty elicited in both white and red men.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
PRELIMINARIES OF THE TREATY.
</head>
<p>
Traverse des Sioux, on the Minnesota, because of its central location, was chosen as the principal place for the treaty, and the steamer Excelsior was chartered to transport the commissioners with their attendants and supplies to this designated spot. Dr. Thomas Foster of St. Paul was appointed secretary of the commission, and Alexis Bailly, of Prairie du Chien, had charge of the commissary department.
</p>
<p>
On Saturday, June 28th, 1851, the Excelsior, with Commissioner Lea on board, arrived at St. Paul, and next morning proceeded to Mendota, where the party was joined by a number of traders and Sioux chiefs of the Lower bands. Here also a drove of cattle, and other things necessary for the subsistence of the commission and the many Indians expected at the treaty, were taken on board.
</p>
<p>
At Fort Snelling, Governor Ramsey joined the party; but a company of dragoons, who were to accompany the commission as a guard, were not ready. The boat departed without them, nor, owing to the good behavior of the Indians, were their services once needed.
</p>
<p>
The river, in consequence of recent heavy rains, was exceptionally high, overflowing all the lowlands, so that its true channel in many places was hard to follow. At sunrise of Monday (June 30th) the boat reached its destination, and, quickly unloading passengers and cargo, departed down stream.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0128">
0128
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
104
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
Traverse des Sioux, being the French translation of its Dakota name &ldquo;Oiyuwega,&rdquo; (crossing), was then, and from time immemorial memorial had been, the most important point on the Minnesota. The excellent river crossing there found, together with its position where the great forest of the east and the vast plains of the west naturally met, where the Blue Earth and its tributaries were conveniently accessible, and where the headwaters of the Minnesota and Red rivers could be reached by a short cut over land, made Traverse des Sioux the natural capital of the Sioux country.
</p>
<p>
The place had been occupied by traders from a very early period, as early, at least, as the last half of the eighteenth century, when the father of Jack Frazer and others had trading posts there. Louis Provencalle had maintained a trading post there from about 1815 until his death in February, 1851, and his sons continued in the business until a year or two later. Other trading places had been also kept there, and in the near vicinity, off and on, by Philander Prescott since 1823, by Alexander Faribault since 1825, and by Alexander Graham since 1849. Nearly all of these traders were in some way connected with the American Fur Company.
</p>
<p>
At this same point was a mission station of the American Board of Commissioners of Foreign Missions, founded for the Dakotas by Rev. Stephen R. Riggs in 1843, but which most of the time had been in charge of Messrs. Robert Hopkins and Alexander G. Huggins and their wives, Hopkins having settled there in the spring of 1844, and Huggins, on the departure of Mr. Riggs, in the fall of 1846.
</p>
<p>
The neatly painted school building of this mission, the residences of the two missionaries, and of the trader Alexander Graham, four old log store buildings, with dilapidated log stables in their rear, the trading establishments of Provencalle, Faribault, and others, scattered along the hillside, two or three cabins of the French voyageurs, and some twenty to thirty Indian lodges, comprised all there was of Traverse des Sioux when the commissioners landed there.
</p>
<p>
The spot selected for the commissioners&apos; camp was at the brow of the second bench above the river, by a little old French cemetery, about twenty rods south of Provencalle&apos;s store, on land
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0129">
0129
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
105
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
that was platted as Blocks 33 and 34, Traverse des Sioux. Few, even now, know the precise spot, and the site of so important a historical event should be marked by an appropriate monument ere it is lost forever.
</p>
<p>
Here, around the cemetery just mentioned (no trace of which remains today), the commission pitched seven white tents; and just north of a small natural ditch a council chamber was erected of poles covered with leafy branches of trees, with a platform of rough boards at its farther end for the commissioners&apos; stand, and with board seats ranged along the sides for the audience. Two old log buildings of the Fur Company, which Governor Doty had occupied when making his treaty, and which stood a few rods south of the cemetery, were appropriated for a kitchen and store-room.
</p>
<p>
In a treaty with the whites, the part played by the Indians is always more in appearance than in fact. The Sioux at that time comprising many wandering bands of savages, wholly independent of each other, and with scarcely a semblance of government, even in their respective bands, had hardly more capacity for public business than so many children. Thoughtless and indifferent different of the future and of everything pertaining to their national welfare, they were only moved singly by the impulse of the moment. A gaudy toy or a savory mess of food satisfied their wants. A few of their wisest chiefs might rise to nobler thoughts and purposes, but little heed was paid to them, unless they followed the wishes of their braves.
</p>
<p>
To get sufficient interest in such a people to come to a treaty at all was no small undertaking, and, when they had come, to make them comprehend its effect, was a still greater task. There had been, however, for nearly a century, growing up among the Indians a class of people called &ldquo;traders,&rdquo; mostly of French or Scotch descent, many of whom, as well as of their numerous employees, had intermarried with the Indians. These and their descendants, at the time of the treaty, because of their superior intelligence and social position, formed the most influential class among the Sioux. As a rule, the traders were men of character and capacity, who merited the Indian confidence, though there were exceptions. To ensure the success of the treaty, it was absolutely necessary to enlist all these men in its favor, for it was
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0130">
0130
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
106
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
only through them that the Indians could be reached.
</p>
<p>
There were certain reasons, which inclined both trader and Indian to favor a treaty. The first and most important was the disappearance of game due to (a) the introduction of firearms and other superior weapons of civilization among the natives, (b) the advent of white hunters with their greater skill and aggressiveness in hunting, and (c) the creation of the Fur Company, giving an incentive to the quest for furs wholly unknown in the days of undisturbed savagery.
</p>
<p>
Hence the buffaloes, which on the first advent of the whites roamed in countless thousands over the entire Northwest, and which, as late as the latter half of the eighteenth century, were common in all the valleys and upon all the prairies of Minnesota, by 1851 had been driven to its western border exclusively. The beaver, which formerly swarmed along every stream and in every pond throughout the land, also had become almost extinct, while the deer, the bear, and game of all sorts, were fast disappearing before the advancing tide of civilization. The results were a diminished food and clothing supply for the Indian and a decrease of business for the trader. This was slightly modified by the cultivation of more corn by the Indian and constant extension of trade to new territory by the trader. Still the poverty and misery of the Indian were continually growing, and the extinction of the trader&apos;s occupation was but a question of time. It may have been this condition, as well as the taste they had got of government annuities, which induced the eastern bands to favor a treaty more than the western bands.
</p>
<p>
As a second reason, it was evident to both trader and Indian that the encroachments of the white race were irresistible, and that a disposition of their lands by a favorable treaty would be much better than a forcible eviction. But the traders had been long in the country, and had acquired business interests there which the treaty would destroy, so that one would suppose that they, as well as the Indians, should be compensated directly for the injury done them. This was deemed impracticable, however, and, as their hearty support and co-operation were absolutely essential, an indirect method of enlisting their favor was devised.
</p>
<p>
The Sioux, because of their necessities, had been in the habit of obtaining credit each year from the traders on the strength of the coming season&apos;s hunt, which obligations they hardly ever were able to fulfill, until there had accumulateed against them on every
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0131">
0131
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
107
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
trader&apos;s books a very large sum, equivalent in some cases to a fair-sized fortune. It was proposed, therefore, to pay these debts to the traders out of the first cash annuities the Indians should receive, which arrangement was satisfactory to the traders, and their efficient help was thus secured.
</p>
<p>
The commissioners had expected to find the Indians assembled ready for council, but the season was exceptionally wet and all the streams and sloughs were flooded, rendering travel in a wild country very difficult, and this, together with the Indian&apos;s natural indifference, had deterred all the distant bands from coming. It was nearly three weeks before the traders and their couriers could bring all these remote and scattered people together. The time was well employed, however, by the commissioners in acquainting themselves with Indian character and needs, and by the traders in creating a pro-treaty sentiment among the gathering hordes.
</p>
<p>
The Indians busied themselves each day with some national pastime or superstitious rite, much to the entertainment of the whites. A big ball game between the young men of rival bands, or by two companies of young squaws, would be the attraction one day; a grand wedding, a virgin feast, dramatic representations of hunting scenes and savage warfare, and, because of the terrific thunder-storms then prevalent, a big dance held to appease the storm god by breaking the wing of the Thunder-bird,&mdash;each, in its turn, varied the daily program of genuine savage life here presented.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
GOODHUE, THE JOURNALIST AND MAYER, THE ARTIST.
</head>
<p>
With the commission had come Mr. James M. Goodhue, the first editor in Minnesota, a writer of much ability, whose daily articles of correspondence to his paper, the &ldquo;Pioneer,&rdquo; not only contain a detailed account of the making of the great treaty, but are vivid, also, with graphic descriptions of the Indian life about him.
</p>
<p>
With the commission had also come Mr. Frank Blackwell Mayer, an artist of considerable merit, from the state of Maryland, who busied himself each day in sketching Indian countenances and costumes. His painting of the signing of the treaty, after a sketch made on the spot, is one of the most valued treasures of this Historical Society, affording a fine study for a great
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0132">
0132
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
108
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
historical painting of an event the most momentous, as it was the most picturesque, in the history of our great Northwest.
</p>
<p>
Thus, fortunately, pen and pencil have preserved for us that memorable event, when Savagery, surrounded by thousands of her sons, surrendered in peaceful council her choicest domain to Civilization.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE TREATY COUNCIL.
</head>
<p>
On Friday morning, July 18th, most of the Indians having arrived, the council met for its first session. After the commissioners had informed the Indians at length of the wishes of the government, a recess was taken until next day to give the Dakotas opportunity to discuss them.
</p>
<p>
On Saturday, the pre-arranged signal of the firing of guns having been given, the council re-assembled, but the Indians were not disposed to talk.
</p>
<p>
Finally Wee-chan-hpee-ee-tay-toan (Having the face of a star), called the &ldquo;Orphan&rdquo; by the whites, head-chief of the Sissetons from lake Traverse, rose and complained that some of his young men, on the way to the treaty, had been turned back by the whites. Governor Ramsey, in explanation, stated that the commissioners had waited as long as they could, since other business demanded their attention, and the food supply was getting short. This did not satisfy Eesh-ta-hen-ba (Sleepy Eyes), a prominent Sisseton chief of the Swan Lake band, who personally was bitterly opposed to the treaty. Rising, he addressed the commission: &ldquo;Fathers, your coming and asking me for my country makes me sad, and your saying that I am not able to do anything with my country makes me still more sad.&rdquo; He then alluded to the young braves who had been turned back, as his &ldquo;near relatives,&rdquo; and declared his intention to leave the council, upon which his warriors raised a tumult, which broke up that session.
</p>
<p>
At this critical moment the commissioners promptly proclaimed that whether a treaty was made or not was immaterial to the whites, and that, since the Dakotas were not disposed to treat, the matter would be dropped. Orders were given to issue no more rations to the Indians, but to strike the tents and be ready for departure in the morning.
</p>
<p>
This decisive action had the desired effect, for the great majority
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0133">
0133
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
109
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of the Indians were now really in favor of the treaty, because of its promised rewards; and such older chiefs as Sleepy Eye and Red Iron dared not oppose the wish of their young men. Hence before night a delegation from the Indians waited on the commissioners, begging them to remain, as the Dakotas wished a treaty.
</p>
<p>
The council, therefore, resumed its sittings on Monday noon, when, after an apology from Sleepy Eye for his conduct on Saturday, Oo-pee-ya-hed-ay-a (Extending Tail), a Wahpeton chief, commonly called &ldquo;Curly Head&rdquo; by the whites, acting as spokesman for the Indians, requested a written statement of the proposed treaty, that his people might the better understand and discuss it in their private councils. This was granted, and an adjournment was taken until the next day to give opportunity for the private deliberations.
</p>
<p>
The Indians met for this purpose at the wigwam of Chief Takara (The Enemy) on the top of the bluff, back of the commissioners&apos; tents. At seven o&apos;clock the next morning, the council re-assembled, and Eyangmani (Running walker), known to the whites as &ldquo;Big Gun,&rdquo; head chief of the Wahpetons, handed to the commissioners a paper containing certain amendments to the treaty proposed by the Indians. Another adjournment was taken, to give both parties time to consider and settle points still in dispute, and to have the secretary frame the final document in proper form.
</p>
<p>
It required an all night session of the secret Indian council to adjust matters, and the ultimatum of the commissioners was not fully agreed to until only half an hour before the important document was signed.
</p>
<p>
Mr. Goodhue, an eye witness of the final scene on Wednesday, July 23rd, 1851, thus wrote of it:
</p>
<p>
This is the day fixed by the Grand Council, at which the treaty is to be signed. Clouds cover the horizon, and the sun has a struggle to unveil his face, to see what is going on. The Indians, it is said, have been in council the whole night upon the upper terrace; and messengers between them and cur camp have been going to and fro continually. The proposition made by the Indians yesterday, fails to secure the entire approbation of the commissioners. The resolve of Col. Lea and Gov. Ramsey both, unreservedly stated, is to make a treaty simple in its provisions, but which shall comprehend more extensively than Indian treaties have usually done, civilization and improvement features, that will secure to the Indians substantial and
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0134">
0134
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
110
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
enduring benefits in all time to come. Finally, I understand, things are satisfactorily adjusted, and the Secretary is now engrossing the treaty for signature. Everybody is busy. The Indians are gathering around, male and female, all in high paint and feather. The corner in which the event is to take place, is being piled up with goods and presents of various kinds&mdash;here a huge pile of various colored blankets, there red and blue cloths, lookingglasses and ribbons, powder and lead, and hundreds of other items of utility or fancy. At 12 o&apos;clock the weather having cleared and the sun shining brightly, the commissioners took their seats; and after a grand smoke from Col. Lea&apos;s magnificent Eyanshah pipe, the council was opened by Col. Lea.
</p>
<p>
After his short address, Secretary Foster read aloud the English copy of the treaty; and Rev. S. R. Riggs, the author of the Dakota Lexicon and then a missionary to the Sioux at Lac Qui Parle, who was one of the interpreters of the commission, read a translation of the same in Dakota.
</p>
<p>
At this point, Sleepy Eye arose and stated that some provision should he made to give his people help by the time the year got to be white, as they would be very hungry then. He then went off in a wandering speech, claiming that the sums to be paid to the Indians by the treaty were insufficient. He was finally called to order by the commission, as all the terms of the treaty had been agreed to, so that further discussion was out of place.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
SIGNING THE TREATY.
</head>
<p>
After a short pause, Colonel Lea signed the treaty first, and Governor Ramsey second, Then the chiefs of the Wahpeton and Sisseton bands came forward to the Secretary&apos;s table, and affixed their signatures, beginning with &ldquo;Big Gun,&rdquo; head chief of the Wahpetons, followed by the &ldquo;Orphan,&rdquo; head chief of the Sissetons. The latter, when about to sign, said: &ldquo;Fathers, Now, when I sign this paper, and you go to Washington with it, I want you to see all that is written here fulfilled. I have grown old, without whiskey, and I want you to take care that it does not come among us.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
As chief &ldquo;Curly Head&rdquo; signed, he remarked: &ldquo;Fathers, You think it a great deal you are giving for this country. I don&apos;t think so; for both our lands and all we get for them, will at last belong to the white man. The money comes to us, but will all go to the white men who trade with us.&rdquo;
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0135">
0135
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
111
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
After the chiefs, the principal men of each band were called forward and signed also, and each as he signed was presented with a medal. A number of the Indians had been taught by the missionaries to read and write their own language. These subscribed their own names to the paper.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE TRADERS&apos; PAPER.
</head>
<p>
At the same time the Indians signed a second paper, at a table improvised from an old barrel and presided over by Joseph R. Brown and Martin McLeod, which authorized the payment out of their annuities of the claims due the traders. A year later they attempted to repudiate this document.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
SPEECHES AND PRESENTS.
</head>
<p>
After the signing, speeches were made by Colonel Lea and Governor Ramsey, giving much good advice to the Indians. The council concluded by a grand distribution of presents by the Sioux Agent, Nathaniel McLean, and the special purchasing agent of the commission, Hugh Tyler.
</p>
<p>
Next morning the United States flag, which had waved proudly in the breezes of Traverse des Sioux for twenty-five days, was lowered, the tents were folded and the baggage packed, the cattle and provisions were left, turned over to the Indians for a final feast, and at 1:30 P. M. the party of the commission embarked in a Mackinaw boat in charge of General Sibley for Mendota and St. Paul.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
WHITE MEN PRESENT.
</head>
<p>
The names of the white people present at the treaty as far as known were: Gov. Alexander Ramsey, Col. Luke Lea, Dr. Thomas Foster, Gen. Henry H. Sibley, Nathaniel McLean, Major Joseph R. Brown, Colonel Henderson, James H. Lockwood, Hugh Tyler, William H. Forbes, James M. Goodhue, editor of &ldquo;The Pioneer,&rdquo; Rev. Stephen R. Riggs, Dr. Thomas S. Williamson, Alexander G. Huggins, Martin McLeod, Henry Jackson, A. S. White, Wallace B. White, Alexis Bailly, Kenneth McKenzie, H. L. Dousman, Richard Chute and wife, Franklin Steele, F. Brown, William Hartshorn, Gen. William G. LeDuc, Alexander
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0136">
0136
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
112
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Faribault, Joseph La Framboise, Frank B. Mayer, and Messrs. Lord and Boury. To these should be added the families of the missionaries, Hopkins and Huggins, and some French voyageurs.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
DUPLICATE TREATY AT MENDOTA.
</head>
<p>
On the 5th of August, the commissioners met the Medawakanton and Wahpekuta bands in council on Pilot Knob, Mendora, and a duplicate of the Traverse des Sioux treaty, with necessary modifications, was signed by them.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE LANDS CEDED.
</head>
<p>
By these treaties the Sioux ceded to the United States the part of Minnesota and South Dakota west of the Mississippi river and extending as far north as a line drawn from the mouth of the Watab river, above St. Cloud, to the mouth of Buffalo river, just north of Moorhead, and reaching on the west to a line drawn from the mouth of Buffalo river south along the Red and Bols des Sioux rivers, now the western boundary of Minnesota, to the south end of lake Traverse, thence southwest to the juncture of Kampeska lake with the Sioux river just above Watertown, and thence down said river to where it is intersected by the parallel of latitude forming the south boundary of our State, just below Sioux Falls. Within this tract, however, large reservations extending along the Minnesota river were excepted as described later.
</p>
<p>
The ceded lands also embraced a part of northern Iowa, north of the Rock river, together with the country around Estherville, Emmetsburg, and Algona, and extending eastward by Osage almost to Cresco.
</p>
<p>
The cession comprised over 19,000,000 acres in Minnesota, nearly 3,000,000 acres in Iowa, and over 1,750,000 acres in South Dakota, making in all nearly 24,000,000 acres of the choicest land on the globe.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
PAYMENTS AND RESERVATIONS FOR THE SIOUX.
</head>
<p>
As consideration for this rich and vast domain, it was stipulated that the upper bands should receive &dollar;1,665,000, to be paid as follows: Money to the chiefs, &dollar;275,000; Money for agricultural
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0137">
0137
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
113
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
purposes, &dollar;30,000; The remaining &dollar;1,360,000 to be held in trust by the government, interest thereon only to be paid to the Indians at the rate of five per cent. yearly, commencing July 1st, 1852, and continuing thereafter for fifty years.
</p>
<p>
This interest, amounting each year to &dollar;68,000 was to be applied as follows: (a) Agricultural purposes, &dollar;12,000; (b) Educational purposes, &dollar;6,000; (c) Goods and provisions, &dollar;10,000; (d) Money, &dollar;40.000.
</p>
<p>
The lower bands were to receive &dollar;1,410,000, to be paid in the following manner. Money to chiefs, &dollar;220,000; Money for agricultural purposes, &dollar;30,000; The remaining &dollar;1,160,000, to be held in trust by the government, interest only to be paid to the Indians at the rate of five per cent., commencing July 1st, 1852, and annually thereafter for fifty years, and to be applied as follows: (a) Agricultural purposes, &dollar;12,000; (b) Educational purposes, &dollar;6,000; (c) Goods and provisions, &dollar;10,000; and (d) Money, &dollar;30,000.
</p>
<p>
It was provided by a distinct article of the treaty, that no liquor should be sold to the Indians.
</p>
<p>
Another article provided that the Sisseton and Wahpeton bands should have a perpetual reservation ten miles wide on each side of the Minnesota river, extending from the western boundary of the ceded lands to Hawk creek and the Yellow Medicine river; and the Medawakanton and Wahpekuta bands received a like reservation of the same width continuing down the Minnesota to the Little Rock river and to a line drawn south from its mouth to the Cottonwood river.
</p>
<p>
Most of the money items designated for the chiefs were really to pay the claims of traders, and were so applied in accordance with the written stipulation made, as we Stated, at the same time as the treaty.
</p>
<p>
It was assumed that at the expiration of the fifty years period the Dakotas would all be sufficiently civilized so as to need no further annuities, and the trust funds above mentioned were then to revert to the government.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
AMENDMENT OF THE TREATY BY THE SENATE.
</head>
<p>
When the treaty came to be considered by the Senate on July 26th, 1852, the article giving the tracts described as permanent
<lb>
8
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0138">
0138
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
114
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
reservations to the Indians was modified, making them temporary, and promising to pay ten cents an acre for them when other reservations should be designated.
</p>
<p>
The treaties made at Traverse des Sioux and Mendora, thus amended, were returned to Governor Ramsey, to be again signed by the Indians. The Lower bands at first objected, but finally on Saturday, September 4th, 1852, signed the amended articles, at Governor Ramsey&apos;s residence in St. Paul; and on the following Monday, at the same place, the chiefs of the Upper bands also signed.
</p>
<p>
The treaties as amended were proclaimed by President Fillmore on February 24th, 1853.
</p>
<p>
Subsequently, however, the Senate reconsidered the article relating to the reservations, and by an act of July 31st, 1854, the treaties were allowed to stand as originally made.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
DISBURSEMENT OF THE FIRST PAYMENT.
</head>
<p>
As soon as the amended treaties were signed by the Indians, the money for the first payment was forwarded to Governor Ramsey, and he repaired to Traverse des Sioux to pay the Upper bands on November 12th, 1852, in company with Agent McLean, Major Joseph R. Brown, interpreter, H. H. Sibley, Dr. Foster, Hugh Tyler, Benjamin Thompson, C. D. Fillmore, brother of President Fillmore, who was then lumber agent for Minnesota, and a number of traders, among whom were H. L. Dousman, Alexis Bailly, and Martin McLeod.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE CLAIMS OF THE TRADERS.
</head>
<p>
Governor Ramsey found the Indians in an ugly mood, because some &dollar;220,000 of their money was to be paid to traders and half-breeds under the written agreement signed at the time of the treaty. The Indians, however, repudiated this agreement, and asserted that it was a base fraud, that, as they were told and believed at the time, the paper they signed was represented to be only another copy of the treaty, and that they did not discover its real import, and the trick played upon them, until long afterward.
</p>
<p>
The agitation against the payment of these claims was instigated mostly by the whites, and came from three sources: traders
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0139">
0139
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
115
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
who were jealous because they were allowed no share in the spoil; politicians of opposite faith to the party in power, which negotiated the treaty; and persons who honestly believed, from the reports circulated, that the Indians were wronged.
</p>
<p>
The leader of the opposition, on the part of the whites, was one Madison Sweetser, of Fort Wayne, Ind., and, on the part of the Indians, Red Iron, a Sisseton chief of the Traverse des Sioux band. Red Iron organized his band of braves into a soldiers&apos; lodge, and for a few days after the arrival of Governor Ramsey for the payment, affairs assumed a threatening aspect at &ldquo;The Crossing.&rdquo; The Governor promptly sent for troops from Fort Snelling, and on November 19th Capt. James Monroe arrived with forty infantry and five dragoons, and Red Iron was at once arrested and put in jail until his soldiers&apos; lodge was broken and the payments allowed to proceed.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
INVESTIGATION BY ORDER OF THE SENATE.
</head>
<p>
The opposition then carried their case into the United States Senate, which, being now Democratic, was not adverse to airing any short-comings in the late administration of their Whig opponents. An investigating committee was appointed, and the evidence was fully sifted before Judge Richard M. Young, of Illinois, during the summer of 1853, at St. Paul.
</p>
<p>
As the result of the investigation, it was shown that, although some of the Indians might not have fully understood the traders&apos; paper which they signed, and although some of the traders had doubtless padded their claims, the commissioners had acted with the utmost honesty and good faith in the matter. Accordingly they were fully exonerated, even by a Senate politically hostile to them.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
LATER NEGOTIATIONS CONCERNING THE RESERVATIONS.
</head>
<p>
In 1858, a question was raised as to the title of the Sioux to their reservations because of the Senate&apos;s peculiar action in passing on that article of the treaty. The query was instigated mainly by Joeseph R. Brown, who had located on a large tract of this Sioux land north of the Minnesota river. Through his mediation an agreement was finally made at Washington by the chiefs
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0140">
0140
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
116
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
on June 19th, 1858, whereby the portion of their reservations south of the river was confirmed to them, with a further provision added that all so desiring should have eighty-acre farms allotted to them in severalty, with government aid in erecting suitable buildings and procuring necessary cattle and machinery; and, to further induce the Indians to take up with this agricultural life, they were to be paid wages for their labor in addition to what produce they raised. The portions of the reservations north of the river was ceded to the government for a consideration to be paid to the Indians, provided the Senate found their title thereto valid, which it did by act of June 27th, 1860.
</p>
<p>
The main result of this 1858 agreement, as Major Brown evidently anticipated, was the opening to white settlement of that northern half of the Sioux reservations.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE SIOUX MASSACRE, 1862.
</head>
<p>
Thus matters stood until the sudden crash of the awful massacre in August, 1862, which led to the passage of an act February 16th, 1863, whereby all the rights and claims of the Sioux under these treaties, not consummated, were abrogated and annulled, their reservations decreed to be sold, and themselves to be deported forever beyond the confines of their ancient home.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
RESULTS OF THE TREATY.
</head>
<p>
Glancing backward over the half century since this great treaty was made, we behold most marvelous results.
</p>
<p>
Instead of the solitary wilderness of tangled forest and swampy plain, we see, over all the land, cultivated farms, seamed everywhere with the avenues of commerce. Instead of a few remote clusters of smoking wigwams, we see a country thickly dotted with pretty homesteads and magnificent marts of trade.
</p>
<p>
Instead of eight thousand half starved, half naked savages, eking out a miserable existence in ignorance and filth, we see a million happy people, beaming with intelligence and blessed with abundance. Instead of the exportation of a few furs, we see a land contributing from its fullness the value of millions of dollars in food products to all the nations of the earth.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0141">
0141
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
117
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The wheels of industry have broken the idle stillness, and songs of peace and praise have succeeded the horrors of the warwhoop and the fiendish notes of the war-dance. In short, we see enacted before us in a few short years the miracle of Christian civilization.
</p>
<p>
Hardly had the ink dried on the treaty paper, before the settlers began to pour into the country, and, long before the government had approved the act, dozens of towns had been planted, and hundreds of claims had been located, all along the Mississippi and Minnesota valleys.
</p>
<p>
Soon after the ratification of the treaty, the Indians were removed to their reservations, upon whose eastern boundary Fort Ridgely was established in the spring of 1853 for the protection of the frontier.
</p>
<p>
The regular transportation of supplies for both soldiers and Indians to the upper Minnesota stimulated greatly the navigation of that river, and necessitated the construction of military roads, both being results of inestimable value to the pioneer in the early development of the country.
</p>
<p>
The yearly payments to the Indians of such large annuities greatly increased the money circulation of the territory, and encouraged trade in those trying days of frontier life.
</p>
<p>
These good results, however, were not unmixed with evil. The actual surrender of his country to the white man was a trying ordeal to the Dakota, as it violated every patriotic sentiment of his being. To see himself thrust out of the home of his fathers, endeared by many a tender association, and in the defense of which he had spilt his blood so freely, naturally awakened in his breast feelings of bitter regret and jealousy. The restraints of an agency life were most irksome to a liberty-loving people, like the Dakotas, accustomed to rove at their own sweet will, and to pass their days in the excitement of the chase or the glory of war.
</p>
<p>
Again, to a people who had always been taught to regard any labor other than hunting and war as unmanly, an agency, with its annuity system, practically meant a life of idleness and dependence, a condition directly tending to degeneracy, The putting, also, of large sums of money into the hands of ignorant savages, who had as little conception of its value, or how to spend
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0142">
0142
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
118
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
it, as so many children, rendered them a tempting prey to dishonest white men, who took every advantage of their weakness and simplicity.
</p>
<p>
But the evil which proved the most disastrous of all to the whites was the concentration of so many savages at one point, for thus not only were their evil propensities fostered and cultivated by idleness, contamination, and constant agitation of their grievances, while better opportunity was afforded them to plot mischief, but thus, also, were they enabled, when, owing to the exigences of the Civil War, there was a distressing delay in the payment of their annuities, and when the necessary restraining military force was prematurely withdrawn, to sweep down with the power of an avalanche upon our helpless frontier, in the awful massacre of 1862.
</p>
<p>
The most of these evils, however, were due, not so much to the treaty, as to untoward circumstances in carrying it our, and to unavoidable necessity, since it was impossible for the Indian and his land to remain as they were, and since civilization and savagery cannot long remain in contact without irritation, as they are naturally antagonistic. But these few evils, even if indirectly attributable to the treaty, pale before the noontide splendor of its good results as seen in the light of today. Had the treaty been faithfully kept, and had its provisions been allowed their natural truition, the evils, doubtless, would have been mostly averted and the results might have been still more glorious.
</p>
<p>
Be that as it may, yet even the terrible Indian massacre was not an unmitigated evil. That rude shock broke the thick crust of heathendom about many a Dakota heart, and in the great prison revivals at Mankato and Fort Snelling, in the winter of 1862&ndash;3, the seeds of a new life planted by the faithful missionaries began to be manifested, which by today has transformed the miserable savage of forty years ago into an intelligent, thrifty citizen, a noble Christian character.
</p>
<p>
In view, therefore, of all its splendid results, we conclude that this treaty, which the first governor of our great Common-weatlh, today the honored president of our Historical Society, took such conscientious pains in framing, with his worthy colleague, the signing of which was such a signal triumph of peaceful diplomacy, and which has added to civilization such a magnificent
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0143">
0143
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
119
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
domain, is an event second to none in our history, and is indeed well worthy the commemoration of a grateful posterity.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE PURPOSES OF THE EARLIER TREATY IN 1841.
</head>
<p>
The treaties made by Governor Doty in July, 1841, and by Colonel Lea and Governor. Ramsey in July, 1851, though differing widely in their main purposes and methods, yet had many points in common. Not only were both made at the same place, with the same Indians, for the purchase of the same lands, but both contained special features looking to the civilization of the Indian. It is curious to note further that both were made under Whig administrations, the former under President Tyler, and the latter under President Fillmore, both of whom had come to the executive chair under very similar circumstances.
</p>
<p>
While Governor Doty&apos;s scheme for the civilization and government of the Indians was doubtless very utopian, still these features would likely have been amended and the treaty confirmed, had it not been sent to the Senate just when the unfortunate strife between the President and his own party was at its height, and only a few days before the resignation of the cabinet, including the Hon. John Bell, secretary of war, under whose special direction the treaty had been negotiated. In the turmoil of that hour, it is no wonder that such an unimportant matter then as an Indian treaty should be neglected by the Whigs, and in those days of bitter partisanship it could not be expected that the Democratic party would favor any measure which had originated with a Whig administration.
</p>
<p>
To show something of the nature of the Dory treaty, and the manner of its reception at the time, I append a few clippings from the newspapers of that period, kindly furnished me by Mr. R. G. Thwaites, the secretary of the Wisconsin Historical Society.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
NEWSPAPER COMMENTS ON THE DOTY TREATY.
</head>
<div>
<head>
From the Madison Express, September 1, 1841.
</head>
<p>
Governor Dory arrived in town on Monday evening last from the Indian country in the West, where he had gone for the purpose of treating with the Dakota Indians for some land on which to settle the eastern and northern Indians. We have had no conversation with the Governor on this subject since his arrival, but from the extract of a letter from Mindota,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0144">
0144
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
120
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
which we publish to-day, it will be seen that his excellency has effected a treaty with the western bands of the Dakota Indians for about thirty millions of acres of land, and that a great number of that nation have also agreed to settle on the land. This plan of civilizing the Indians strikes us as the best which has yet been proposed to attain that desirable object. How much preferable is this plan, to civilize the Indians and make good and useful citizens of them, to invading their country and with fire and sword sweep them from the face of the earth. It is supposed by many that the Indian cannot be civilized. This we do not believe. But to overrun their country, and burn and destroy their dwellings and crops, and kill their cattle, and suffer them to be cheated by dishonest traders, is certainly not the way to civilize them. If this great object (the civilization of the Indians) can be effected, that man, or body of men, who have been or will be, instrumental in any way in the accomplishment of this great work, deserve and will receive the approbation and blessings of countless thousands of the human race, both Indians and whites.
</p>
<p>
The following is an extract of a letter to a gentleman in this town, dated,
</p>
<p>
Mindota, August 7, 1841.
</p>
<p>
Dear Sir&mdash;Gov. Doty has returned to this place, having succeeded in effecting a treaty with the western bands of Indians of the Dakota Nation for about thirty millions of acres, for a territory for the eastern and northern Indians. Upwards of five thousand Indians of that nation have also agreed to settle as agriculturists on the tract.
</p>
<p>
The administration has wisely adopted the plan of giving to each Indian who becomes a settler and cultivates his farm, the title to one hundred acres of land after two years; and if he is then civilized, he may enroll his name with the Governor, and become a citizen of the United States. But the land thus granted cannot be transferred to white men in any way, and can only descend to Indian blood. There are many other important features in the treaty, of great advantage to the Indians, leading them on to civilization and which will mark the policy of this administration from that which has heretofore deprived this primitive race of all civil and political rights and privileges.
</p>
<p>
The western bands were much gratified to see Gov. Dory in their country, and gave him a very cordial welcome as an old friend. Several hundred guns, loaded with ball, were discharged over his head and around him on his arrival at Oeyoowora, 120 miles west of this, and many more on his departure. Indeed they expressed in every possible manner their satisfaction with the views and intentions of government.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
From the Madison Express, September 8, 1841
.
</head>
<div>
<head>
Highly Important Indian Treaty.
<lb>
An Indian Territoral Government.
</head>
<p>
A friend at Prairie du Chien has furnished us with the particulars
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0145">
0145
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
121
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of an arrangement with the Sioux Indians, which, we imagine, will here-after excite a good deal of speculation. It seems to be the intention of the Government to establish an INDIAN TERRITORY, north of the St. Peter&apos;s River, with limited legislative Dowers, to be governed much as our Territories are governed now&mdash;the General Government to appoint the Governor, and the Indians to choose the council;&mdash;in a word, to change the habits of the Indians from those of the roving hunter to the quiet agriculturist, and to place over them the voluntary restraints of civil law, in the stead of their present chieftain vassalage. It is possible that the thing may be successfully done&mdash;it is worthy of an effort&mdash;but we are skeptical as to the result. It will be a difficult matter to break up with the Indians their present mode of government by chiefs, and to transform them into quiet citizens, capable of exercising the elective franchise&mdash;and equally so to make them &lsquo;bury the hatchet,&rsquo; and &lsquo;learn war no more.&rsquo; However, the Government can try the experiment, particularly as the Indians are to pay for their tuition at the cost of 
<hi rend="italics">
twenty-five millions of acres of land
</hi>
.. We are likewise bound to respect the feeling of real philanthropy which has prompted this movement.
</p>
<p>
Gov. Doty, we understand, has been the sole agent of the Government in the formation of this treaty, and will receive all due credit for his conduct. He arrived at Prairie du Chien from St. Peter&apos;s on the 26th ult., in a skiff, accompanied by his lady.
</p>
<p>
The following is the letter of our correspondent:&mdash;
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;Gov. Doty has been for some weeks among the Sioux Indians, and the report is, that he has purchased all the country south of the St. Peter&apos;s River and east of a line due south from its source, containing about 25,000,000 acres. The Sioux reserve some 300,000 or 4000,000 acres for which they are to cultivate the soil&mdash;the Government furnishing them with farmers to instruct them. On this purchased land are to be settled some 50,000 or more of other Indians from the east of the Mississippi, all of whom, combined with the Sioux, are to form an &lsquo;Indian Territory,&rsquo; the Governor to be appointed by the General Government, and they to elect men to a Council to make laws for their own government.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;Three Forts are to be established within the district, to preserve peace among them, and to protect them from foreign invasion. Probably as much of the purchase as falls within the State of Iowa will be sold to be settled by the whites; but that portion of it which lies north of the State will be occupied as above described.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;The Governor has discovered bituminous coal and copper on the St. Peter&apos;s, to which steamboats can ascend, specimens of which are now at Prairie du Chien.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;This arrangement will throw a large body of Indians upon our immediate frontier; but the effort that will be made to civilize them is deemed a sufficient guarantee of their peaceable deportment. And the money expended by and for the troops, together with the Indian annuities, will supply us with a circulating medium, and, to some extent, a market
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0146">
0146
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
122
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
for our surplus produce; all of which will contribute to the settlement and improvement of our country.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
We give the above information as it has been received from a respectable source, vouching no further for its correctness.&mdash;
<hi rend="italics">
Galena Gazette
</hi>
.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<head>
<hi rend="italics">
From the Madison Express, September 22</hi>, 1841.</head>
<div>
<head>
[From the Missouri Republican.]
<lb>
Treaty with the Indians.
</head>
<p>
Some time ago, when informed that Gov. Doty, of Wiskonsan, had concluded a treaty for the purchase of a large tract of country from the Indians, we did not credit the report, for we were unaware of his having been appointed to make such a treaty. We, however, yesterday received a letter from Fort Snelling which informs us that Governor Doty has just returned to that place from the Indian country.
</p>
<p>
Our informant appears to be conversant with the substance of the treaty and the purposes. From him we learn that a treaty was concluded by Governor Doty with the western bands of the Dakota nation, on the 31st July, at a place called Oeyoowora, 120 miles west of the Falls of St. Anthony, for a district of country which is hereafter to compose an Indian Territory, to be occupied by the Indians now in the Eastern and Northern States and Territories. The purchase embraces the valley of the Minnesota river (St. Peter&apos;s) and its tributaries; and there is not a better tract of land or a more healthy climate in the west. Missouri and Arkansaw will now be relieved from the presence of any more emigrating Indians on their western borders, and to them this new measure of the Secretary of War is of great importance. The country acquired is sufficiently large to accommodate fifty thousand settlers with farms of one hundred acres each. Besides, advantages are secured to them which have never been granted heretofore. Among others, the fulfillment of the promise that Indians, when civilized, may hold the title to real estate, and become citizens of the United States. Unless these privileges are granted to the Indians, every other effort which is made to civilize but teaches him that he is one of a degraded race, without civil or political privileges.
</p>
<p>
The course of policy which Mr. Bell has adopted towards the northern Indians distinguishes him from all his predecessors, and places him far above them. He treats the Indians as human beings, and gives them a place, if they choose to occupy it, among cultivated men.
</p>
<p>
Governor Doty certainly deserves great credit for the promptness and the despatch with which he has carried his transaction through. There is no man more energetic than Governor D., and no one better calculated to trade with the Indians. Maugre all the traductions of the locofoco papers on this gentleman, we feel assured that the government will find him an efficient officer and a powerful auxiliary in its intercourse with the Indian tribes. Years of experience have made him conversant with
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0147">
0147
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
123
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
the western people and with tribes of Indians who surround the Territories.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<head>
<hi rend="italics">
From the Madison Express, October 27</hi>, 1841.</head>
<div>
<head>
[From the Davenport Gazette.]
<lb>
Gov. Doty&apos;s Treaty with the Dakota Indians.
</head>
<p>
Mr. Sanders, Dear Sir: As every incident connected with the Indians, within our Territorial borders is of vast and increasing interest to each and every citizen of this Territory, it is with pleasure that I am able to inform you that the statement, as made by the Globe and other Loco Foco prints, in different sections of the country, &ldquo;That the treaty as concluded by Gov. Doty has been rejected in the Senate,&rdquo; is 
<hi rend="italics">
entirely without foundation
</hi>
. It was received but all action upon it was deferred until the next Session of Congress, on account of the unfortunate difficulties in the Cabinet, and between the President and Congress.
</p>
<p>
That it is of vital importance to the North Western States and Territories, that this treaty should be confirmed and immediately carried into effect, no person with a knowledge of the facts will deny. I should be sorry indeed, if the report of its rejection had been correct, for unless it is confirmed, there is no prospect of a removal of the Tribes now within our limits, for many succeeding years.
</p>
<p>
Instead of the corruptions and extravagance as represented in the Globe, the terms of the Treaty are in all respects (I am informed by those who have seen them) highly advantageous to the Government and to the Indians. The appropriations which will be required to carry its provisions into effect, will be less than those now made to the Winnebagoes, who did not cede to the United States one-half the quantity of land which is ceded by this Treaty.
</p>
<p>
Such being the facts of the case, the importance of this Treaty will strike the most casual observer; and when I confidently express the hope that the Treaty as made by Gov. Doty, and the one about to be made with the Sac and Fox nations, will be ratified and confirmed by the next Congress, and provisions made to carry them into effect, I am very sure I express the wishes of a large majority of the thinking population of our Territory.
</p>
<p>
As I consider this a matter of the first importance, I shall at my leisure, with your permission lay before your readers many facts connected with this subject, in which we are all so deeply interested.
</p>
<p>
A CITIZEN OF IOWA.
</p>
<p>
Davenport, Oct. 12th, 1841.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
The Late Sioux Treaty.
</head>
<p>
Strong attempts are making by the Globe and other papers of that kidney, to cast odium upon the late Treaty with the Sioux Indians, by which they agreed to sell about twenty-five millions of acres of their lands to the United States. From what we hear of the provisions of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0148">
0148
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
124
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
that Treaty, we should deem it to be one of the most important that has for a long time been made. Its consequences (both to the Indians and whites, to the mutual advantage and well-being of all), if its provisions are carried out, make us ardently hope that the Senate will weigh the matter well before they fail to ratify it.&mdash;Indeed, we can hardly believe they have any intention of doing otherwise than to confirm it, from the evidence we have. Almost any one can trace out many advantages resulting from it. To say nothing of the immense tract of fertile country that it will throw open to civilization (its value in this light cannot be estimated), it will have the effect to place the Indians in a state of dependence on this Government, which will not only enable us to preserve peace between us and them, but in time of war they may even serve as our protection against other Indians. For instance, the Chippeways, a powerful tribe, are known to be more or less under British influence, and, in case of war between the United States and England, would he likely to espouse the cause of the latter. The Sioux are their hereditary enemies, and the use to which they might be put in such an emergency to guard our northern frontiers may be seen at a glance. In time of peace, they will make a market for a part of our produce&mdash;and good markets are what we shall soon want. Some objections are made to the price paid for the purchase. The exact price agreed upon we have to learn, nor are we very particular about it. Money paid to the Indians, like &ldquo;bread cast upon the waters,&rdquo; is pretty sure to &ldquo;return after many days.&rdquo; A certain amount is to be paid in furnishing husbandmen to cultivate their lands, and mechanics who are to reside among them, to supply their necessary wants and instruct them in the arts of civilized life This, certainly, is not money thrown 
away. It goes not out of the country&mdash;as in the purchase of foreign broadcloths and silks. The benevolence of the act should count something. If the Indians can be made to live in peace, and learn to depend for their support on the quiet arts of agriculture, we must believe that a vast amount of human misery would be avoided.&mdash;
<hi rend="italics">
Galena Gazette
</hi>
.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<head>
<hi rend="italics">
From the Madison Express, November 3
</hi>
, 1841.
</head>
<div>
<head>
[From the Hawkeye.]
<lb>
Gov. Doty&apos;s Treaties.
</head>
<p>
The &ldquo;Globe man,&rdquo; at Washington, appears to be very anxious to create the impression upon the public mind, that these treaties bear the same character with those which were formed under the Jackson and Van Buren administrations, and which he lauded so highly. But he is mistaken; they were neither effected by corruption nor have they any corrupt purpose.
</p>
<p>
It is unnecessary to explain to him what are their provisions, because it is manifest that, either in the War Department or the secret bureaus of the Senate, the opportunity has been afforded him to inspect them. This violation of the rules of both of those Departments of the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0149">
0149
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
125
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Government (or at least one of them) has given him the opportunity to publish false and garbled statements of their provisions. This is the true loco foco principle, otherwise it would be strange that with the facts before him he could not tell the truth.
</p>
<p>
Gov. Doty, it is well known, can have nothing to do with the execution of the provisions of these treaties, as the country ceded and the Indians are not within his Superintendency, but are entirely within the Territory of Iowa. The insinuations of the Globe, that they contain provisions out of which he can make money as a public officer, and that they were inserted by him for this purpose, are wholly groundless; and are of the same character of those which have heretofore been made against him in that and other prints of a kindred character. The Globe forgets when he makes such charges that he is not a loco foco.
</p>
<p>
We are correctly informed when we state that the thirty-three millions of acres are not to cost the United States &ldquo;from six to eight millions of dollars,&rdquo; as is asserted by the Globe; but that it will not cost two millions of dollars to carry every provision into effect. We also assert that the annual appropriation required for this object for the first ten years will not be more than sixty or seventy thousand dollars; and afterwards it will be reduced to fifty thousand. Will the Globe dare to contrast these with the South Western Treaties, or with the Pottowattomie and Winnebago Treaties which he applauded so highly, because they were the measures of his masters, and let the public know the difference in the number of acres purchased and the price paid under Loco foco treaties and Whig treaties?
</p>
<p>
We understand this attack of the Globe on these treaties, for the purpose of preventing their ratification, to be a direct attack upon the future settlement and prosperity of these northwestern States and Territories. He knew that the object of the administration in forming them was to provide a country for the exclusive occupation of all of the Indians from New York to the Missouri river. And he knew that unless such a country was provided the Indians now in New York, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa, must remain where they are, impeding and annoying the settlements, alike currupting and corrupted by their contact with those settlements, a burthen to the States in which they reside, and at a great expense and trouble to the general government.
</p>
<p>
Is Iowa prepared to admit that there shall be no further extinguishment of the Indian title within her limits; and that the Sacs, Foxes, and Pottawattomies should continue to inhabit the country which they now occupy? If so, let them assist in procuring the rejection of these Treaties. The South Western States declare they will have no more Indians concentrated on their frontier, and the state of Missouri, if the United States owned the country on her western boundary, does not wish to be hemmed in by such neighbors.
</p>
<p>
The portion of country now selected by the administration for a permanent home for these people (as agriculturists if they choose) is exterior
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0150">
0150
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
126
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
to all of the white settlements and away from their tracts. It does not therefore interfere with the progress of settlement, or the civil or political divisions of the country. And we now call upon the people of Iowa to notice the efforts of the Opposition to prevent the removal of the Indians by this administration beyond her borders&mdash;merely because John Tyler is President, and not Martin Van Buren.
</p>
<p>
Much other interesting information concerning that early treaty is contained in the recommendations of Hon. John Bell, secretary of war, transmitted with the treaty to the Senate by President Tyler, September 1st, 1841, as published in &ldquo;Messages and Papers of the Presidents, 1789&ndash;1897,&rdquo; Volume IV, pages 59&ndash;63.
</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<head>
GOVERNOR DOTY AND LE SUEUR&apos;S COPPER MINE ON THE BLUE
<lb>
EARTH RIVER.
</head>
<p>
Doty seems to have heard the story of Le Sueur&apos;s copper mine near the mouth of the Blue Earth river, and to have been so Impressed with it that, while attending his treaty at Traverse des Sioux, he had many visions of this useful metal, as appeared by the following extract from his report made a year afterward: &ldquo;I saw many evidences of copper along the banks of the Minisoto (St. Peter), but chiefly on the south bank. You are aware that at the mouth of the Mukahto river there was, a hundred years ago, a copper smelting establishment erected by a Frenchman. I visited the ruins last summer. There is no doubt in my mind that extensive beds of copper ore will be found in the valley of the Minisoto, above the sandstone rapid, which is fifty miles from its mouth.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
It is difficult now to imagine where Governor Dory saw his signs of copper in the Minnesota valley, unless, perhaps, in the color of its aboriginal inhabitants.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
PLACE OF THE TREATY.
</head>
<p>
We found great difficulty in locating the exact spot where the treaty was signed, and it was only after much diligent inquiry that we were enabled at last to determine it with certainty. Very few of those who were present at the treaty now survive, and the change in the appearance of the country, and the lapse of time
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0151">
0151
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
127
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
since they saw it, render their recollections somewhat indefinite.
</p>
<p>
The only person now living, who was present at the treaty and who has lived at Traverse des Sioux ever since, within a stone&apos;s throw of the spot where the treaty was signed, is Mrs. Louisa Carpenter. She is quite an intelligent woman and a grand-daughter of the noted Sioux chief, Mazahsha (Red Iron). Her father, Louis Laramie, a Canadian Frenchman, came to Traverse des Sioux early in the 40&apos;s from Mendota. Mrs. Carpenter has an excellent memory, and, though only about eight years old at the time of the treaty, she recalls distinctly many incidents connected with its making. The commissioners&apos; tents, the building of the booth which was used for a council chamber, the speech of chief Sleepy Eye, the drowning and the recovery of the body of Rev. Robert Hopkins, the missionary, the caution given by the chiefs to the children to keep away from the council chamber so as not to disturb the sessions with their noise, the use of the old log warehouse by the whites for their kitchen, and many other happenings of the time, she recalls quite vividly.
</p>
<p>
Another person thoroughly familiar with the old landmarks of Traverse des Sioux is Louis A. Robert, who has resided in the vicinity since 1853. He is a son of Antoine Robert and a nephew of Louis Robert, the famous steamboat captain and trader. He is a most genial gentleman and rendered much assistance in locating the site of the treaty.
</p>
<p>
Valuable information as to the site, and as to other matters pertaining to the treaty, was also kindly furnished by Governor Ramsey, Mrs. Grace C. Pond, Rev. Moses N. Adams, and others. Mrs. Pond is the widow of the Rev. Robert Hopkins, who was drowned accidentally in the Minnesota river on the morning of July 4th, 1851, while bathing near his home, making the saddest incident of the treaty story. Mrs. Pond resided at Traverse des Sioux from April, 1844, to September 17th, 1851, and, with her husband and Mr. and Mrs. Huggins, taught the mission school there. She witnessed the treaty from beginning to end. Rev. M. N. Adams, the pioneer missionary and preacher, has been familiar with the sites of Traverse des Sioux since 1848; and, though not present at the treaty; he was there a short time afterward and saw the spot, when every evidence was fresh, and he
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0152">
0152
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
128
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
made his home at Traverse des Sioux for many years immediately thereafter.
</p>
<p>
The main difficulty in determining the site of the treaty has arisen from a mistake as to the site of Louis Provencalle&apos;s store. The majority of the old settlers seem to have taken it for granted that this store stood three or four rods northwest of the present residence of Mrs. Jacob Frank, on block 35 of the old townsite. None of these old settlers have personal knowledge of the fact, except that some of them recall seeing an old log building there. All the earliest settlers who actually saw the store when occupied by Provencalle, and who therefore speak with authority, place its site just where the barn of Mr. Demos Young now stands, on the south side of block 33 of the townsite.
</p>
<p>
This old store fronted south and was built of hewn logs with the ends grooved, so as to fit into two upright posts firmly planted at each end, thus making four posts at each corner to hold the walls in position, instead of laying the logs one across the other at the corners, so as to dovetail them together after the usual method. A few feet west of the store was another small log building which Provencalle had used as a dwelling. Enclosing the two buildings and a garden patch and some horse sheds in the rear was a high fence, or, rather, a palisade of stakes, pointed at the top.
</p>
<p>
These buildings had been erected very early, and in the summer of 1841 Governor Doty had held his treaty in the old store: and Father Ravoux, in the fall of the same year, had used it in giving religious instruction to the children of Provencalle and of the voyageurs in his employ and in administering to them the rite of baptism. Owing to the owner&apos;s death the previous February, these buildings had been vacated some months before the treaty of 1851, and during the treaty they were used by the commission as kitchen and store-room.
</p>
<p>
It seems, however, that there was an old log warehouse, standing near Mrs. Frank&apos;s present residence on the same bench of land, about sixty rods south of the Provencalle buildings. This
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0153">
0153
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
129
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
structure of unhewn logs fronted north, and had neither floor, chimney, nor window, and evidently was very ancient at the time of the treaty. Mrs. Carpenter insists that the Dory treaty and Ravoux school were held in it, and that it was used as a kitchen by the Ramsey-Lea Commission. I am inclined to believe, though, that she is in error as to this; but, as to the spot where the great treaty of 1851 was field, all who were present at it agree, and hence there can be no reasonable doubt. It is located in front of where the old Provencalle buildings stood, about fifteen rods to the south, and just north of a small natural ditch.
</p>
<p>
A spot of such historic interest should be marked by a suitable monument, since there and then, in the glorious annals of our great Northwest,
</p>
<p>
<hi rend="blockindent">
&ldquo;The old order changeth, yielding place to new.&rdquo;
<lb>
9
</hi>
</p>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0154z">
0154
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0155">
0155
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
HISTORY OF STEAMBOATING ON THE MINNESOTA RIVER.
<anchor id="n0155-07">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY THOMAS HUGHES.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0155-07" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council, April 14, 1902.
</p></note>
<p>
The picturesque river which gave our commonwealth its name has always been an important feature in the geography and history of this northwest country.
</p>
<p>
The geologist reads in the deep erosion of this valley, and in its continuance to lake Traverse, which outflows to lake Winnipeg and Hudson bay, the story of a mighty river, the outlet of a vast ancient lake covering the Red river region in the closing part of the Glacial period. What use, if any, the primitive men of that time made of this majestic stream, we know not.
</p>
<p>
The Dakota tribes, whom the white explorers found dwelling upon our river&apos;s margin two or three centuries ago, called it &ldquo;the sky-tinted&rdquo;, from the tincture given its water by the rich clayey soil of its valley. Their mortal foes, the Ojibways, whose home was among the somber pines of the north, were impressed with the greenness of its luxuriant foliage, and hence knew it as Ashkiibogi-Sibi, &ldquo;the River of the Green Leaf.&rdquo; The French traders named it the St. Pierre (or St. Peter), probably in honor of one of their leaders who had been among the first to explore it.
</p>
<p>
Many and varied have been the scenes enacted upon its banks, scenes of thrilling adventure and glorious valor, as well as of happy merriment and tender love. It was for centuries the arena of many a sanguinary conflict, and the blood of Iowas, Dakotas, Ojibways, and white men, often mingled freely with its flood.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0156">
0156
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
132
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
EARLIEST NAVIGATION BY WHITE MEN.
</head>
<p>
For generations unknown the only craft its bosom bore was the canoe of the Indian. Then came the French traders, with their retinue of voyaguers, who made our river an avenue of a great commerce in Indian goods and costly furs. For over a hundred years fleets of canoes and Mackinaw boats, laden with Indian merchandise, plied constantly along the river&apos;s sinuous length. The sturdy voyaguers, however, left to history but a scant record of their adventurous life. A brave and hardy race were they, inured to every peril and hardship, yet ever content and happy; and long did the wooded bluffs of the Minnesota echo with their songs of old France.
</p>
<p>
The first white men known to have navigated the Minnesota were Le Sueur and his party of miners, who entered its mouth in a felucca and two row boats on September 20th, 1700, and reached the mouth of the Blue Earth on the 30th of the same month. The next spring he carried with him down the river it boat-load of blue or green shale which he had dug from the bluffs of the Blue Earth, in mistake for copper ore. Much more profitable, doubtless, he found the boat-load of beaver and other Indian furs, which he took with him at the same time. This is the first recorded instance of freight transportation on the Minnesota river.
</p>
<p>
In the winter of 1819&ndash;20, a deputation of Lord Selkirk&apos;s Scotch colony, who had settled near the site of Winnipeg, traveled through Minnesota to Prairie du Chien, a journey of about a thousand miles, to purchase seed wheat. On April 15th, 1820, they started back in three Mackinaw boats loaded with 200 bushels of wheat, 100 bushels of oats, and 30 bushels of peas. During the month of May they ascended the Minnesota from its mouth to its source, and, dragging their loaded boats over the portage on rollers, descended the Red river to their homes, which they reached early in June.
</p>
<p>
The Mackinaw or keel boats used on the river in those days were open vessels of from twenty to fifty feet in length by four to ten feet in width, and capable of carrying from two to eight tons burden. They were propelled by either oars or poles as the exigencies of the river might require. The crew usually comprised from five to nine men. One acted as steersman, and, in
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0157">
0157
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
133
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
poling, the others, ranging themselves in order upon a plank laid lengthwise of the boat on each side, would push the boat ahead; and as each, in rotation, reached the stern, he would pick up his pole and start again at the prow. Their progress in ascending the river would be from five to fifteen miles per day, depending upon the stage of water and the number of rapids they had to climb.
</p>
<p>
Dr. Thomas S. Williamson, the noted missionary to the Indians, in describing his first journey up the valley of the Minnesota, in June, 1835, gives an interesting account of how he shipped his wife and children and his fellow helpers, Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Huggins, with their goods, on one of these boats, which was nine days in making the trip from Fort Snelling to Traverse des Sioux.
</p>
<p>
In the correspondence of Mrs. S. R. Riggs, the wife of another famous missionary to the Sioux, is found a vivid picture of a Mackinaw boat, belonging to the old Indian trader, Philander Prescott, in which she ascended the Minnesota in September, 1837. It was about forty feet long by eight feet wide and capable of carrying about five tons. It was manned by a crew of five persons, one to steer, and two on each side to furnish the motive power. Oars were used as far as to the Little rapids, about three miles above Carver, and thence to Traverse des Sioux poles were employed. The journey consumed five days.
</p>
<p>
Illustrative of the size and capacity of some of the canoes used by the traders, we find George A. McLeod in April, 1853, bringing down from Lac qui Parle to Traverse des Sioux forty bushels of potatoes, besides a crew of five men, in a single canoe twenty-five feet long by forty-four inches wide, hollowed out of a huge cottonwood tree.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EARLIEST STEAMBOATS.
</head>
<p>
The first steamboat to enter the Minnesota river was the Virginia on May 10th, 1823. She was not a large vessel, being only 118 feet long by 22 feet wide, and she only ascended as far as Mendota and Fort Snelling, which during the period between the years 1820 and 1848 were about the only points of importance in the territory now embraced within our state. Hence all the boats navigating the upper Mississippi in those days had to enter the Minnesota to reach these terminal points.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0158">
0158
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
134
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
Except for these landings at its mouth, and save that in 1842 a small steamer with a party of excursionists on board ascended it as far as the old Indian village near Shakopee, no real attempt was made to navigate the Minnesota with steamboats until 1850. Prior to this time it was not seriously thought that the river was navigable to any great distance for any larger craft than a keel boat, and the demonstration to the contrary, then witnessed, has made that year notable in the history of the state.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EXCURSIONS IN THE YEAR 1850.
</head>
<p>
In June, 1850, the Anthony Wayne, a Mississippi river boat in charge of Captain Daniel Able, arrived at St. Paul with a party of St. Louis people. They were a jolly crowd, and to enliven their trip had brought with them a small band of music from Quincy, Illinois. Just then there was quite a freshet in the Minnesota, and it was suggested to Captain Able that to entertain his guests he take his boat on an excursion up this river, then little known, to see the country. The people of St. Paul were soon enlisted in the project, and a purse of &dollar;225 was raised to defray the expense.
</p>
<p>
On the day set, Friday, the 28th of June, early in the morning the Anthony Wayne, with her decks crowded with one hundred and fourteen of St. Paul&apos;s prominent citizens and the seventy St. Louis people, started on her memorable journey up the Minnesota. All nature seemed propitious. The day clear and balmy, the luxuriant vegetation freshened by recent showers, and the river full to the brim, glistening like silver between its winding avenues of trees gaily decked and festooned in varied green, all combined to make a glorious paradise of this most charming of valleys. Louis Pelon and Thomas J. Odell, because of their acquaintance with the river, acted as pilots.
</p>
<p>
At Fort Snelling our excursionists found Captain Monroe with only fifty men in charge and expecting every moment to be summoned to Sauk Rapids to quell a disturbance by the Winnebagoes, which happened the next day. Here the military band, under the lead of Mr. Jackson, joined the excursion.
</p>
<p>
The first point of note above the fort, and at a distance of about three miles by land from it, was Black Dog&apos;s village, comprising a row of huts and tepees ranged on the brow of the north bluff. The intervening ground between the bluff and the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0159">
0159
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
135
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
river was covered with patches of corn and beans, which the squaws were busily hoeing. Near by on the same side of the river, but close to its banks, they passed Man Cloud&apos;s village.
</p>
<p>
Five or six miles beyond (by land measure), Good Road&apos;s village stood on the south bank. About ten miles farther, and on the same side of the river, lay Six&apos;s village, where Samuel Pond had his mission station. Nearly opposite the present village of Chaska was a village of Wahpahton Sioux, where Louis Robert had a trading post, for which the boat unloaded some goods. At the foot of the rapids near Carver our steamer overtook a keel boat bearing the name &ldquo;Rocky Mountains,&rdquo; whose crew were engaged in the arduous task of forcing their boat up the rushing waters by dragging it with a long rope passed around a tree above and by pushing it with their long poles. The Wayne concluded not to attempt the rapids, and turned her prow homeward.
</p>
<p>
The fuel having given out, the boat crew made a raid on an Indian cemetery close at hand, and replenished their stock from the dry poles and pickets there found. This vandalism was probably excused on the ground of necessity, no other dry wood being available. Be that as it may, it is certain that the steam generated by this funereal fuel soon carried the Wayne and her happy burden home. The voyage had proven eminently successful, and the people were wild in their praise of the river and the beautiful country it drained.
</p>
<p>
Emulous of the Wayne&apos;s achievement, the Nominee, a rival boat in command of Captain Orren Smith, got up another excursion party, and on the 12th of July sailed up the river, and passing the formidable rapids planted her shingle three miles above, and then returned home in triumph.
</p>
<p>
The Wayne, not to be thus outdone by a rival, on the 18th of the same month, with a third excursion on board, ascended again the now famous river. The Fort Snelling band participated also in this journey. Passing the rapids and the shingle of the Nominee on the first day, the Wayne spent her second night at Traverse des Sioux. Here the missionaries, Messrs. Hopkins and Hudgins and their families, extended generous hospitality; and the next morning they joined the party in their farther progress up the river. After partaking of a picnic dinner at the bend in the river two or three miles below the present city of Mankaro, our excursionists turned the prow of the Wayne homeward,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0160">
0160
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
136
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
whence arriving they swelled the praise of the beautiful valley of the Minnesota more than ever.
</p>
<p>
Incited by the success of these boats, the Yankee, a steamer belonging to the Harris line, determined to outdo them all. Accordingly a big excursion, comprising most of the prominent officials and business men of St. Paul, was organized, and on Monday, the 22nd day of July, this ambitious little boat steamed into the mouth of the Minnesota. She was officered by M. K. Harris, captain, J. S. Armstrong, pilot, G. W. Scott, first engineer, and G. L. Sargent, second engineer. The Fort Snelling band was again in requisition. Late on the afternoon of the second day the boat passed Traverse des Sioux, where the missionaries had just harvested a small field of wheat, probably the first ever raised in the valley. It certainly was fitting that this first year of steamboating in the valley should also be the first year to grow that commodity which was to play so important a part in the river&apos;s traffic.
</p>
<p>
The second night was spent at the upper end of Kasota prairie. It was a charming moonlight night, and a number of the Yankee&apos;s party held a dance on the grassy floor of this level plateau. The band furnished the music (some of the dancers said that several mosquito bands were out too).
</p>
<p>
Early Wednesday the Yankee started up stream again, soon passing the sign the Anthony Wayne had fastened to a neighboring tree the week before. On the mound at the mouth of the Blue Earth our travelers found a small Indian trading post, belonging to H. H. Sibley, in charge of a Frenchman. Discovering here in the sand what seemed to be pieces of cannel coal, they were told by the Frenchman that two or three miles up the Blue Earth there was a solid bed of coal four feet thick in a bluff. This must have been the same wonderful bluff in which Le Sueur found his copper mine, but as no such bluff was ever afterward known in that locality, and as the Frenchman also mysteriously disappeared, there may be some ground for the report that he stole it, or it may have been all &ldquo;bluff,&rdquo; a French &ldquo;bluff.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
By the third evening the boat reached a point a little above the present village of Judson in Blue Earth county. Even thus late in the season (July 24th), the stage of water in the river was excellent, and no difficulty so far had been incurred in its navigation. It was voted that evening to proceed again on the morrow,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0161">
0161
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
137
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
but the intense heat (which had been 104 degrees in the shade that day) and the swarms of mosquitoes prevented both crew and passengers from sleeping. For that reason, and because provisions were nearly exhausted, the vote was reconsidered in the morning, and the fourth night found them again at Traverse des Sioux.
</p>
<p>
On the next day they spent an hour at Six&apos;s village. The old chief, with about a hundred of his braves, came down to the landing to meet them, and there he made a speech claiming big damages because the excursionists had tramped down his corn. True, the corn had been drowned out and washed away by the high water long before the whites landed; but then, the Great Spirit was angry because they had taken those big fire canoes up the river, and that was why the freshet came, so they ought to pay for the corn. How Six (or &ldquo;Half a Dozen,&rdquo; as James Goodhue of the &ldquo;Pioneer&rdquo; called him) succeeded with his damage suit is not stated, but our travelers reached St. Paul all safe by night.
</p>
<p>
Never did they forget the beautiful country they had seen, and the delightful journey they had taken on its most picturesque highway. Nearly all the prominent people of the Territory, and scores of visitors from the East, had participated in one or more of these excursions. The navigability of the Minnesota by steamboat was now a demonstrated fact, and the desirability for settlement of the fertile country it drained was by these eye witnesses everywhere enthusiastically heralded. This focusing of the public eye on the valley contributed in no small degree to the making of the great treaty with the Sioux in the following summer, whereby this magnificent country was thrown open to civilization.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE TREATY OF 1851, AND ENSUING IMMIGRATION.
</head>
<p>
On the 29th of June, 1851, the steamer Excelsior (called by the Indians the Buck boat, from the antlered head of a deer which decorated its prow) transported the treaty commissioners, Hon. Luke Lea and Governor Ramsey, with their attendants and supplies, to Traverse des Sioux, where at sunrise on the morning of the 30th they arrived. On the 20th of July the Benjamin Franklin, No. 1, carried to the same place a party of St. Paul people to witness the famous treaty then in progress. The
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0162">
0162
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
138
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
third and only other boat to ascend the Minnesota this year was the Uncle Toby, which on October 7th conveyed to Traverse des Sioux the first load of Indian goods under the new treaty.
</p>
<p>
During the fall and winter following this treaty there was a great rush of settlers into the Minnesota valley, and before the spring of 1852 a series of town sites lined the banks of the river from St. Paul to the mouth of the Blue Earth, a distance by water of a hundred and fifty miles. These embryo towns were at once in dire need of communication with the civilized world, that they might be accessible to the swarms of settlers ever pressing westward, and that those locating in them might have their wants supplied.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
STEAMBOAT TRAFFIC, 1852 TO 1871.
</head>
<p>
Among the proprietors of the townsite of Mankato were Henry Jackson and Col. D. A. Robertson, both influential business men of St. Paul. Through their efforts the steamer Tiger, under Captain Maxwell, was induced to make three trips to the remote Blue Earth town in the spring of 1852. She left St. Paul on her first journey April 21st, and returned on the 25th of the same month. Her second and third trips were made on April 28th and May 18th. Each time she carried a full load of passengers and freight for Mankato and intermediate points. The Minnesota now becoming too low for navigation, the Tiger went elsewhere.
</p>
<p>
In the meantime, by an act of Congress passed June 8th, 1852, this river, which heretofore the whites had called the St. Peter&apos;s, had its ancient Sioux name, Minnesota, restored to it. The mid-summer rains restored to it, also, its navigable condition, and Colonel Robertson succeeded in chartering the Black Hawk to make three trips to Mankato during July. The Black Hawk was a stern-wheel boat, just built the winter before at Rock Island, and was well adapted for the Minnesota trade, being 130 feet long with a 21-foot beam, and drawing only 17 inches of water. She had thirty state rooms, with berths for sixty passengers, and was capable of carrying 130 tons. Her captain was W. P. Hall, and her clerk W. Z. Dalzell. She left St. Paul on her first voyage up the Minnesota on the third of July, having on board, besides freight, forty passengers, fifteen of whom were booked to Mankato. The boat arrived there on the morning of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0163">
0163
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
139
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
the 5th, and returned the next day to St. Paul. On the 12th and 21st of July the Black Hawk departed on her second and third trips to Mankato, and during the same season she made two trips to Babcock&apos;s Landing, just opposite the present city of St. Peter, and one to Traverse des Sioux.
</p>
<p>
The Jennie Lind also entered the Minnesota trade this year, and during July made one trip to Babcock&apos;s Landing, one to Traverse des Sioux, and one to Holmes&apos; Landing (now Shakopee). The steamer Enterprise also went as far as Little rapids, making in all thirteen departures from the St. Paul wharf during this very first year of traffic with white settlers.
</p>
<p>
The first boat to enter the Minnesota in 1853 was the Greek Slave, a new boat built especially for this river by Captain Louis Robert. She left St. Paul on April 4th with 150 passengers, besides a full load of freight, and on the 7th arrived at Traverse des Sioux and Mankato. Another boat to enter the trade this year was the Clarion, a small stern-wheel vessel of seventy-two and one-half tons burden, owned by Captain Humbertson. On her first voyage she carried an excursion to Traverse des Sioux, where she arrived on April 22nd.
</p>
<p>
Two events of 1853, of much importance in the development of the Minnesota river trade, were the establishing upon its head waters of the Sioux Agencies and the erection in their vicinity of Fort Ridgely. The necessity thus created, of transporting to such a distance up the river the large quantity of supplies required annually by both soldier and Indian, gave an impetus for years to the steamboat traffic of the Minnesota.
</p>
<p>
The West Newton, Captain D. S. Harris, secured the contract to convey the troops with their baggage from Fort Snelling to the new post. She was a small packet, 150 feet long and of 300 tons burden, and had been bought the summer before by the Harris brothers to compete with the Nominee in the Mississippi river trade. She left Fort Snelling on Wednesday, the 27th day of April, 1853, having on board two companies of the Sixth U. S. Regiment, in command of Captains Dana and Monroe. To help carry the baggage, she had two barges in tow. The Tiger had also departed from, St. Paul on the 25th, and the Clarion on the 26th, each with a couple of barges in tow, heavily loaded with supplies for the new fort and the agencies. The West Newton, being the swiftest boat, passed the Clarion at
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0164">
0164
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
140
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Henderson, and the Tiger near the Big Cottonwood, and thence to the site of the new fort at the mouth of Rock creek, was the first steamer to disturb the waters of our sky-tinted river.
</p>
<p>
The Minnesota this year remained navigable all summer, and a number of boats ascended it to Fort Ridgely and the Lower Sioux Agency, while others went to Mankato and other points. The passenger travel, as well as the freight trade, was excellent. On two successive trips in July, the little Clarion carried 150 passengers at a time, and other boats were equally crowded. In September two St. Paul gentlemen, C. D. Fillmore and William Constans, bought each a small boat for the Minnesota trade. Mr. Fillmore&apos;s boat, the Humboldt, started on her first trip on the 13th of that month; and on the 24th followed Mr. Constans&apos; boat, the Iola.
</p>
<p>
In all there were forty-nine boat arrivals in 1853 from the Minnesota river at the St. Paul wharf. The names of the boats, and the number of trips made by each, so far as known, were as follows: Greek Slave, 4 trips; Clarion, 16; Tiger, 13; Black Hawk, 8; West Newton, 1; Shenandoah, 3; Humboldt, 2; Iola, 2. The Greek Slave opened the season on the 4th of April, and the Iola closed it on the 2nd of November.
</p>
<p>
The winter of 1853&ndash;4 was mild and open and the river broke up early, but without the usual freshet, for there had been but little snow. The Greek Slave was the first boat on the Minnesota again in 1854, and her first trip was an excursion to Shakopee on the 21st of March. The Humboldt followed her in a day or two, and during March and April made about a dozen trips, but owing to low water did not get above the rapids more than once or twice. The Greek Slave only attempted one trip up the Minnesota, this being in April.
</p>
<p>
The success of the prior season had awakened in the boatmen great expectations for this year, and much preparation for it was made during the winter, but all was doomed to disappointment. Captain Samuel Humbertson, who the year before had been the most active in the trade, and who had started above the mouth of the Blue Earth the townsite of South Bend, which he hoped would become the chief city of the valley, during the winter sold his little Clarion, and built for himself at Belle Vernon, Pa., on the Monongahela river, a fine new boat 170 feet
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0165">
0165
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
141
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
long, with thirty-eight well furnished state rooms. He christened her the Minnesota Belle, and, loading her full with immigrants, intended mostly for his new town, on May 3rd started up the Minnesota. To the captain&apos;s great chagrin, his new boat failed to climb the Little rapids, near Carver, and he abandoned the river, townsite and all, in disgust.
</p>
<p>
A rainfall a few days later, however, swelled the river sufficiently for the Black Hawk to reach Traverse des Sioux on the 20th day of May. For some time, and until after July 20th, the Iola and the Montello ran with fair regularity between the Little rapids and Traverse, supplementing the Black Hawk, Humboldt, and other boats, plying below the rapids.
</p>
<p>
Large keel boats, denominated barges, propelled after the ancient method by a crew of men with poles, became common on the river this year. Andrew G. Myrick placed two of these barges on the river in charge of the Russell boys. These vessels were from 50 to 60 feet long, 10 to 12 feet wide, and with sides four to five feet high, along the top of which was fastened a plank walk, for the use of the pole men. A small low cabin for the cook was built in the stern, and during foul weather a big tarpaulin was spread over the goods. A full crew consisted of a captain, who also acted as steersman, ten to a dozen pole men, and a cook. With a fair stage of water the usual speed up stream was twelve to fourteen miles a day, but if sandbars or rapids interfered a mile or two would be a hard day&apos;s journey. Down stream, however, they would travel much faster. Most of the supplies for Fort Ridgely and the Sioux Agencies, as well as for all up river towns, had to be transported this year in such barges.
</p>
<p>
The total steamboat arrivals from the Minnesota at St. Paul in 1854 did not exceed thirty, and few of them came from beyond the Little rapids. This, however, does not include trips by the Montello and the Iola between the rapids and points above.
</p>
<p>
The snowfall in the winter of 1854&ndash;5 was again rather meager, and consequently the river continued low during the spring of 1855, though not as low as the prior season. The Globe, a new boat belonging to Louis Robert, with Nelson Robert as captain, was the first steamer, leaving St. Paul on the 8th of April. The Black Hawk, the J. B. Gordon, No. 2, the H. S.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0166">
0166
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
142
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Allen, and the Montello, with the barges Russell and Master, promptly joined in the trade. A fair business was done in April, but during the midsummer months navigation was mostly suspended, because of low water. The fall rains caused quite a freshet, and there was a brisk trade again for a month or two, continuing as late as the middle of November. The Time and Tide, Berlin, Equator, and Reveille, had now joined with the other boats in the Minnesota river trade.
</p>
<p>
Louis Robert, having the contract this year to deliver the Sioux annuities, took them up to the Agency late in October in the Globe, of which Edwin Bell was then captain. Within two miles of the landing the boat struck on a rock, and the goods had to be unloaded on the river bank. While Captains Robert and Bell were gone to carry the Indian money, amounting to &dollar;90,000 in gold, to Fort Ridgely, the Indians, who were gathered in force to divide the provisions, carelessly set fire to the dry grass, which was quickly communicated to the pile of goods, and most of them, including fifty kegs of powder, were destroyed.
</p>
<p>
The names of boats engaged in the Minnesota river trade during this year 1855, and the number of trips taken by each from St. Paul, were as follows: Globe, 14 trips; Black Hawk, 13; Berlin, 13; Time and Tide, 8; H. S. Allen, 22; J. B. Gordon, No. 2, 28; Equator, 6; Reveille, 3; Montello, 1; and Shenandoah, 1. The total of the trips definitely recorded is thus 109. The Humboldt also ran on this river in the years 1854 to 1856. The first to enter had been the Globe on April 8th, and she was the last to leave on the 16th of November.
</p>
<p>
An event of 1855 which tended to stimulate the commerce of the Minnesota for some years, was the removal of over 2,000 Winnebagoes from the upper Mississippi to a reservation near Mankato.
</p>
<p>
A good fall of snow during the winter of 1855&ndash;6 caused an abundant supply of water in the river next spring. The navigation of the Minnesota for the season of 1856 was opened on April loth by the Reveille, a stern-wheel packet, in command of Captain R. M. Spencer. Four days later, the Globe, with Nelson Robert as captain, departed from St. Paul for the same river, and she was followed the next day by the H. S. Allen.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0167">
0167
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
143
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The Reveille was considered a fast traveler, and as art instance of her speed it is recorded that on her second trip of this year she left St. Paul at 2 p. m. on Thursday, April 17th, with 132 passengers and a full load of freight, and arrived at Mankato by Saturday; and that leaving the latter place at 5 a. m. the next day, she reached St. Paul by 8 p.m. that evening, after having made twenty-four landings on the way.
</p>
<p>
On the 5th of May, the Reveille landed at Mankato a company of settlers numbering two or three hundred, known as the Mapleton Colony; and the following Saturday (May 10th) the H. T. Yeatman landed at South Bend a company of Welsh settlers from Ohio, numbering 121 souls. The Yeatman was a large stern-wheel boat, about the largest that ascended the Minnesota, and this was her first trip. She continued in the trade only a few weeks, while the water was high. Her captain was Samuel G. Cabbell. Regular trips were made this year by several boats to Fort Ridgely and the Lower Sioux Agency, and some ascended to the Upper Agency, at the mouth of the Yellow Medicine river.
</p>
<p>
The time table of Louis Robert&apos;s fine packet, the Time and Tide, issued for this season, shows the distance from St. Paul to Yellow Medicine to be 446 miles. To an old settler, who actually traveled on a Minnesota river steamboat in those early days, the idea of a time table may seem rather amusing; for if there was anything more uncertain as to its coming and going, or more void of any idea of regularity, than a steamboat, the old time traveler never heard of it. Now stopping in some forest glen for wood, now tangled in the overhanging boughs of a tree with one or both smoke-stacks demolished, now fast for hours on some sandbar, and now tied up to a tree to repair the damage done by some snag, while the passengers sat on the bank telling stories, or went hunting, or feasted on the luscious wild strawberries or juicy plums which grew abundantly in the valley, were common occurrences in steamboat travel. Many a pioneer remembers the Time and Tide, and how its jolly captain, Louis Robert, would sing out with sonorous voice, when the boat was about to start, &ldquo;All aboard! Time and Tide waits for no man,&rdquo; and then add, with a sly twinkle in his eye, &ldquo;and only a few minutes
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0168">
0168
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
144
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
for a woman.&rdquo; Though we of today may think such method of travel tedious, yet it had many pleasant features, and to the people of that time, unaccustomed to the &ldquo;flyers&rdquo; and &ldquo;fast mails&rdquo; of today, it seemed quite satisfactory.
</p>
<p>
The names of the boats which left the St. Paul wharf in 1856 for the Minnesota river, and the number of trips taken by each, were as follows: Equator, 46 trips; Reveille, 40; Globe, 34; Wave, 29; Minnesota, 20; Clarion, 12; Time and Tide, 12: Berlin, 10; and H. T. Yeatman, 4. The total trips so recorded are 207, being an increase of nearly a hundred over the preceding year. The steamboats H. S. Allen and Humboldt were also on the Mississippi river this year.
</p>
<p>
The season of 1857 opened auspiciously with a good stage of water in the Minnesota. The Equator, a well built packet of fair size in charge of Captain Sencerbox, was the first boat. She left St. Paul for Mankato on the morning of April 12th with a full load of passengers and freight. She was followed the next day by the Clarion, which had been bought the year before by Captain O. D. Keep and brought back to the Minnesota, where she had done such good service in 1853 under Captain Humbertson. Captain Keep and his clerk, John C. Hoffman, resided in the vicinity of Shakopee, and they kept the Clarion in the Minnesota trade until she sank near the St. Paul levee two or three years later.
</p>
<p>
Two fine new boats, destined to do much service on the Minnesota, entered this year. They were the Frank Steele, a splendid side-wheel packet owned by Commodore Davidson, and the Jeannette Roberts, a large stern-wheel packet owned by Captain Louis Robert. The Antelope, a small craft which Captain Houghton ran regularly for years between St. Paul and Chaska, began her career this season. Other important boats which engaged in the Minnesota trade this year for the first time were the Medora, J. Bissell, Isaac Shelby, Fire Canoe, and Red Wing, all good sized packets, especially the last two.
</p>
<p>
During the spring of this year steamboating on the Minnesota was unusually brisk. Eighteen boats arrived at St. Peter during a single week in May, and by June 1st thirty-four boats had passed that town for points above. It was no unusual occurrence
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0169">
0169
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
145
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
to see two or three boats unloading at once at the Mankato wharf.
</p>
<p>
The names of the boats which left the St. Paul wharf this year 1857 for the Minnesota, and the number of trips made by each, were as follows: Antelope, 105 trips; Jeannette Roberts, 40; Isaac Shelby, 36; Medora, 29; Frank Steele, 20; Equator, 14; Time and Tide, 13; Clarion, 12; Minnesota, 8; Ocean Wave, 6; J. Bissell, 5; Red Wing, 3; and Fire Canoe, 1. The total trips were 292, an increase of 85 from the year before. The last boat was the Antelope which arrived at St. Paul on the 14th of November.
</p>
<p>
The winter of 1857&ndash;8 proved very mild, and the river broke up unusually early. The first boat to leave St. Paul for the Minnesota was the Jeannette Roberts, Captain Thimens, on March 20th, but the Medora, Captain Charles T. Hinde, following in a short time, passed her before reaching Shakopee. In doing so, the boats rubbed too close together, and one of the Medora&apos;s wheels was injured, so that she had to tie up an hour or two for repairs. She managed again to overtake and pass the Jeannette while the latter was unloading at Traverse des Sioux, and reached Mankato as the first boat on the morning of March 22nd, followed there an hour or two later by the Jeannette.
</p>
<p>
Notwithstanding that there had been hardly any snow the previous winter, the heavy spring, and summer rains kept the river in a good navigable condition, and boats of the size of the Frank Steele and Isaac Shelby were able to ascend to Mankato late into September. The Freighter was the only new boat to engage in the Minnesota trade.
</p>
<p>
This spring J. R. Cleveland and C. F. Butterfield built a barge at Mankato 75 feet long by 12 feet wide and 4 feet high, which they christined &ldquo;The Minneopa.&rdquo; It was employed by Mr. Cleveland during the period of low water for many years in the Mankato traffic. It was operated in the old way, by a poling crew, and it usually took two weeks to make the trip to St. Paul and back to Mankato.
</p>
<p>
There were 179 steamboat arrivals at Mankato this year, counting those arriving from points above as well as from below; the former, though, did not exceed 25 or 30.
<lb>
10
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0170">
0170
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
146
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The list of the boats engaged in the Minnesota trade this year, 1858, and the number of trips made by each, as shown by the St. Paul wharfmaster&apos;s book, are as follows: Antelope, 201 trips; Frank Steele, 54; Jeannette Roberts, 35; Time and Tide, 30; Freighter, 18; Isaac Shelby, 16; Ocean Wave, 12; Clarion, 11; Medora, 8; Fire Canoe, 6; and Minnesota, 3. The total recorded trips were thus 394, an increase of 102 over the year before. The steamboats Belfast and Equator and the barge Minneopa also plied on the river this year, but the number of their trips cannot be given.
</p>
<p>
In 1859, the river broke up early after a mild winter, and the Freighter arrived at Makanto, the first boat, on March 27th, having left St. Paul two days before. An abundant rainfall kept the river in good navigable condition its entire length through most of the season. The Favorite, an excellent sidewheel packet of good size, built expressly for the Minnesota trade by Commodore Davidson, entered as a new boat this spring.
</p>
<p>
As the water was quite high in the upper Minnesota, Captain John B. Davis of the Freighter conceived the idea of crossing his boat over from the Minnesota to Big Stone lake and thence to the Red river, and accordingly about the last of June he attempted the feat. Whether the crew found too much whiskey at New Ulm or the boat found too little water on the divide, authorities differ, but all agree that the captain and his crew came home in a canoe about the last of July, passing Mankato on the 25th of the month, having left his steamboat in dry dock near the Dakota line. The Freighter was a small, flat-bottomed, square-bowed boat. The Indians pillaged her of everything but the hull, and that, half buried in the sand about ten miles below Big Stone lake, remained visible for twenty or thirty years. The captain always claimed that if he had started a month earlier his attempt would have been successful.
</p>
<table entity="p0170">
<caption>
<p>
The steamboat arrivals at Mankato this year were in total 131, as follows:
</p>
</caption>
<tabletext>
<cell>
From St. Paul
</cell>
<cell>
From the West
</cell>
<cell>
Favorite
</cell>
<cell>
44
</cell>
<cell>
4
</cell>
<cell>
Jeannette Roberts
</cell>
<cell>
31
</cell>
<cell>
8
</cell>
<cell>
Frank Steele
</cell>
<cell>
19
</cell>
<cell>
11
</cell>
<cell>
Freighter
</cell>
<cell>
2
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Ocean Wave
</cell>
<cell>
2
</cell>
<cell>
2
</cell>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0171">
0171
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
147
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<cell>
Time and Tide
</cell>
<cell>
2
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Isaac Shelby
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Belfast
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Total
</cell>
<cell>
102
</cell>
<cell>
29
</cell>
</tabletext>
</table>
<p>
The total arrivals from the Minnesota at the St. Paul wharf were 300, which included some boats, like the Antelope, which did not come to Mankato at all. Navigation continued this year until quite late, the last boat to pass down over the Little rapids being the Jeannette Roberts on the 6th of November.
</p>
<p>
In 1860, the Minnesota again broke up quite early and the first boat, the Time and Tide, left St. Paul March 19th, reaching St. Peter on March 21st, and Mankato the next morning. The river was quite low this spring and none of the larger boats were able to ascend it. A number of small boats of light draft were, however, put into the trade instead, such as the Little Dorrit, the Eolian, which Captain Davidson had succeeded in raising the fall before from the bottom of lake Pepin where she had lain since the spring of 1858, and the Albany, a small new boat of very light draft which Captain Davidson had built the winter before expressly for the Minnesota in low water. The Jeannette Roberts managed to get up as far as Mankato a few times, and once in July, when there was a small freshet, even to the Sioux Agency. After a little rainfall in June, the Time and Tide, the Favorite, and the Frank Steele, came up as far as St. Peter for a trip or two. Most of the time, however, the Albany, which the old settlers used to say only required a light dew to run in, was the only boat which could float at all above the Little rapids. For a time she supplemented the Favorite at the rapids, but finally the water got so low that navigation suspended entirely, except that the little Antelope kept her trips to Shakopee and Chaska. Cleveland&apos;s barges (for now he had two of them) had the monopoly of the Minnesota river traffic for the most of the season. They could carry ten or twelve tons each, and were kept busy until the river closed in November. There were only 250 steamboat arrivals at St. Paul from the Minnesota this year, and the Antelope made 198 of these.
</p>
<p>
The spring of 1861 opened with a big flood in the Minnesota. The first boat, the Albany, left St. Paul on March 30th, and arrived at Mankato the 1st of April. She was officered by
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0172">
0172
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
148
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
J. V. Webber, captain (who was now the owner, having purchase chased her from the Davidson company in March), Warren Goulden, first clerk, and Moses Gates, engineer. It was claimed by the older Indians and traders that the upper Minnesota was higher this spring than it had been since 1821. In April the Jeannette Roberts ascended farther up the river by two miles than any steamboat had ever done before, and might easily have accomplished what the Freighter attempted and failed to do in 1859, to wit, pass over into the Red river, if she had tried; for the two rivers were united by their high flood between lakes Big Stone and Traverse.
</p>
<p>
This season the Minnesota Packet Company, of which Captain Orren Smith was president, put two first class boats, the City Belle and Fanny Harris, into the river to compete with the Davidson and Robert lines. The Fanny Harris, on her first trip, which occurred during the second week in April, went to Fort Ridgely, and brought down Major (afterwards General) Thomas W. Sherman and his battery to quell the southern rebellion, which had just started. With her also went the Favorite and brought down Major (afterwards General) John C. Pemberton, with his command of eighty soldiers, the most of whom, being southern men, were much in sympathy with their seceding brethren.
</p>
<p>
The City Belle made her first appearance at St. Peter and Mankato on May 18th, under command of Captain A. T. Chamblin. She was a fine side-wheel packet, and about the largest boat that ever entered the Minnesota trade. The river, though high in the spring, did not continue so very long, and by the last of June became so low that navigation above the rapids had to be suspended.
</p>
<p>
The arrivals at St. Peter and Mankato from below numbered 66, as follows: Albany, 22 trips; Favorite, 18; City Belle, 10; Jeannette Roberts, 9; Eolian, 4; Frank Steele, 2; and Fanny Harris, 1.
</p>
<p>
Boats below the rapids, however, continued to run the most of the season, and the total arrivals at St. Paul from the Minnesota were 318.
</p>
<p>
The barges of Captain Cleveland were kept busy in the traffic between Mankato and points below. The first shipment of wheat in bulk from the Minnesota was made in June of this
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0173">
0173
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
149
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
year, 1861, on one of these barges. It comprised 4,000 bushels, and was taken direct to La Crosse. Heretofore it had been shipped in sacks. Wheat had now become the principal export of the valley. During the earlier years nearly all the freight traffic on the river had been imported, but by this time the export of grains had grown to be an important item. With so many Indians in the valley the shipment of furs, which at first had been about the only export of the country, still continued valuable; but furs, because of their small bulk, cut but little figure in the boating business. This year the value of the furs from the Sioux Agencies was &dollar;48,416; and from the Winnebago country &dollar;11,600.
</p>
<p>
The spring of 1862 witnessed another great flood in the Minnesota, and navigation was opened by the Albany. She only got as far as St. Peter on her first voyage, arriving there on April 3rd, and reaching Mankato on her second trip on the 13th. The Pomeroy, an excellent new boat, was put into the trade this spring by the Davidson company. Two small boats, the Clara Hines and G. H. Wilson, entered the Minnesota also for the first time this spring. Messrs. Stagg and Handy of St. Paul put a small boat called &ldquo;New Ulm Belle,&rdquo; which they built with the machinery of the Clarion, also into the Minnesota, traffic, in charge of Captain Scott. The Favorite, officered by Edwin Bell, captain, and N. B. Hatcher, clerk, and the Jeannette Roberts, officered by Nelson Robert, captain, and Jack Reaney, clerk, were active in the trade this year as usual.
</p>
<table entity="p0173">
<caption>
<p>
The register of boat arrivals at Mankato for the year shows a total of 70, as follows:
</p>
</caption>
<tabletext>
<cell>
From below
</cell>
<cell>
From above
</cell>
<cell>
Albany
</cell>
<cell>
19
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Jeannette Roberts
</cell>
<cell>
13
</cell>
<cell>
8
</cell>
<cell>
Favorite
</cell>
<cell>
9
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Clara Hines
</cell>
<cell>
8
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Pomeroy
</cell>
<cell>
6
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Ariel
</cell>
<cell>
2
</cell>
<cell>
G. H. Wilson
</cell>
<cell>
1
</cell>
<cell>
Total
</cell>
<cell>
58
</cell>
<cell>
12
</cell>
</tabletext>
</table>
<p>
The length of the period of navigation, from April 13th to July 20th, was three months and seven days. Wheat shipped
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0174">
0174
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
150
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
from Mankato on these boats amounted to 62,000 bushels, and 8,000 bushels were shipped from South Bend.
</p>
<p>
Below the rapids, navigation continued until late in November, and the total arrivals at the St. Paul wharf from the Minnesota were 413, the largest record in the river&apos;s history. The fall navigation may have been slightly stimulated by the requirements of the Sioux war. Immediately on news of the outbreak, the Favorite, under Captain Bell, carried the first soldiers of General Sibley&apos;s command, with such arms and ammunition as could be hastily gathered at Fort Snelling and St. Paul, to the defense of the frontier, taking them to Shakopee and one company as far as the Little rapids.
</p>
<p>
The Jeanette Roberts was the first boat in 1863. She arrived in Mankato on April 3rd, and was there greeted by the entire population of the town, including about 1,000 soldiers, who made the echoes ring with their cheers. It was customary in those steamboat days for young and old, male and female, in every town along the river, at the deep baying sound of the first whistle to gather at the levee to welcome the first boat. To the lonely pioneer, the vigils of a long winter in the wilderness were trying, and the arrival of the first boat was an important event in his life, when he heard from his childhood home and the outside world, and when his exhausted larder would be replenished and a few relishes would relieve the monotonous round of corn cake.
</p>
<p>
Much of the traffic this year consisted in transporting troops and supplies in connection with the Sioux war. The Favorite, the winter before, had been lengthened by cutting her in two and inserting a piece thirty feet long into the middle, just ahead of the machinery and wheels. This materially increased the boat&apos;s capacity, but rather spoiled her appearance. She was taken entirely into the Government service this season, and one of her first duties was the transportation of the 270 condemned Sioux from their Mankato prison to their new quarters at Davenport, Iowa. They left Mankato on April 22nd, and the forty-eight acquitted Indians with fifteen or twenty squaws, who had been acting as cooks, went with them.
</p>
<p>
During the winter, under the religious instruction of the missionaries, Williamson, Riggs, and Pond, a wonderful transformation had occurred in these wild savages of a few months
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0175">
0175
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
151
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
before,&mdash;a transformation that proved sincere and lasting,&mdash;and as they sailed down the river, they sang religious hymns in their native tongue. Affecting, indeed, was the scene, as in passing Fort Snelling and St. Paul, where their squaws and papooses were imprisoned, they sang their favorite hymn, &ldquo;Have Mercy upon us, O Jehovah,&rdquo; to the tune of Old Hundred.
</p>
<p>
In May the Winnebagoes were to be removed from Blue Earth county to their new agency in Nebraska, and on the evening of the 8th of this month the Pomeroy and Eolian arrived at Mankato to take part in the transportation of this tribe. Eleven hundred of them had already pitched their tepees in what was called Camp Porter, on the river bank just back of where now stands the Hubbard and Palmer mill in Mankato. A few days before, a party of them had killed two Sioux who were visiting their agency, and, stretching their scalps on a couple of hoops decked with colored ribbons and fastened to poles, they paraded the streets with them. On this night of May 8th, from sundown to sunrise, the people of Mankato were regaled with the tom-tom music and savage yells of the scalp dance. On Saturday, May 9th, they began to embark, 405 going on the Pomeroy, and 355 on the Eolian. Both boats started from the Mankato wharf at two o&apos;clock in the afternoon. Conspicuous on the Pomeroy&apos;s hurricane deck were planted the poles bearing the two Sioux scalps, around which sat, first, the war party of about twenty young bucks, half naked, their bodies daubed with mud and paint, and with wreaths of green weeds and grass on their heads, and next to them squatted a number of other warriors, all chanting in time with two or three tom-toms a monotonous &ldquo;He-ah, he-ah,&rdquo; as they journeyed down the river,&mdash;a scene quite in contrast with that presented by their Sioux brethren on their departure two weeks before. The next day, the Favorite took 338 of the remaining Winnebagoes, and on the 14th the Pomeroy came after the last of them. In all there were 1,856 removed.
</p>
<p>
Besides the traffic incident to military operations, there were shipped from Mankato alone over 60,000 bushels of wheat this spring. The Prairie du Chien Railway Company put a new boat, named the Flora, into the Minnesota river trade this season. She was a stern-wheeler of about the size of the Jeannette Roberts.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0176">
0176
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
152
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The summer of 1863 was exceptionally dry, and though boats were able in May to ascend to Camp Pope, twenty-five miles above Fort Ridgely, by the middle of June the river had fallen so that all steamboat traffic above the rapids was suspended.
</p>
<p>
The imperative need of freight transportation in the valley became yearly more insistent, and the inability of steamboats to meet the demand, especially in periods of drouth, caused a great increase this summer in the use of barges, amounting to a new departure in the river traffic. Hereafter, instead of carrying freight in large steamers, it was found much more expedient to carry it in strings of barges drawn by small tug-boats. Among others, Messrs. Temple and Beaupre of St. Paul put four barges into the Minnesota traffic to ship freight from Mankato and points between it and the Little rapids to Prairie du Chien. The total steamboat arrivals from the Minnesota this year at the St. Paul wharf were 177.
</p>
<p>
During the winter of 1863&ndash;4 the Davidson Company built a fine new packet, about 150 feet long, for the Minnesota river trade, which, in honor of the thriving town of the mouth of the Blue Earth, they christened &ldquo;The Mankato.&rdquo; The citizens of that municipality, in appreciation of the compliment, purchased a fine silk flag to present to the boat on her first arrival; but unfortunately that opportunity did not come until a year later, for during 1864 about the only boat which reached Mankato was the Jeannette Roberts on April 16th.
</p>
<p>
The barge traffic flourished, however, in spite of the low water, and steamboats were used on the lower Minnesota. The total arrivals of steamboats at St. Paul from the Minnesota this year were 166; and of barges, 82.
</p>
<p>
In January, 1865, the state legislature appropriated &dollar;3,000 to improve the Minnesota river; and Major E. P. Evans, of Blue Earth county, and John Webber, of Ottawa, Le Sueur county, were appointed commissioners to oversee the work. Accordingly in February Major Evans with a force of fifty men cleared the river of snags, and later they made other improvements, which aided navigation considerably.
</p>
<p>
By the spring of 1865 the severe drouth of the last two years was broken. The first boat to leave St. Paul for the Minnesota
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0177">
0177
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
153
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
was the Ariel on the second of April. She arrived at St. Peter on the 3rd, and at Mankato on the 4th.
</p>
<p>
Among the new boats to enter the Minnesota this year were the Mollie Mohler, Julia, G. H. Gray, Otter, Mankato, Lansing, General Sheridan, and Hudson. The Mollie Mohler had been built the winter before for the Minnesota river trade; she was 125 feet long, and had accommodations for fifty-six cabin passengers. Her captain was George Houghton. The Julia was a stern-wheel boat, built the same winter by the Northwestern Packet Company expressly for the Minnesota trade. Her length was 141 feet, her beam 28 feet, and her total capacity 300 tons, although drawing only seventeen inches of water. Jack Reaney, for years the popular clerk of the Jeannette Roberts, was her captain. The G. H. Gray was built in the spring of 1863 on the St. Croix. She was 139 feet long, 19 feet wide, and drew fourteen inches of water.
</p>
<p>
The trade this year was quite brisk as long as the season lasted. The boats were able to reach St. Peter and Manktao for about two months in the spring, and by reshipping at the Little rapids were able to get to the rapids just below St. Peter for two or three weeks later.
</p>
<p>
During the season, the number of steamboat arrivals at St. Paul from Carver and the Little rapids was 150; and from points above the rapids as far as from Mankato, 40. A few trips were also made to the upper Minnesota. The total arrivals from this river at St. Paul in 1865 was 195. This of course does not embrace trips made by the Albany and other boats between the rapids and points above. Twenty barges, each loaded with 200 barrels of lime from Shakopee, and 97 barges loaded with wood, averaging 40 cords each, from various points in the valley, also arrived at the St. Paul wharf. No records of the wheat barges were kept, as they generally carried their cargoes to La Crosse or Prairie du Chien, but they were quite numerous.
</p>
<p>
In 1866 the first boat to arrive at St. Peter and Mankato was the Chippewa Falls, on the 15th of April. The Minnesota, a splendid packet built the winter before at Cincinnati, entered for the first time this season. The principal boats engaged this year in the traffic were the Julia, Mankato, Mollie Mohler, Stella
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0178">
0178
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
154
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Whipple, Albany, Otter, Pioneer, Tiber, and Pearl. By the 16th of June there had been 38 arrivals at Mankato, which number during the season was swelled to 50, having a total capacity of 3,750 tons.
</p>
<p>
The barge trade by this year had grown to immense proportions, over 175 barges being used. The Tiber towed out of the Minnesota and down the Mississippi at one load a string of barges carrying bushels of wheat. Some of the barges were of great size. Among the largest was one owned by Captain Davidson, called &ldquo;Little Mac,&rdquo; which was 142 feet long by 25 feet in width, of 114 tons burden
</p>
<p>
The wheat shipments from the principal points in the Minnesota valley during 1866 amounted to 688,641 bushels; as follows: From Belle Plaine, 45,000 bushels; Faxon, 12,600; Henderson, 29,400; Le Sueur, 22,000; Ottawa, 5,000; St. Peter, 68,850; Mankato, 190,000; South Bend, 25,000; Shakopee, 106,791; Carver, 80,000; and Chaska, 104,000.
</p>
<p>
The navigation this year, however, was quite poor, owing to low water through most of the season. A United States survey of the river was made during the summer with a view to improving it.
</p>
<p>
The arrivals at the St. Paul wharf from the Minnesota in 1866 were only about 100. The decrease was probably due to two causes, first the construction to Belle Plaine of the St. Paul and Sioux City railroad, which cut off most of the boat traffic on the lower and most navigable portion of the river; and, second, that most of the freight was now being carried in barges which having no occasion to stop in St. Paul, passed down the Mississippi without being registered in the St. Paul wharfmaster&apos;s books.
</p>
<p>
The year 1867 was exceptionally good for boating, as a fine stage of water continued during the entire season The first boat to land at Mankato was the Chippewa Falls on the 18th of April.
</p>
<p>
During the summer and until the first of September, the Mollie Mohler, Captain H. W. Holmes, made daily trips between Mankato and Belle Plaine, a distance of 175 miles, making close connections at the latter place with the St. Paul trains She would leave Mankato every morning at 8 o&apos;clock and arrive at Belle Plaine about 4 o&apos;clock in the afternoon, and then leave
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0179">
0179
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
155
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Belle Plaine on her return journey at 6 o&apos;clock p. m. and reach Mankato by sunrise. As indicative of her speed, she would at times make the trip from Mankato to St. Peter, a distance of 30 miles, in one hour and twenty minutes; and as evidence of the abundant water in the rivers this season, the Mollie on the 9th of June ascended the Blue Earth and Le Sueur rivers to the Red Jacket mills, situated about where now the Milwaukee railway crosses the latter stream, and carried hence 425 barrels of flour. Up to September, when the Mollie Mohler retired, there had been 166 steamboat arrivals at Mankato, of which the Mollie had made 87.
</p>
<p>
After this the Otter ran quite regularly until the 30th of October, making two or three trips a week, and the Ellen Hardy and Mankato made a few trips, while the Ariel made regular trips between Mankato and St. Peter and the railroad terminus, until the river closed about the 10th of November.
</p>
<p>
Congress had made an appropriation of &dollar;7,000 this year towards the improvement of the river, and in July bids were received by Gen. G. K. Warren, government engineer, on two proposed contracts for such improvement, one covering the first section, reaching from the Redwood to Mankato, and the other for the second section, extending from Mankato to the Little rapids. Not much came of this river improvement project, and it was soon abandoned, as the advent of railroads into the valley rendered it unnecessary.
</p>
<p>
The principal river casualty of 1867 was the sinking of the Julia two miles below Mankato on the morning of the 10th of May. She struck a snag as she was coming up the river under a full head of steam, well loaded with passengers and freight, and sank in twelve feet of water. None of the passengers were injured, and nearly all the freight was recovered, but the boat itself was a wreck. Her machinery and upper deck were eventually removed, but the hull lies in the sands of the Minnesota to this day.
</p>
<p>
In 1868, the Chippewa Falls was again the first boat at St. Peter and Mankato, arriving at the latter place on the 31st of March. Navigation was not nearly as good this year as the year before, yet by the first of May there had been over 50 steamboat arrivals at Mankato. No new boat, as far as known, entered the river this year; and quite a few of the boats prominent
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0180">
0180
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
156
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
in the trade the prior season had disappeared, among them the well known Mollie Mohler and Jeannette Roberts. Most of the trade was confined to points above the terminus of the railroad, which by October had reached Mankato, the first passenger coach on the St. Paul and Sioux City road arriving there on the 6th of that month.
</p>
<p>
The first boat to reach Mankato in 1869 was the Ellen Hardy on the 18th of April. The Otter, St. Anthony Falls, Pioneer, Tiger, and our old friend, the Jeannette Roberts, were engaged in the Minnesota trade this season, besides the Ellen Hardy. The business men of New Ulm this spring, seeing no immediate prospect of a railroad for their town, bought the little steamer Otter for &dollar;3,000, and put her into the trade between New Ulm and Mankato, where she made regular trips twice to three times a week. Her average load of freight used to be 3,000 bushels of wheat. A number of trips were made to Redwood. The navigation continued until rather late. On November 3rd, there were three boats unloading at once at the Mankato levee: the Pioneer, Otter, and Tiger.
</p>
<p>
The first boat to reach Mankaro in 1870 was the Otter from New Ulm, on April 5th; and the Mankaro on April 13th was the first boat to arrive from St. Paul. During the early spring there was quite a brisk trade; and the smaller boats, like the Tiger and Otter, continued to run even through July and August. The arrivals at Mankato in April and May alone numbered 43; and the total arrivals for the season wore about 80. The Mankato brought down from New Ulm on the 2d of May 17,000 bushels of wheat on one load, and two days later the Dexter brought down in two barges 21,000 bushels. The Otter and Tiger plied mostly between Mankato and New Ulm; while the Mankato, Dexter, and St. Anthony Falls, made frequent trips to St. Paul. As an instance of the speed of the Tiger, it is stated that on May 14th she made the run from Redwood Falls to Mankato in thirteen and a half hours. In the spring of this year the Jeannette Roberts, one of the best known and longest in service of all the Minnesota steamboats, was sold to go to the Wisconsin river trade.
</p>
<p>
Iu 1871 the Otter was the first boat again at Mankato, arriving on April 4th from New Ulm. On April 15th came the Pioneer, the first boat from St. Paul. On April 18th, as the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0181">
0181
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
157
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Mankato was approaching St. Peter on her first trip of the season, she struck a snag a few rods below the present wagon bridge in that city and sank. Her passengers and crew received no harm. After lying in the river channel for over a year, she was finally raised and taken below, never to enter the Minnesota again. The Otter, Pioneer, and Hudson, were busily employed during April and May (which was as long as navigation this year lasted) in carrying wheat and other freight from New Ulm and Redwood to South Bend, where it was transferred to the railroad. It is said of the Otter, that on May 11th of this year she made the run from West Newton to South Bend, a distance of 110 miles, in less than seven hours running time, being the quickest time the journey was ever made by any boat. She brought with her two barges loaded with 2,000 bushels of wheat.
</p>
<p>
With this season ends practically the navigation of the Minnesota river, for the Northwestern railway reached New Ulm this year.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE LAST STEAMBOATS, 1872 TO 1897.
</head>
<p>
The Osceola, Captain Haycock, a small boat, ascended the river as far as Redwood once in the spring of 1872, twice in the spring of 1873, and once in the spring of 1874. The water, however, was quite low each season and navigation difficult. In 1876, on the high water of the spring, the Ida Fulton and Wyman X, came up this river; and ten years later, in 1886, one trip was made by the Alvira. Again for ten years no steamboat was seen on the Minnesota, until, taking advantage of a freshet in April, 1897, Captain E. W. Durant of Stillwater ran his boat, the Henrietta, a stern-wheel vessel 170 feet long, with forty state rooms, on an excursion to Henderson, St. Peter, and Mankato.
</p>
<p>
With the advent of civilization, the surface of the country has been exposed by cultivation so that much of the moisture which in the olden days drained into the creeks and rivers now evaporates, causing all of our streams to shrink to half their former size. Thus it has come to pass that he who sees the Minnesota of today wonders that it was ever a navigable stream. But the old settler who remembers the river in its prime, when it carried on its swelling bosom the commerce of its great valley, can see in the dim vistas of the past a different scene; and many
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0182">
0182
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
158
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
a tale of thrilling interest can he tell of those bygone days, when our sky-tinted river was navigable.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
LISTS OF STEAMBOATS, 1850 TO 1897.
</head>
<p>The following are lists of the steamboats on the Minnesota river for each year, with the names of their captains when known, as compiled from the records of wharfmasters and from newspaper files. The totals of steamboat arrivals at the St. Paul wharf from the Minnesota river are also noted for each year.</p>
<list type="ordered">
<item><p>1850. Anthony Wayne, Capt. Dan Able; Nominee, Capt. Orren Smith; Yankee; Capt. M. K. Harris. Total arrivals, 4.
</p></item>
<item><p>1851. Benjamin Franklin, No. 1. Capt. M. W. Lodwick; Excelsior, Capt. James Ward; Uncle Toby. Total arrivals, 3.
</p></item>
<item><p>1852. Black Hawk, Capt. W. P. Hall; Enterprise; Jenny Lind; Tiger, Capt. O. H. Maxwell. Total arrivals, 13.
</p></item>
<item><p>1853. Black Hawk; Clarion, Capt. Samuel Humbertson; Greek Slave, Capt. Louis Robert; Humboldt; Iola; Shenandoah; Tiger, Capt. Barton; West Newton, Capt. D. S. Harris. Total arrivals, 49.
</p></item>
<item><p>1854. Black Hawk, Capt. W. P. Hall; Globe, Capt. Haycock; Greek Slave, Capt. Louis Robert; Humboldt; Iola, Capt. William H. Sargent; Minnesota Belle, Capt. Samuel Humbertson; Montello; War Eagle. Total arrivals, 30.
</p></item>
<item><p>1855. Berlin; Black Hawk. Capt. O. H. Maxwell; Equator, Capt. Maxwell; Globe, Captains Louis Robert and Edwin Bell; H. S. Allen. Capt. G. W. Farman: Humboldt; J. B. Gordon, No. 2, Capt. Maxwell; Montello; Reveille; Shenandoah; Time and Tide. Total arrivals, 109.
</p></item>
<item><p>1856. Berlin; Clarion, Capt. O. D. Keep; Equator, Capt. O. H. Maxwell: Globe. Capt. Nelson Robert: H. S. Allen, Capt. George D. Martin;; H. T. Yeatman. Capt. Samuel G. Cabbell; Humboldt; Minnesota; Reveille, Capt. R. M. Spencer; Time and Tide, Capt. Louis Robert; Wave. Total arrivals, 207.
</p></item>
<item><p>1857. Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Clarion, Capt. John C. Hoffman; Equator, Captains Marvin and Sencerbox; Fire Canoe; Frank Steele, Capt. Davidson; Isaac Shelby, Capt. Bishop; J. Bissell, Capt. Marvin; Jeannette Roberts. Captains Thimens and Simmons; Medora. Captains Charles T. Hinde and McLagan; Minnesota, Capt. Sencerbox: Ocean Wave; Red Wing; Time and Tide, Capt. Louis Robert. Total arrivals, 292.
</p></item>
<item><p>1858. Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Belfast; Clarion; Equator; Fire Canoe; Frank Steele, Capt. William F. Davidson; Freighter, Capt. John B. Davis; Isaac Shelby, Capt. Bishop: Jeannette Roberts, Capt. Thimens; Medora, Capt. Charles T. Hinde; Minneopa (barge), Capt. J. R. Cleveland; Minnesota; Ocean Wave; Time and Tide, Capt. Nelson Robert. Total arrivals, 394.
</p></item>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0183">
0183
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
159
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<item><p>1859. Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Belfast; Eolian; Favorite, Captains Edwin Bell and Peyton S. Davidson; Frank Steele, Capt. P. S. Davidson; Freighter, and Isaac Shelby, Capt. John B. Davis; Jeannette Roberts, Capt. L. Robert; Minneopa (barge), Capt. J. R. Cleveland; Ocean Wave; Time and Tide, Capt. N. Robert. Total arrivals, 300.
</p></item>
<item><p>1860. Albany, Capt. John V. Webber; Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Eolian, Capt. Thimens; Favorite, Capt. P. S. Davidson; Frank Steele, Capt. N. B. Hatcher; Jeannette Roberts, Captains N. Robert and F. Aymond; Little Dorrit; Minneopa (barge), Capt. Cleveland; Time and Tide, Capt. N. Robert; Victor (barge). Total arrivals, 250.
</p></item>
<item><p>1861. Albany, Capt. Webber; Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Ariel, Capt. James Houghton; City Belle, Capt. A. T. Chamblin; Clara Hines; Eolian; Fanny Harris; Favorite, Capt. P. S. Davidson; Frank Steele; Jeannette Roberts; Victor (barge). Total arrivals, 318.
</p></item>
<item><p>1862. Albany, Capt. Webber; Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Ariel, Capt. James Houghton; Clara Hines; Favorite, Capt. Edwin Bell; G. H. Wilson; Jeannette Roberts, Capt. N. Robert; New Ulm Belle, Capt. Scott; Pomeroy. Total arrivals, 413.
</p></item>
<item><p>1863. Albany, Capt. Webber; Antelope, Capt. George Houghton; Ariel, Capt. James Houghton; Eolian; Favorite; Flora; G. H. Gray; Jeannette Roberts, Capt. N. Roberts; Pomeroy; Stella Whipple. Total arrivals, 177.
</p></item>
<item><p>1864. Albany, Capt. Jones; Ariel, Capt. James Houghton; Express; Firesides, Capt. Joseph Hopkins; Henderson (barge), Capt. Frank Aymond; Jeannette Roberts; Mollie Mohler, Capt. George Houghton: Monitor; St. Cloud, Capt. James Houghton; Stella Whipple, Capt. J. V. Webber; Turtle. Total arrivals, 166.
</p></item>
<item><p>1865. Addie Johnson; Albany, Capt. A. R. Russell; Annie Johnson; Ariel, Capt. H. W. Holmes; Chippewa Falls; Clara Hines, Capt. Spear Spencer; Enterprise, Capt. Merrill; G. H. Gray, Capt. Isaac Gray; G. H. Weeks; G. H. Wilson; General Sheridan; Julia, Capt. John H. Reaney; Hudson; Lansing; Mankato, Capt. J. V. Webber; Mollie Mohler, Capt. George Houghton; Otter, Capt. Bissell; Stella Whipple, Capt. J. Webber; Tiger, Capt. A. R. Young. Total arrivals, 195.
</p></item>
<item><p>1866. Addie Johnson; Albany, Capt. Harry Holmes; Alice; Ariel; Chippewa Falls, Capt. Alex. Griggs; Damsel; Delaware; Enterprise; Flora; G. B. Knapp; G. H. Gray, Capt. Isaac Gray; G. H. Weeks; G. H. Wilson; General Sheridan; Hudson, Capt. Sencerbox; Jennie Baldwin, Capt. George W. Duncan; Julia, Capt. John H. Reaney; Lady Pike; Lansing; Mankato; Minnesota; Mollie Mohler, Capt. Harry W. Holmes; Otter, Capt. Bissell; Pearl; Pioneer; Planet (barge); Stella Whipple, Capt. J. P. Merrill; Tiber, Capt. Andy Miller. Total arrivals, about 100.
</p></item>
<item><p>1867. Ariel; Chippewa Falls; Clipper; Ellen Hardy; Flora; G. B. Knapp; Hudson; Jeannette Roberts; Julia, Capt. John H. Reaney; Mankato; Mollie Mohter, Capt. H. W. Holmes; Otter, St. Anthony Falls, Capt. Aaron Russell; Tiber. Total arrivals of steamboats, 100; of barges, 105.
</p></item>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0184">
0184
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
160
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<item><p>1868. Ariel, Capt. James Houghton; Ben Campbell: Buckeye; Chippewa Falls; Clipper; Cutter, Capt. J. V. Webber; Ellen Hardy, Capt. Russell; Flora; G. H. Wilson; Hudson, Capt. George W. Duncan; Jeannette Roberts, Capt. Robert; Mankato; Otter; Pioneer; Wyman X. Total arrivals of steamboats, 80; of barges, 100.
</p></item>
<item><p>1869. Chippewa Falls, Capt. James Houghton; Ellen Hardy, Capt. Hardy; Jeannette Roberts, Capt. John Webber; Mankato, Capt. James Houghton; Otter; Pioneer, Capt. McLagan: St. Anthony Falls; Tiger; Wyman X., Capt. Wyman X. Folsom. Total trips below Mankato, about 50; above Mankaro, about 80.
</p></item>
<item><p>1870. Dexter: G. B. Knapp; Jeannette Roberts; Mankato, Capt. James Houghton; Otter Capt. John Segar; Pioneer; St. Anthony Falls; Tiger, Capt. Hancock. Total trips below Mankaro, about 50; above Mankato, about 100.
</p></item>
<item><p>1871. Hudson; Mankato, Capt. James Houghton; Otter, Capt. Boncoeur Subilier: Pioneer. Total trips below Mankaro, about 20; above Mankato, about 50.
</p></item>
<item><p>1872. Osceola, one trip.
</p></item>
<item><p>1873. Osceola, two trips.
</p></item>
<item><p>1874. Osceola, Capt. Haycock, one trip.
</p></item>
<item><p>1876. Ida Fulton; Wyman X.
</p></item>
<item><p>1886. Alvira, one trip.
</p></item>
<item><p>1897. Henrietta, Capt. E. W. Durant, one trip.
</p></item>
</list>
<table entity="p0184">
<caption>
<p>
In a single list, as follows, these steamboats of the Minnesota river are arranged alphabetically, with information, so far as found, of their place and date of building, and their hull tonnage. Where further details are at hand, &ldquo;sd.&rdquo; and &ldquo;st.&rdquo; note respectively side-wheel and stern-wheel boats, and the figures in parentheses give the size of the boats in feet.
</p>
</caption>
<tabletext>
<cell>
Addle Johnson
</cell>
<cell>
220
</cell>
<cell>
Albany
</cell>
<cell>
Ottawa. Minn.
</cell>
<cell>
1860
</cell>
<cell>
42
</cell>
<cell>
Alice
</cell>
<cell>
Alvira
</cell>
<cell>
Annie Johnson
</cell>
<cell>
171
</cell>
<cell>
Antelope
</cell>
<cell>
1850
</cell>
<cell>
37
</cell>
<cell>
Anthony Wayne, sd
</cell>
<cell>
1848
</cell>
<cell>
Ariel
</cell>
<cell>
1861
</cell>
<cell>
67
</cell>
<cell>
Belfast
</cell>
<cell>
1858
</cell>
<cell>
156
</cell>
<cell>
Ben Campbell, st. (29 by 182)
</cell>
<cell>
Shoustown, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1852
</cell>
<cell>
287
</cell>
<cell>
Ben Campbell [year 1868]
</cell>
<cell>
143
</cell>
<cell>
Benjamin Franklin. No. 1
</cell>
<cell>
Brownsville, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1847
</cell>
<cell>
181
</cell>
<cell>
Berlin
</cell>
<cell>
Black Hawk, st. (21 by 130)
</cell>
<cell>
Rock Island, Ill.
</cell>
<cell>
1852
</cell>
<cell>
130
</cell>
<cell>
Buckeye
</cell>
<cell>
50
</cell>
<cell>
Chippewa Falls
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
91
</cell>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0185">
0185
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
161
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<cell>
City Belle, sd
</cell>
<cell>
Murraysville
</cell>
<cell>
1854
</cell>
<cell>
216
</cell>
<cell>
Clara Hines, sd.
</cell>
<cell>
1861
</cell>
<cell>
80
</cell>
<cell>
Clarion, st
</cell>
<cell>
Monongahela, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1851
</cell>
<cell>
72
</cell>
<cell>
Clipper
</cell>
<cell>
Belle Vernon, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1855
</cell>
<cell>
68
</cell>
<cell>
Cutter
</cell>
<cell>
1867
</cell>
<cell>
92
</cell>
<cell>
Damsel
</cell>
<cell>
200
</cell>
<cell>
Delaware
</cell>
<cell>
168
</cell>
<cell>
Dexter
</cell>
<cell>
102
</cell>
<cell>
Ellen Hardy, st
</cell>
<cell>
1867
</cell>
<cell>
77
</cell>
<cell>
Enterprise [year 1852]
</cell>
<cell>
Enterprise
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
80
</cell>
<cell>
Eolian
</cell>
<cell>
Brownsville. Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1858
</cell>
<cell>
106
</cell>
<cell>
Equator, st.
</cell>
<cell>
Beaver, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1855
</cell>
<cell>
105
</cell>
<cell>
Excelsior
</cell>
<cell>
Brownsville, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1849
</cell>
<cell>
172
</cell>
<cell>
Express
</cell>
<cell>
Fanny Harris
</cell>
<cell>
Brownsville, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1855
</cell>
<cell>
160
</cell>
<cell>
Favorite, sd
</cell>
<cell>
1859
</cell>
<cell>
115
</cell>
<cell>
Fire Canoe
</cell>
<cell>
Lawrence
</cell>
<cell>
1854
</cell>
<cell>
166
</cell>
<cell>
Firesides
</cell>
<cell>
Flora, st.
</cell>
<cell>
1860
</cell>
<cell>
159
</cell>
<cell>
Frank Steele, sd.
</cell>
<cell>
1857
</cell>
<cell>
136
</cell>
<cell>
Freighter
</cell>
<cell>
Zanesville, O.
</cell>
<cell>
1855
</cell>
<cell>
93
</cell>
<cell>
G. B. Knapp
</cell>
<cell>
61
</cell>
<cell>
G. H. Gray, st (19 by 139)
</cell>
<cell>
St. Croix River.
</cell>
<cell>
1863
</cell>
<cell>
50
</cell>
<cell>
G. H. Weeks
</cell>
<cell>
160
</cell>
<cell>
G. H. Wilson
</cell>
<cell>
1862
</cell>
<cell>
100
</cell>
<cell>
General Sheridan, sd.
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
35
</cell>
<cell>
Globe
</cell>
<cell>
1854
</cell>
<cell>
Greek Slave, sd
</cell>
<cell>
1852
</cell>
<cell>
H. S. Allen
</cell>
<cell>
H. T. Yearman, st
</cell>
<cell>
Freedom, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1852
</cell>
<cell>
165
</cell>
<cell>
Henderson (barge)
</cell>
<cell>
Henrietta, st. (170 feet long)
</cell>
<cell>
Hudson
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
125
</cell>
<cell>
Humboldt
</cell>
<cell>
1853
</cell>
<cell>
Ida Fulton
</cell>
<cell>
220
</cell>
<cell>
Iola, st.
</cell>
<cell>
1853
</cell>
<cell>
Isaac Shelby
</cell>
<cell>
1857
</cell>
<cell>
100
</cell>
<cell>
J. B. Gordon, No. 2
</cell>
<cell>
J. Bissell
</cell>
<cell>
Jeannette Roberts, st.
</cell>
<cell>
1857
</cell>
<cell>
112
</cell>
<cell>
Jennie Baldwin, st
</cell>
<cell>
193
</cell>
<cell>
Jenny Lind
</cell>
<cell>
Zanesville, O.
</cell>
<cell>
1851
</cell>
<cell>
107
</cell>
<cell>
Julia, st. (28 by 141)
</cell>
<cell>
Pittsburg, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
158
</cell>
<cell>
Lady Pike
</cell>
<cell>
210
</cell>
<cell>
Lansing
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
84
</cell>
<cell>
Little Dorrit
</cell>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0186">
0186
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
162
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<cell>
Little Mac (barge, 25 by 142)
</cell>
<cell>
114
</cell>
<cell>
Mankato (about 150 feet long)
</cell>
<cell>
1864
</cell>
<cell>
113
</cell>
<cell>
Medora
</cell>
<cell>
1857
</cell>
<cell>
101
</cell>
<cell>
Minneopa (barge, 12 by 75)
</cell>
<cell>
Minnesota
</cell>
<cell>
Elizabethtown
</cell>
<cell>
1849
</cell>
<cell>
142
</cell>
<cell>
Minnesota Belle (170 feet long)
</cell>
<cell>
Belle Vernon, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1854
</cell>
<cell>
226
</cell>
<cell>
Mollie Mohler, sd. (22 by 125)
</cell>
<cell>
Carver, Minn.
</cell>
<cell>
1864
</cell>
<cell>
94
</cell>
<cell>
Monitor
</cell>
<cell>
1864
</cell>
<cell>
15
</cell>
<cell>
Montello
</cell>
<cell>
1853
</cell>
<cell>
New Ulm Belle
</cell>
<cell>
Nominee
</cell>
<cell>
Shoustown, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1848
</cell>
<cell>
213
</cell>
<cell>
Ocean Wave
</cell>
<cell>
1857
</cell>
<cell>
60
</cell>
<cell>
Osceola
</cell>
<cell>
Otter
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
30
</cell>
<cell>
Pearl
</cell>
<cell>
Cincinnati.
</cell>
<cell>
1851
</cell>
<cell>
184
</cell>
<cell>
Pearl [year 1866]
</cell>
<cell>
51
</cell>
<cell>
Pioneer
</cell>
<cell>
75
</cell>
<cell>
Planet (barge)
</cell>
<cell>
Pomeroy
</cell>
<cell>
Red Wing
</cell>
<cell>
1857
</cell>
<cell>
150
</cell>
<cell>
Reveille, st.
</cell>
<cell>
1855
</cell>
<cell>
St. Anthony Falls, sd.
</cell>
<cell>
1866
</cell>
<cell>
40
</cell>
<cell>
St. Cloud
</cell>
<cell>
Shenandoah
</cell>
<cell>
1853
</cell>
<cell>
Stella Whipple
</cell>
<cell>
1863
</cell>
<cell>
74
</cell>
<cell>
Tiber
</cell>
<cell>
Marietta, O.
</cell>
<cell>
1851
</cell>
<cell>
184
</cell>
<cell>
Tiber [years 1866&ndash;67]
</cell>
<cell>
78
</cell>
<cell>
Tiger, sd,
</cell>
<cell>
Sauk County, Wis.
</cell>
<cell>
1849
</cell>
<cell>
84
</cell>
<cell>
Tiger
</cell>
<cell>
1865
</cell>
<cell>
17
</cell>
<cell>
Time and Tide, sd.
</cell>
<cell>
Freedom, Pa.
</cell>
<cell>
1853
</cell>
<cell>
131
</cell>
<cell>
Turtle, sd. (14 by 100)
</cell>
<cell>
Henderson, Minn.
</cell>
<cell>
1864
</cell>
<cell>
Uncle Toby
</cell>
<cell>
1845
</cell>
<cell>
Victor (barge)
</cell>
<cell>
Viola
</cell>
<cell>
36
</cell>
<cell>
War Eagle
</cell>
<cell>
Fulton, Ill.
</cell>
<cell>
1849
</cell>
<cell>
296
</cell>
<cell>
Wave
</cell>
<cell>
Elizabethtown
</cell>
<cell>
1848
</cell>
<cell>
89
</cell>
<cell>
West Newton (150 feet long)
</cell>
<cell>
1852
</cell>
<cell>
300
</cell>
<cell>
Wyman X., st. (22 by 120)
</cell>
<cell>
Taylor&apos;s Falls, Minn.
</cell>
<cell>
1868
</cell>
<cell>
92
</cell>
<cell>
Yankee
</cell>
<cell>
1849
</cell>
</tabletext>
</table>
<p>The first boats on this river for each year, and the dates of their departure from the St. Paul wharf (or, for a considerable number, as indicated, of their arrivals at St. Peter and Mankato), are noted in the following table.</p>
<list type="simple">
<item><p>Anthony Wayne, June 28, 1850.
</p></item>
<item><p>Excelsior, June 29, 1851.
</p></item>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0187">
0187
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
163
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<item><p>Tiger, April 21, 1852.
</p></item>
<item><p>Greek Slave, April 4, 1853.
</p></item>
<item><p>Greek Slave, March 21, 1854.
</p></item>
<item><p>Globe, April 8, 1855.
</p></item>
<item><p>Reveille, April 10, 1856.
</p></item>
<item><p>Equator, April 12, 1857.
</p></item>
<item><p>Jeannette Roberts, March 20, 1858.
</p></item>
<item><p>Freighter, March 25, 1859.
</p></item>
<item><p>Time and Tide, March 19, 1860.
</p></item>
<item><p>Albany, March 30, 1861.
</p></item>
<item><p>Albany (arrival at St. Peter), April 3, 1862.
</p></item>
<item><p>Jeannette Roberts (arrival at Mankato), April 3, 1863.
</p></item>
<item><p>Jeannette Roberts (arrival at Mankato), April 16, 1864.
</p></item>
<item><p>Ariel, April 2, 1865 (arriving April 4 at Mankato).
</p></item>
<item><p>Chippewa Falls (arrival at Mankato), April 15, 1866.
</p></item>
<item><p>Chippewa Falls (arrival at Mankato), April 18, 1867.
</p></item>
<item><p>Chippewa Falls March 29, 1868 (arriving March 31 at Mankato).
</p></item>
<item><p>Ellen Hardy (arrival at Mankato), April 18, 1869.
</p></item>
<item><p>Otter (arrival at Mankato from New Ulm), April 5, 1870; Mankato (arrival from St. Paul), April 13, 1870.
</p></item>
<item><p>Otter (arrival at Mankato from New Ulm), April 4, 1871; Pioneer (arrival from St. Paul), April 15, 1871.
</p></item>
<item><p>Osceola, May 15, 1872.
</p></item>
<item><p>Osceola, April 12, 1873.
</p></item>
<item><p>Osceola, April 25, 1874.
</p></item>
<item><p>Ida Fulton and Wyman X., April 18, 1876.
</p></item>
<item><p>Alvira, 1886.
</p></item>
<item><p>Henrietta, April 23, 1897.
</p></item>
</list>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0188z">
0188
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0189z">
0189
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0190">
0190
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0190" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0191">
0191
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
MISSIONARY WORK AT RED WING, 1849 TO 1852.
<anchor id="n0191-08">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY REV. JOSEPH W. HANCOCK.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0191-08" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Presented at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council, May 12, 1902. The author was born in Orford, N. H., April 4, 1816, and has lived in Red Wing since 1849.
</p></note>
<p>
During the latter part of the year 1848 an invitation was sent me by a former fellow student, to join him in laboring as a missionary among the aborigines of our country. He was about to graduate from the theological seminary near Cincinnati, Ohio. I had left my studies on account of poor health five years previously, and had been residing at Saratoga Springs, N. Y. My health had so much improved, by living at the Springs several years, that I had married and was engaged in teaching school there.
</p>
<p>
After due consideration of the matter, my wife and I concluded to offer our services to the American Board of Foreign Missions, to labor among the Dakota or Sionx Indians. Our offer was accepted and a commission was sent to us from the officers of the Board.
</p>
<p>
But it was now too late in the season to undertake the journey to the Northwest Territory. Facilities for traveling, especially in that direction, were not what they are now. Such a place as Minnesota was not then known. The location assigned to us was described as follows: &ldquo;An Indian village on the west bank of the upper Mississippi river, a few miles above lake Pepin.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
We postponed our journey till the following spring. During the month of March in that year, a new territory, called Minnesota, was formed by act of the United States Congress. So we learned, before we left the East, that our future home Would be in Minnesota Territory.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0192">
0192
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
166
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
FAREWELL TO THE OLD HOME, AND THE JOURNEY WEST.
</head>
<p>
Many friends living in the New England states seemed to claim a farewell visit from us before we could start for the west. We made therefore a tour of visiting in Vermont, New Hampshire, and Massachusetts, in the month of April, and we also met the officers of the mission board at Boston to receive such instruction as they would give. These visits consumed several weeks. Some time in May we returned to Saratoga Springs, packed our necessary housekeeping goods, and shipped them to a mercantile firm in Galena, Ill., as freight.
</p>
<p>
Bidding farewell to our neighbors and friends at our delightsome home in New York, we started in a stage coach for the west. At Schenectady we took cars for Buffalo, and thence came to Chicago through the great lakes by steamboat. There were no railroads from Chicago to the Mississippi at that time. Having Been informed that a horse and open wagon would be needed at our destined mission station, I purchased such a conveyance while in Chicago, and with it we made our way to Galena. This was by far the most toilsome part of our journey. The highways were scarcely changed from their natural condition. The streams were without bridges, and many swampy places let our wagon wheels sink so that we were often &ldquo;stuck in the mud.&rdquo; But we struggled on, gathering rich experience for future work in a new country, and after several days arrived safely in Galena. At that place we were detained a few days waiting for a steamer to take us to the end of our journey.
</p>
<p>
Our freight, shipped from Saratoga to this place, had not yet arrived. Being instructed by the missionary helper who was already at Red Wing, I purchased a stock of provisions and groceries, and also a good milch cow, while in Galena. With these additional equipments, we were transported on the steamer Franklin to our future home in a wigwam village.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
ARRIVAL AT RED WING.
</head>
<p>
The last stage of the journey was accomplished without much labor or anxiety of mind. The natural scenery along the banks of the &ldquo;Father of Waters&rdquo; at that season of the year was new and enchanting. We made several acquaintances among our fellow passengers. One of them was Henry M. Rice, who
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0193">
0193
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
167
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
had for some years been engaged as a trader among the Indians. I shall never forget how he pointed out to me the place where I was to land. While we stood on the upper deck of the steamer, as it was plowing its way through lake Pepin, he said to me, &ldquo;Look yonder,&rdquo; pointing up the river valley, &ldquo;do you see that oval hilltop rising above the tall trees on the river&apos;s border?&rdquo; &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; I answered. &ldquo;Well, that marks the place where we are to leave you.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
In about an hour our boat gave the signal for landing, as she turned toward the end of Barn bluff. As we slowly approached the shore, a large number of Indians from the village had collected, evidently eager to know why a steamboat should stop at their port. It was a strange sight to many of the passengers on board the boat, who were on their way to the new towns of St. Paul and Stillwater, to see such an array of painted faces gazing at them.
</p>
<p>
The Indians seemed glad to see us who landed among them. Men, women, and children, all gave us a hearty hand shake. Our belongings were soon dumped ashore, with the exception of the horse and cow. These two animals stoutly objected to being sent ashore. It was mainly by human strength that they were compelled to walk the plank. Evidently they had not been acquainted with painted faces and blankets. The thought of being now far separated from friends and excluded from the civilized portion of the world was not a pleasant one to us, but it seemed a greater grief to our horse and cow.
</p>
<p>
There were three white persons then living in the village, who soon met us with a hearty welcome, and assisted us to establish our home in a log-house. These were Rev. John F. Aiton and wife, who had been here a few months only, and Mr, John Bush, who had married an Indian wife, and who had been sent here to assist the natives as a farmer.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EARLIER MISSIONARIES TO THE DAKOTAS.
</head>
<p>
This Red Wing band of the Dakotas had been accustomed to white missionaries some years before we came, but these missionaries had given up the work and abandoned the place. They were from Switzerland. While here they built two very comfortable log dwelling houses. A small garden fenced with rails,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0194">
0194
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
168
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
and other improvements, the result of their labors, awaited our occupancy.
</p>
<p>
The fact that these Swiss missionaries had gained the confidence of the people, and that their efforts had been appreciated, was made plain when they applied through their chief to the United States Indian agent at Fort Snelling for other missionaries to be sent to them. It is perhaps hardly necessary to add that our coming was the result of such application.
</p>
<p>
Two brothers, Samuel W. and Gideon H. Pond, were the first American missionaries to the Dakotas. Drs. Thomas S. Williamson and Stephen R. Riggs soon followed them. But all of these were occupying stations northwest of Red Wing. The Pond brothers had been laboring beyond Fort Snelling about fourteen years. They had already reduced the language to writing, and a number of elementary works had been printed in the Dakota language. These books were a great help to us in the beginning. But in order to speak the language correctly, time, patience, and frequent conversation with the people, were absolutely necessary.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
SCHOOL FOR THE INDIAN CHILDREN.
</head>
<p>
We spent the remainder of that summer in learning the language, and in doing what we could to teach the children how to read it. Books were sent us by the pioneer co-workers, similar to the &ldquo;First Readers&rdquo; used in our common schools, containing short simple sentences describing familiar objects and actions.
</p>
<p>
Some parents at first seemed unwilling to have their children come to us to be taught. Those who did come were very irregular in their attendance. It often happened that we had only three or four pupils a day, and these were generally unwilling to stay long in the schoolroom. To be kept in one room for any great length of time was quite against their nature. The work seemed like trying to tame a lot of young foxes.
</p>
<p>
To restrain them by force was utterly impracticable. The children were wild and loved freedom. It would not do for us to detain them in the schoolroom longer than they were willing to stay. It took months of patient and persevering labor, of bribing with cakes and raisins, to get the children into anything like regularity in their attendance at the mission school.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0195">
0195
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
169
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
Occasionally the parents would interest themselves enough to give us their assistance, and after a time we began to have from twenty to thirty pupils a day. But the custom had become pretty well established that when a child had read one lesson, he or she could leave for that day. As they were permitted to come and go at their own pleasure, we might have a few pupils early in the day, who would read and then leave us; others coming later would do the same, and so on Thus one teacher could easily attend to thirty or more the same day.
</p>
<p>
After the corn began to ripen in August, many of the older children were kept from coming to read. They were engaged in the cornfields to scare away the blackbirds. Soon after the corn was harvested, the people of the village began to prepare to leave their bark wigwams, take their tents, and go away for the winter.
</p>
<p>
It was their custom to separate into small companies, and to go in different directions into the woods to live during the cold weather. The bark houses at the village were only comfortable to live in during the summer. It required a little too much self-denial for us to follow them into the woods and dwell in skin tents all winter. Yet we learned that one of the Pond brothers tried the experiment.
</p>
<p>
Our native citizens were nearly all gone by the last of October for their winter hunt. The foreigners were left to themselves. But still there was work for us to do. We had as yet acquired but a limited knowledge of the language. We obtained a manuscript dictionary from the pioneer co-workers, which contained several thousand words of the Dakota tongue, with the definition of each in English. This we had for Copying and study. But myself and wife were called to another field of labor during the winter.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
REMOVAL TO LONG PRAIRIE.
</head>
<p>
About the first of November, 1849, Rev. David Lowry came to Red Wing with an urgent request that my wife and I would go with him to Long Prairie. There were openings for us as teachers in the government school for the Winnebago Indians at that place. He thought it too late in the season to obtain suitable teachers from the East.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0196">
0196
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
170
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The prospect that we should have no children to teach at Red Wing led us to consent to go for the winter. Packing up such clothing as would be needful, we were soon on board a steamer for St. Paul. From thence we traveled to Long Prairie in a lumber wagon drawn by two horses. At St. Paul we obtained a supply of provisions for the journey to the Winnebago reservation. The distance was said to be 150 miles, through an uninhabited wilderness. Our load was four passengers with their baggage and a driver. We left St. Paul on a Monday morning and arrived at our destination on the following Saturday. It was a long, lonely journey through the wilderness, the more fatiguing because on frozen ground. Through the forest the road passed over stumps where the trees had been cut down, leaving an open space wide enough for a team to go through.
</p>
<p>
We camped out at night by the primitive roadside, sleeping on the ground in blankets and buffalo robes around the campfire. We cooked our fresh beef by holding it on sticks before the fire. Such traveling was indeed a novelty. On the last day of the trip, while going over a stump, one of the axletrees of our wagon was broken, and we were at a standstill for a short time. Soon, however, the living part of the expedition was moving on, some going on horseback, and the rest on foot, leaving the lumber wagon and heavy baggage to be sent for another day. We arrived at our destination on Saturday evening after dark.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
A GOVERNMENT INDIAN SCHOOL.
</head>
<p>
Long Prairie was then quite a large village of Winnebago Indians living in log houses. Their school was supported by the United States government. The school building contained two large rooms, one for the boys, the other for the girls. The work was very different from that we had at Red Wing. There were from fifty to seventy pupils, regular in attendance, and we taught them wholly in the English language. We enjoyed the winter there.
</p>
<p>
When spring opened we were earnestly requested to return to Red Wing. Mr. and Mrs. Aiton, our co-laborers there, had determined to leave the field and go back to the States. We were given to understand that, if we did not return, the Red Wing band would be left without teachers by the first of July.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0197">
0197
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
171
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
As we had only asked leave of absence for the winter, we felt it a duty to return. The time for leaving Long Prairie was put off till June.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE VOYAGE OF RETURN TO RED WING.
</head>
<p>
The spring had been backward and rainy. Streams and swamps were almost impassable for teams; and therefore, after due deliberation, we concluded to travel by water. We took the longest way round to be our shortest way home. Obtaining a skiff, we started on the Long Prairie river, which runs northerly and empties into the Crow Wing river. The latter runs easterly, and, we were informed, would convey us to the Mississippi river.
</p>
<p>
It was a bright morning in June when we went aboard our boat. Besides myself, wife, and our little child, a young man, wishing to leave the place, took passage with us for St. Paul. He was a great help to us, being skillful in the use of oars. With our necessary baggage we took provisions for several days, because we could not expect to see any human habitation until we should arrive at Fort Ripley. This fort was at the time occupied by United States soldiers, and was on the Mississippi a few miles below the mouth of the Crow Wing river.
</p>
<p>
We enjoyed our first day&apos;s journey down the winding stream, till the middle of the afternoon. Then we noticed that some clouds had begun to spread over the sky, hiding the sun. Soon muttering thunder was heard, and evidently a shower was near. We turned our boat to shore, and had just time to haul it upon the land and turn it bottom upwards, putting ourselves and lading underneath it, when the rain began to pour down in torrents. Shower after shower followed till night came on, and we remained there until the light of another day dawned upon us. The clouds had disappeared, and we launched our boat again.
</p>
<p>
Still and smoothly we passed along the winding stream. Before noon we entered a forest. As the forest became more dense our river began to widen out until it seemed to be covering the whole country. The frequent rains had caused a flood. Keeping as best we could in a northerly direction, we soon found that we had left the true channel by going into a bay. After rowing about between the tall trees for some time, and watching
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0198">
0198
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
172
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
the course of the currents, we found the way back into the Crow Wing river.
</p>
<p>
There we turned easterly, and had been pursuing our new course but a few hours when we were overtaken by three long birchbark canoes, filled with Indians. It was a delegation of Menominees, who, with their agent, had been looking over the country for a desirable place for settlement. They were now returning home. They came alongside with about twice our speed. Seeing one white man among them, I hailed him for information as to our present distance from Fort Ripley. He did not know the distance, but they expected to reach the fort by sunset of that day. It would be impossible, however, for us to get there in our skiff till near midnight. I asked them to take Mrs. Hancock and our baby aboard, and to put them in care of an officer&apos;s family at the fort. They granted my request, and the three canoes were soon out of sight.
</p>
<p>
The young man and I pushed on until after sundown. Then we tied up our craft and slept in the woods, or rather we should have slept if the multitudes of mosquitoes had let us alone. We re-embarked the next morning early, and arrived at the fort before noon, where we found my wife and child, who had been well cared for since we parted.
</p>
<p>
After a short rest our company were again on board the skiff, and were passing down the Mississippi river. The water was high and the current swift, and the boat moved on without hard rowing,&mdash;especially when we passed over Little falls and the Sauk rapids. Our little vessel went tossing up and down over the latter.
</p>
<p>
We met no further danger till we came to Saint Anthony falls, where we were fortunate enough to find a team of horses and a lumber wagon to convey us with our boat around the falls. Below them we launched again, and soon arrived at the village named St. Paul. From that point we obtained passage on a steamboat to Red Wing.
</p>
<p>
Our former Dakota friends, especially the children, gave us a hearty welcome. Frequent calls and warm handshakes were received from all the wigwams the first day. The other missionary family had left the place only a day or two before.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0199">
0199
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
173
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
LIFE AT THE INDIAN VILLAGE.
</head>
<p>
Our first and most important work consisted in learning to use the Dakota language. The people were very kind to help us in this matter by using signs. The work of writing down new words with their meaning in English occupied the most of our spare moments.
</p>
<p>
A day school was opened for the children as soon as possible. While in St. Paul I purchased a good-sized hand bell, with which to let the children know the time to assemble at the schoolroom. This one step toward regularity was hailed with enthusiasm. I soon found another incentive quite helpful in securing regular attendance. I bought raisins by the box, and a few, such as a child could hold in one hand, given at the close of school, were almost sure to bring the child next day. I had learned that regular attendance at the government school at Long Prairie was the result of daily rations which were distributed to the children at the close of school.
</p>
<p>
The older people were very friendly, making frequent calls on us, and they aided us much in acquiring their language. They often came to ask for sugar or a little flour. But when they came after such things, they brought pay, either some fresh fish, a choice piece of venison, or wild fowl.
</p>
<p>
The women were engaged in the summer season a part of the time in their cornfields, besides attending to cooking, etc. The men were hunting and fishing to such an extent as to keep their families well supplied. They did not kill game just for sport. This country was then well stocked with wild game. I did not wonder that the Dakotas were so much opposed to selling it, when commissioners were sent to make a treaty with them in 1851.
</p>
<p>
Wisconsin had become a state only the year before we came to Red Wing. The western portion, above lake Pepin, had very few settlers for some years, owing to the fact that the land was then covered by a dense forest, which afforded great advantages to our Dakota hunters.
</p>
<p>
During the summer of 1849 one white man was living on the Wisconsin side a few miles above Red Wing, whose chief
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0200">
0200
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
174
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
employment consisted in furnishing wood for steamboats. He was then a bachelor, and used frequently to come to our services on the Sabbath.
</p>
<p>
But in this summer of 1850, we learned there was another settler who had built his shanty and laid claim to a quarter section of land a little farther up the Mississippi on the Wisconsin side. He did not prove a very good neighbor. It was soon learned that he was engaged in selling whiskey to anybody wishing to purchase. The inhabitants of our village, who were often hunting in the woods of Wisconsin, soon began to be his customer. They exchanged their pelts and furs, or whatever they had to spare, for whiskey. The trader could also furnish jugs and tin-pails, in which the hunters were able to bring some home for their friends.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EVIL EFFECTS OF WHISKEY.
</head>
<p>
Whenever a few gallons of whiskey (called &ldquo;Minne wakan&rdquo; by the Dakotas) were brought over to our village, we had an exciting time. An Indian did not consider himself responsible for what he did while drunk. Therefore, when even no more than three or four were drunk at one time, the whole village was in a state of alarm. A drunken Indian always seemed crazy to do some mischief. It was the custom of the sober ones to deprive those who were drunk of every dangerous weapon.
</p>
<p>
One warm summer day, while I was engaged with a number of pupils, the schoolroom door being open, a tall man, crazed with whiskey, rushed in upon us. The children were all frightened, and I was somewhat in the same condition, but tried not to appear so. He was without a blanket, and stalked around the room with an angry look. I finally took hold of one of his bare arms and led him to the open door, and he left.
</p>
<p>
Such disturbances became so frequent, toward the end of the summer of 1850, that I determined to do something to prevent them. Hailing a passing steamer, I took a trip to St. Paul, and called on Governor Ramsey, and told him of our trouble. I knew there was a company of United States soldiers at Fort Snelling, and asked if he could send some of them down to drive away the whiskey sellers. The Governor expressed his indignation that such a trade was going on, but Wisconsin was a sovereign state, entirely beyond his jurisdiction, and I must go
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0201">
0201
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
175
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
to the proper authorities for redress. Of course a poor missionary could not spend the time, nor incur the expense, of a journey to Madison, Wisconsin, as traveling facilities were then.
</p>
<p>
I did some temperance work among the Dakota people during the few years they remained at Red Wing, an account of which is given in a history of Goodhue county, published in 1893.
</p>
<p>
Whiskey could be obtained on the opposite side of the river at any time for money, furs, or anything valuable which an Indian could part with. They were not moderate drinkers. They wanted enough to make them drunk when they wanted any. Several would put their valuables together, go over and purchase several gallons of whiskey, bring it to the village, and then have a grand spree. As an Indian was not responsible for what he did when drunk, these sprees often ended in injury to some one, and custom gave the injured one no redress. Consequently, when but a few men were crazed with whiskey, the whole village was on the watch. Every dangerous weapon had to be taken from them, and the children were kept out of sight if possible.
</p>
<p>
I remember being called upon early one morning to dress a wound which had been inflicted upon the head of a woman by a drunken man with a hatchet. Only a week or so afterward I was walking by the tepees and heard a woman cry out, &ldquo;Now they come with it.&rdquo; I looked around. She pointed to the river, saying, &ldquo;Minne wakan.&rdquo; I saw a canoe approaching from the Wisconsin side, and waited at the head of the path which led up the bank from the landing. There were six young men in the canoe. They came up the path in single file, the leader carrying a tin pail with a cover. I asked what he had brought in the pail. He answered, &ldquo;Minne wakan.&rdquo; I snatched the pail from him, and its contents were immediately soaking into the ground. Loud talk followed. I told them that whiskey was their worst enemy, that it was the cause of nearly all our troubles. I told them that it was unlawful to bring it on our side of the river, and advised them to stop bringing it. The young men looked somewhat ashamed, but offered me no violence.
</p>
<p>
I was told by some one a little later that the leader had said that he would bring more whiskey over, defying the missionary to spill it. Only a few more days passed before he made the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0202">
0202
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
176
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
attempt. The first intimation I had was when a man rushed hurriedly into the mission house and called me to come out, I went out and saw those same young men marching toward the house in single file. The leader was carrying a two gallon jug in front of him, boldly affirming that it was whiskey. I took it as a challenge. Grasping the jug with both hands, I tried to pull it from him, but in vain, for the reason that a strong cord which reached around the back of his neck was tied to the handle. He had kept the cord covered by his blanket so that I did nor see it until after my vain attempt. However, I soon managed to draw out the cork and inverted the jug in spite of all his struggles to prevent it. Not one of his companions offered to help him. It took several minutes for all the whiskey to gurgle out of the jug. Meantime I was dragged around by the hair of my head, but I kept the jug inverted till it was empty.
</p>
<p>
By this time a large number of the Indians had come to see the sport. My antagonist immediately threw the empty jug upon the ground in an angry manner. Evidently not liking to give up as entirely conquered, he stretched himself at full length off the ground just before the door of the mission house. The people began to disperse to their homes; and I kindly asked him to go too. He declared he would not. After waiting a while, I took a piece of rope and slipped one end around his ankles, tying his feet together. I then took the other end of the rope over my shoulder and dragged him several rods. He begged to be let up, promising to go away. The rope was untied, he got up, and went peacably away.
</p>
<p>
If any more whiskey was brought over to Red Wing by those Indians, it was carefully concealed from me. Subsequently I obtained pledges from about twenty of the leading members of the band to cease, for a time, from the use of whiskey, key, and only in one case did I hear of the pledge being broken.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE DAKOTA DICTIONARY.
</head>
<p>
For the first two years I spent at Red Wing, I was busy, in spare moments, in writing out a dictionary of Dakota words in alphabetic order, giving to each its definition in English. This work was first accomplished by the older missionaries, I only copying from theirs. I finished this dictionary in July, 1851.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0203">
0203
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
177
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
It consists of 409 closely written pages of foolscap paper, and has over 16,000 Dakota words with their meanings in English.
</p>
<p>
About this time I had become so well acquainted with the language as to be able to speak it with a reasonable degree of accuracy, and ventured to appoint a religious service for each Sabbath, to which the Indians were invited. The children who attended school during the week days were generally present. Only a few adults came at first. All seemed to be interested. But the year 1851 was a year of great excitement among these people.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE TREATY OF 1851, FROM THE INDIAN STANDPOINT.
</head>
<p>
A treaty with the United States government, for the sale of their land, was to be made. This news had been disseminated for months in advance. The Red Wing band were much opposed to any such treaty, and talked over their opposition very plainly. Some of the younger warriors, as it was known, declared they would shoot the first chief or head man who signed the treaty. But at the beginning of August of that year the summons came for all the seven bands of Mdewakantonwans to assemble at Mendota to meet the United States commissioners.
</p>
<p>
This call made a long vacancy in our school and missionary work. The treaty was made, in spite of all the opposition. Our people came back with a discontented look. They seemed from that time to have lost all interest in our labors for the children&apos;s education, or in their own improvement. They felt discouraged, and it was no wonder. They would soon be obliged to leave their home, where their departed friends were buried, to be henceforth occupied by strangers, and must go themselves to a strange land.
</p>
<p>
My labors were continued among the children, teaching them first to read their own language. Some of the older pupils learned English, and made a start in arithmetic and geography, before they were all removed to their new home in 1853.
</p>
<p>
When it is remembered that we could have schools only during the season for corn raising, that the children could have no books to use during the winter, and that many interruptions occurred in the village during the summer, no one can wonder that progress in education was not great. Besides the excitements
<lb>
12
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0204">
0204
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
178
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
caused by whiskey, we had war parties, scalp dances, medicine feasts, and raw fish dances, which were frequent throughout the summer.
</p>
<p>
White settlers commenced to make their claims at Red Wing in 1852. The Indians were all removed the following year, and my work for their benefit ceased.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0205z">
0205
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0206">
0206
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0206" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0207">
0207
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
HISTORY OF FORT RIPLEY, 1849 TO 1859, BASED
<lb>
ON THE DIARY OF REV. SOLON W. MANNEY, D. D.,
<lb>
CHAPLAIN OF THIS POST FROM 1851 TO 1859.
<anchor id="n0207-09">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY REV. GEORGE C. TANNER.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0207-09" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council March 12, 1900. A copy of this Diary, made from the original by permission of Rev. Dr. Manney&apos;s daughter, Mrs. Elizabeth Tenney, has been presented by the author of this paper to the Historical Society&apos;s Library.
</p></note>
<p>
On the 15th of October, 1851, the Rev. Solon W. Manney, rector of St. James&apos; Episcopal Church, Milwaukee, received a letter from Capt. J. B. S. Todd, at that time in command at Fort Ripley, informing him that the Council of Administration at that post had nominated him to the Secretary of War as their chaplain. The official notice of his appointment at Washington reached him on the 29th, and a few days later, having resigned his parish, he set out for his new field of labor.
</p>
<div>
<head>
JOURNEY FROM MILWAUKEE TO FORT RIPLEY.
</head>
<p>
In 1851 the journey from Milwaukee to the Mississippi was by stage. At Galena he was met by Captain (now General) N. J. T. Dana. The day following his arrival he took passage with his family on the steamboat &ldquo;Uncle Toby,&rdquo; bound for St. Peter&apos;s, as Mendota at the mouth of the Minnesota river was then designated.
</p>
<p>
Leaving Galena on the 15th of November, he notes as settlements along the Mississippi, Dubuque, Buena Vista, Cassville, Prairie La Porte, Clayton City, McGregor, Prairie du Chien, Columbus, Lansing, and La Crosse. The first settlement above La Crosse in 1851, unless we except a trading house or two, was Point Douglas, where he arrived late in the afternoon of November 18th. &ldquo;Here the boat left us,&rdquo; he writes, &ldquo;refusing
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0208">
0208
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
180
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
to proceed farther. . . . We secured a lumber wagon to take us to St. Paul. Arrived at St. Paul at 5 p.m. Called at the Mission; took tea with the brethren&rdquo; [Rev. James Lloyd Breck and his associates].
</p>
<p>
Stopping as a guest at the Central House, he was delayed in St. Paul for several days, on account of the danger in crossing the river. It was not till the 3rd of December that he was able to resume his journey up the river. At length, on the afternoon of the 7th, he reached the Fort, where he was cordially received by Captain Todd, who came to meet him a few miles from the post, and invited him and his family to his own quarters.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
EARLY LIFE OF DR. MANNEY.
</head>
<p>
As the first Chaplain at Fort Ripley was one of the Territorial Pioneers of Minnesota and passed the rest of his days in this new Commonwealth, a short account of his early life will not be out of place.
</p>
<p>
Solon W. Manney was born at Hyde Park, N. Y., near Poughkeepsie, in the year 1813. His early life was passed at the latter place amid influences savoring of an ancestry which has given us not a few eminent names. His ancestors were of the Huguenot faith. His father was a member of the Dutch Reformed Church, and his mother was of Quaker descent. Through the influence of his young associates, he was drawn towards the Episcopal Church, and was baptized into this faith by Dr. Whittingham, afterwards the learned Bishop of Maryland.
</p>
<p>
Through his influence young Manney was led to prepare for the sacred ministry and became his pupil in the General Theological Seminary in New York City. He graduated with honor or in 1837, in a class which gave us several well known clergy. His commencement thesis was a criticism on &ldquo;Edwards on the Will;&rdquo; but his propositions were so far in advance of the thought of that day, that the professor in charge of that department, while commending the production, would not allow it to be delivered.
</p>
<p>
He was ordained by Bishop B. T. Onderdonk, and for two years was rector of the Church, of the Nativity in New York City. Fired with zeal for work in the new West, enkindled by Bishop Kemper at his visits to the East, he came out to Indiana
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0209">
0209
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
181
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
and for seven years labored at La Porte and Michigan City. He was one of the pioneer clergy who organized the Protestant Episcopal Diocese of Indiana.
</p>
<p>
His original destination had been the Territory of Wisconsin. In 1850, in accordance with his first intention, he came to Milwaukee, where in November he took charge of the newly organized parish of St. James. While there he held several responsible positions in the Church. He was a member of the Standing Committee of the Diocese and the Missionary Board, and one of the examining chaplains. While thus actively engaged and useful in his new field, he received the appointment of chaplain at Fort Ripley, our most remote military post on our northwestern frontier.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
LOCATION AND BUILDING OF FORT RIPLEY.
</head>
<p>
The occasion of building Fort Ripley is supplied in a letter by Gen. N. J. T. Dana, as follows:
</p>
<p>
Just after the close of the War with Mexico, the Government consummated a treaty with the Winnebago Indians, then residing within the limits of Iowa, by the terms of which they transferred to the United States all their lands in that state, receiving in return a beautiful tract in Minnesota, the eastern boundary of which extended from near the mouth of the Crow Wing river southward along the Mississippi to a little below Sauk Rapids.
</p>
<p>
Among the obligations assumed by the United States by that treaty was the location and construction of a cantonment, and the stationing of a garrison thereat within the limits of the new Indian grant, near the mouth of the Crow Wing river. This condition was the cause of the unfortunate location of Fort Ripley. Brigadier General George M. Brooke, a veteran of the War of 1812, was at the time the commander of the military department which embraced the new Winnebago reservation, with his headquarters at St. Louis. Having received instructions from the War Department as to the location of the new post under the terms of the Winnebago treaty, he proceeded to Crow Wing in the month of November, 1848, with a squadron of dragoons and several staff-officers; and, after reconnoitering the country, finally decided that the terms of the Winnebago treaty and his instructions made it his duty to locate the new post on the western bank of the Mississippi nearly opposite to the mouth of the Nokasippi river.
</p>
<p>
Being on duty in Boston at this time I received orders to report to General Brooke, and did so accordingly, at the earliest possible moment, and found the Post already located, and the General about returning to St. Louis. I was an officer of the Quartermaster&apos;s Department, and he left me there to build the Fort. The country was already covered with snow. A portable saw-mill was put in operation, and the winter passed in getting out lumber and erecting temporary accommodations for a small gang of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0210">
0210
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
182
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
carpenters and laborers. In the spring of 1849, Company A of the Sixth Infantry at Fort Snelling was moved up to the new site, the commander of which was Capt. John B. Si Todd, who was the first commanding officer of the Post, called Fort Gaines, in honor of Brigadier General Edmund P. Gaines, then stationed at New Orleans.
</p>
<p>
Subsequently his name was given to a new permanent fortification in process of construction at the entrance of Mobile bay; and the cantonment in the Winnebago country was named Fort Ripley by the War Department in honor of Gen. Eleazer W. Ripley, a distinguished officer of the War of 1812. This name was officially announced November 4th, 1850.
</p>
<p>
General Dana superintended the work for two years. The builder of the fort was Mr. Jesse H. Poreroy, of St. Paul, who also had charge of the construction of Fort Ridgely in 1853&ndash;4.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;Rev. Mr. Manney, the first chaplain at Fort Ripley, was commended to us,&rdquo; says General Dana, &ldquo;by good Bishop Kemper, and was elected before I left there. Rev. Frederick Ayer, a Presbyterian minister, who had been a teacher among the Ojibways at Sandy Lake, had established himself near the lower end of the military reservation, on the east side of the river near Little Falls, and was most kind in officiating at one or two funerals for the families at Fort Ripley. In the winter of 1850 I carried the venerable chaplain of Fort Snelling, Father Gear, to Fort Ripley in a sleigh, and we both enjoyed the visit greatly. We also had subsequently a vist from Bishop Kemper and the Rev. J. Lloyd Breck. The latter relinquished his work at St. Paul to Dr. Van Ingen, and removed to Gull lake.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
As the name of General Dana is thus associated with Fort Ripley, it may be interesting to note that a little later he became a resident of St. Paul. On the breaking out of the Civil War, he was appointed colonel of the First Minnesota, and was afterward promoted as a brigadier general.
</p>
<p>
The location of the post was on the west bank of the Mississippi about twenty miles above the mouth of Swan river, and seven miles south of Crow Wing, at a point where the channel runs southwest. The distance by wagon road from St. Paul was one hundred and fifty miles. The road lay along the east bank of the Mississippi, with no approach to the fort except by ferry. The Post Reserve was a mile square and was surrounded by a dense forest. The fort was situated on a plateau elevated a little above the river, and consisted of several story and a half buildings constructed of wood, forming three sides of a
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0211">
0211
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
183
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
square, with the open side facing the stream. On the right, looking towards the quadrangle, were the quarters of the officers, the chaplain&apos;s residence, and the sutler&apos;s store; on the left, also quarters for officers, a room set apart for a chapel, and a hospital; while the third side was filled by the barracks for the soldiers. The northwest and southwest corners were flanked by blockhouses of logs, with port-holes commanding the sides of the fort. The houses stood some fifteen to twenty feet apart, so that there was a free entrance between, excepting on the east side where there was a stockade built of logs set on end.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE VICINITY NORTHWARD TO GULL LAKE.
</head>
<p>
On the opposite side of the Mississippi was the Government farm, where Mr. S. Baldwin Olmstead had built a house and was engaged in farming and furnishing supplies. Seven miles above, near the mouth of the Crow Wing (so named from the shape of an island at its mouth, fancifully likened to the wing of a crow), was the village bearing the same name, a mere hamlet, or trading post, on the verge of civilization. This was the terminus of the wagon road.
</p>
<p>
About a mile above this village was the house of Hole-in-the-Day, head chief of the Ojibways (Chippeways), a crafty and subtle man; who Ultimately came to his end by the hand of some unknown assassin. Three miles above Crow Wing, on the left bank of the Crow Wing river near the mouth of Gull river, was the Chippeway Agency. Eleven miles farther north, in the wilds up the Gull river, a rapid, rippling stream, flowing out of Gull lake, was the Ojibway Mission planted by the Rev. J. Lloyd Breck in the early summer of 1852, located at the northeast corner of the lake.
</p>
<p>
Between Gull lake and Round lake, eastward, was the residence of Enmegahbowh, an educated Canadian Indian, who had been identified with missionary work among the Ojibways of Minnesota, but who had now become an interpreter for Mr. Breck and ultimately entered the ministry of the Protestant Episcopal Church. As the career of this remarkable man is closely connected with the history of this immediate locality, a brief account of his early life, derived from a narrative given by himself, will not be foreign to our subject.
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0212">
0212
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
184
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
EARLY LIFE OF ENMEGAHBOWH.
</head>
<p>
The Indian missionary, Enmegahbowh, or, as he is also known, the Rev. John Johnson, was born near Peterborough, in Upper Canada, of Christian Indians, who led a wandering life, subsisting by hunting and fishing. While he was vet a lad, the Rev. Mr. Armour, of the Church of England, visited the Indian camp and asked the parents to give him the child. At first the mother refused. A second visit was more successful, and the boy became a member of Mr. Armour&apos;s family and school. After some weeks the boy returned to the wigwam of his parents, carrying with him his books. Often long into the night watches, by the light of the fire he conned his lessons while the family were asleep.
</p>
<p>
After some time a Methodist minister, seeing that he was a promising child, asked the mother to give him her son. The mother at last yielded, on condition that he Should be allowed to return at the end of a year. The day of parting came and the fond parents watched their boy as he embarked on the canoe journey to lake Superior. A twelvemonth he was at the Sault Ste. Marie. Then he went from place to place as an interpreter. For a while be was at the La Pointe Mission. At different times he lived with the Presbyterian, Methodist, Baptist, Unitarian, and Roman Catholic missionaries, and was a member of the missions at Red lake, Leech lake. Sandy lake, and Cass lake. But after sears of faithful labor among the Ojibways, the Protestant missionaries withdrew from the field.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;As I stood and saw these good men going down the river in their canoes,&rdquo; says Enmegahbowh, &ldquo;and the last hope of my people passing from my sight, I wept. . . . Then I thought I would go back to my own people and home and get an education, that I might tell my people the right way; but my friends here said, &lsquo;We will send you to school.&rsquo;&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
Seven years were spent in study at an academy near Jacksonville, Ill., whence he returned to what is now Minnesota. Then there was not a white man in St. Paul. Leaving his trunk at Fort Snelling, and taking with him only his Ojibway Testament, he went northward into the wilderness and became an interpreter for the Methodists. When these also gave up their mission, he resolved to return to Canada, and set out on his
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0213">
0213
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
185
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
long voyage across the &ldquo;Big Sea Water.&rdquo; A tempest having arisen in which all on board came near perishing, he changed his purpose, and, returning to his people, was on the point of going to Washington with the chiefs to ask for a teacher, when, at the suggestion of the Rev. E. G. Gear, whom he had met at Fort Snelling, he resolved to ask the Protestant Episcopal Church to send them a missionary. At Philadelphia, on his journey, he received a letter from Father Gear, informing him that a man had been found who would go to his people. This was the Rev. James Lloyd Breck, the head of the Associate Mission in St. Paul. Such was the beginning of a life of loving service to the Ojibway people, happily prolonged over a period of more than half a century.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
COMMANDANTS OF FORT RIPLEY.
</head>
<p>
The first in command at Fort Ripley was Captain John B. S. Todd, from whom Todd county received its name, who afterward ward was a leading citizen of Dakota, and identified with the material interests of Yankton. In 1854 he was succeeded by Major George W. Patten, poet, and writer on military science. For a short time in the summer of 1857, the post was without a garrison, and was in charge of Ordnance Sergeant Alexander. On the return of the troops, Major Patten again came into command. On the removal of the military force, the Indians at Leech lake became troublesome, and it was found necessary to keep up the garrison, as was the case during the Indian troubles of 1862&ndash;3. After Major Patten, Major Hannibal Day was in command; and still later Capt. William S. McCaskey and Capt. John C. Bates, both of whom won distinction in the Civil War, and again, nearly forty years later, in the Philippine War.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE CHAPLAIN AND HIS DIARY.
</head>
<p>
The Diary of Chaplain Manney covers the period of his residence at Fort Ripley, from December 7th, 1851, to May 17th, 1859, an interesting period in the early history of Minnesota. It notes the daily occurrences at the fort, matters of interest in the neighborhood, the phenomena of the weather, and speaks of personages well known in our early history. The chronicle also records the time of planting and in gathering of fruits. The chaplain is a disciple of honest Isaak Walton. He tells the day
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0214">
0214
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
186
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of his first shot on the wing. He is a student of Nature, an observer of animal life, of the phenomena of the heavens. He is the garrison schoolmaster. On an important occasion he was called to practice the art of Aesculapius. At another time he was prosecuting attorney in a criminal case. It is interesting to note in this connection that the canons of the Episcopal Church in Minnesota were framed in the chaplain&apos;s study. He has recorded the more stirring events of border life, not simply the births and baptisms and burials, but the darker side of a life where civilization and barbarism meet and mingle, the outbreaks of unrestrained passions, by giving a continuous record of Indian affairs in his neighborhood for a period of over seven years.
</p>
<p>
First there is the regularly recurring mention of Divine Service and a sermon in the chapel on the Lord&apos;s Day. The sermon was argumentative and logical, after the manner of the old English divines. His sermons were models of reasoning, and were afterward delivered before his students of theology. They contained meat for mature minds, and his hearers, brought up under the old regime, listened with interest. The uneducated could hardly fail to receive a benediction in the presence of his genial face, from which the humanities were reflected. His manner in the sacred offices was reverential and impressive. Few could render the service of the Prayer Book more devoutly. His piety was not emotional. His religion was a reasonable service. He so lived as if man were made to be mindful of his higher obligation to a Divine Will, and of his chief end to glorify God and enjoy Him. It was a maxim with him that the Prayer Book had made provision for but one sermon a Sunday. We note that the services were attended by the officers of the garrison. On Christmas day he writes: &ldquo;Divine Service, Sermon, and Holy Communion,&mdash;a good congregation, and a goodly number of communicants. Text: Peace on earth.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
Such was our chaplain: a man of medium stature, of Holland ancestry, free-hearted and good-natured, without mannerism or professional appearance, alike respected by the army officers of the olden time and beloved by the common soldiers; a versatile man, well read in book lore, yet familiar with the common matters of daily living, who could turn from the serious
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0215">
0215
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
187
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
thoughts of the study to the innocent diversions of life. Who shall estimate the influence of such a man at a remote frontier post?
</p>
<p>
Then there is the Chapel, a simple room decently fitted up, no doubt by the ladies of the garrison, supplemented by the generosity of the officers; a voluntary Service, with no roll call; a general meeting place, on a national platform under a common flag.
</p>
<p>
The only religious teachers in this region were Chaplain Manney, Father Pierz at Crow Wing, the Rev. Mr. Ayer near Little Falls, and Father Vevaldi at Long Prairie. There were occasional ministrations at the fort by clergy from outside. Among these were Father Vevaldi, the Roman Catholic priest; Bishop Kemper; the Rev. Edward D. Neill, D. D., one of our Territorial Pioneers, historian and educator; and others, as J. Lloyd Breck and E. Steele Peake, of St. Columba Mission. On one occasion the Chaplain had a pleasant interview with Father Vevaldi, and conversed with him in Latin on ecclesiastical questions.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
WEATHER RECORDS.
</head>
<p>
After a half century, it is still interesting to note the variableness of the seasons at that early day, before the axe or the plowshare of the pioneer could have wrought any climatic change.
</p>
<p>
In 1857 the river closed as early as November 21st, the earliest closing recorded during all those eight years; but in 1854 the river was open at the garrison, and for a mile or two above, as late as the 26th of December. In 1854 the river opposite the fort was open, so that the ferry could cross, as early as the 21st of March; but in 1857 teams were crossing on the ice at Crow Wing as late as the 24th of April.
</p>
<p>
The winter of 1851&ndash;2 was comparatively mild, but variable. The coldest day of the season was January 19th, when the thermometer registered thirty degrees below zero at sunrise. In 1852&ndash;3 the coldest day was December 21st, when the thermometer indicated thirty-seven below. The severity of that winter was relieved by mild and pleasant intervals. The December of
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0216">
0216
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
188
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
1855 was unusually severe. At sunrise on the 24th, the mercury was frozen in the bulb, the coldest ever known at the post in December up to that date, and surpassed only by that of January 24th, 1854. On Christmas the mercury congealed when exposed, and the chapel service had to be suspended. The winter of 1854&ndash;5 seems to have been unusually mild, the coldest weather being only twenty-nine below, with rain early in January. In 1858 the severest snowstorm of the season occurred as late as the 4th of April.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE MISSION OF ST. COLUMBA, AT GULL LAKE.
</head>
<p>
Fort Ripley is also interesting for its connection with the Indian Mission of the Episcopal Church at Grill lake. February 21st, 1852, the Rev. James Lloyd Breck, accompanied by Chaplain Manney, went to Crow Wing to see Hole-in-the-Day. The chief being absent, they returned without an interview. Early in March Hole-in-the-Day with his wives took tea at the fort, when the chaplain had some conversation with him as to the introduction of Christianity among his tribe, and also concerning his own views and feelings on this subject. A little later the chief with two of his wives, and Enmegahbowh, called at the post to request the chaplain to bury his child which had died that day while they were on their way for medical aid. After considering the matter, the chaplain consented, and took the opportunity to expound to them the doctrine of the resurrection. At the same time he resolved two questions that were asked by the chief: Whether it would be proper for him to have a feast in remembrance of his child? Answer, No. And how his two wives whom he intends to put away should be treated? Answer: He must see that they are comfortably provided for and protected, with the liberty of marrying again, when the obligation of support and protection would cease on their marriage, and that his children should have all the privileges of his family.
</p>
<p>
Towards the close of April, 1852, Mr. Breck arrived at the fort again, on his way to Gull lake to see Hole-in-the-Day. May 19th, accompanied by Craig and Holcomb, students of the mission at St. Paul, Mr. Breck made a third visit to the Indian country. After some difficulty he at length succeeded in getting possession of ground for a mission, Hole-in-the-Day having
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0217">
0217
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
189
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
proved faithless. During the summer Mr. Breck made monthly journeys to and from St. Paul on foot, as his custom was. As the season passed, the prospect of work among the Ojibways became more encouraging, and on the first day of November, 1852, the corner stone was laid of the Indian Church of St. Columba, the first edifice of the Episcopal Church on the west bank of the Mississippi.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, the work of instructing the Indians in the ways of Christian living went on apace. All were taught to work, and nothing was given without service rendered in return. The success of the efforts of Mr. Breck attracted official notice. At the end of the first year Governor Gorman, superintendent of Indian Affairs for the Territory of Minnesota, without solicitation, stated to Bishop Kemper his intention to apply to the Department at Washington for an annual gift to the mission of five hundred dollars. At the close of the second year both the governor and Major Herriman, the Indian agent, were so impressed by the results as to recommend the appropriation of the Ojibway school fund to the St. Columba Mission. At that time there was no other mission of any religious body among the Ojibways of the Mississippi. The Presbyterians also generously united in this application in behalf of the work of Mr. Breck. As a result of this noble and Christian endeavor, Mr. Breck, as his custom was, placed upon the altar of the church at St. Columba, on the second Sunday after Trinity, in 1854, an offering of one thousand dollars in gold, this being one third part of what the general Government was to give him that year.
</p>
<p>
We have spoken particularly of the work of Mr. Breck, because of its connection with the Government and with Fort Ripley, and also because of the interest taken by Chaplain Manney in its behalf. Indeed, the latter was appointed by Bishop Kemper to make an examination and an annual report of the financial condition of the Mission. If it be said that the Government had no concern with religious work, it should be remembered that in this case, as everywhere else, the fruits more than repaid the protection the Post afforded the Mission; for it was only by the timely notice given by Christian Indians, in 1857, that Crow Wing was saved, and by Enmegahbowh at very great risk, in 1862; which prevented the garrison of Fort Ripley from being
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0218">
0218
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
190
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
surprised, and averted a general massacre on our northern frontier, like that perpetrated by the Sioux in the southwest part of the state.
</p>
<p>
The following incident related by the chaplain will illustrate the thoughtful side of indian character. It occurred in connection with the laying of the corner stone of the Church of St. Columba. Two Indians came with Enmegahbowh to ask the chaplain some questions. It was in Mr. Breck&apos;s study at Gull lake. &ldquo;The questions,&rdquo; says the chaplain, &ldquo;were well put. They related to the Church, the existence of moral evil, and the unity of the human race. I had a long conversation with them on each of these points, at which they expressed themselves gratifield and satisfied, On taking out my watch to see the time, one of the Indians asked me whether day and night were of equal length. This resulted in quite a long conversation on astronomy, at which they expressed great astonishment.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
LIFE AT THE FORT.
</head>
<p>
How well the Chaplain served the Post appears from his Diary. There is the regularly recurring note of Divine Service; the children are gathered in school for daily instruction; the social relations with the officers are carefully observed; he ministers to the dying private; he notes the first communion, and records the birth and baptism; he commits the body to the earth with the last offices; he solemnized the rites of holy matrimony; and by his chaplaincy vindicated our claim to be a Christian nation. He does not forget works of mercy and charity. &ldquo;A young Indian,&rdquo; he writes, &ldquo;died today from bronchial consumption, as near as I Could judge. He was in want; had been visited by Miss Phelps daily, and his wants supplied. A vast number die of this disease and inflammation of the lungs.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
JOURNEYS TO LEECH AND OTTER TAIL LAKES.
</head>
<p>
In March, 1853, Chaplain Manney, with Captain Todd and the Rev. Mr. Breck, made a journey to Leech lake. This visit had a twofold object. Captain Todd was interested in scientific explorations, and Mr. Breck was already planning to extend his work among the red men. The chaplain combined the student and the philanthropist. The Diary contains the following: &ldquo;March 13th, Divine Service at Bungo&apos;s, which is the old mission
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0219">
0219
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
191
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
ground [of the American Board, Mr. and Mrs. W. T. Boutwell]. Breck read the Service and I preached. The first Service of our Church that those wild regions ever listened to.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
Leech lake, so named from the leeches abounding in its waters, was the home of George Bungo, a tall man, erect, well-built, very black, and, consequently, very striking in appearance. He enjoyed in the highest degree the confidence of men like the Hon. Henry M. Rice, and bad a credit almost unlimited with the leading merchants of St. Paul. He was educated at Montreal. Our chronicle says: &ldquo;Left Leech lake about 9 a.m. for home, having been treated with great hospitality by George, who is a mixed blood, African and Indian. His father, he told me, was taken prisoner by the Indians near Chicago, or Milwaukee, about the latter part of the last century or the beginning of this. George was born on the St. Croix.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
In the early summer of 1853 another journey was made by the chaplain and Mr. Breck to Otter Tail lake. The party consisted of Breck, Manney, George Bungo, and two experienced voyageurs. The route was up the fine and beautiful stream of the Crow Wing. The daily record begins with prayers and breakfast, and closes with supper and prayers. &ldquo;One afternoon, caught a legged snake, called by the Indians 
<hi rend="italics">
okodigenabik
</hi>
, said to be very scarce, called by some of them 
<hi rend="italics">
manito
</hi>
, which has this singular property when struck, its tail would snap like glass.&rdquo; From the Crow Wing they proceeded up Leaf river, a crooked stream, whose windings dispersed its blessings widely. After morning prayer on Sunday they proceeded on their way, nooning at a fine high bluff on which they said the Litany, and at nightfall camped on Leaf lake. The day following they passed successively through Leaf lake, really two lakes, with a short portage to a third, and thence another portage to Otter Tail lake, which, the writer says, not more than ten white men had ever seen.
</p>
<p>
The purpose of this journey was to secure a site for another Indian mission. The day following their arrival, the Indians came in and sent word that they were ready to see the visitors. Breck stated to them his purpose, to establish a mission among them, with the advantages they might expect from changing their mode of life.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0220">
0220
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
192
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
The chief answered by saying that &ldquo;when the whites generally came among them they put sugar in their mouths, but we had not. We had spoken plainly, and from the heart.&rdquo; He said that they were poor. &ldquo;We have nothing but what we wear. We have no settled home. Like the wild deer, our home is where night overtakes us.&rdquo; He then welcomed Mr. Breck among them, gave him what land he wanted for the mission, all the timber he needed, all the fish he could use. He then indulged in the prospect of &ldquo;advantage which was likely to accrue to his band from the establishment of the mission, in their improved condition, in teaching them to labor and draw their living from the soil, in the education of their children, in their happy homes. He talked very sensibly. The chief is a noble fellow. McDonald, a worthless trader at Crow Wing, had poisoned the minds of the principal men against this mission, or any mission amongst them. But this did not deter the chief.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
After prayers and breakfast they went out and selected the ground for the mission buildings and the farm, a beautiful site with an extensive view upon the lake. &ldquo;After an early dinner, and while the voyageurs were making the portage,&rdquo; the Chaplain writes, &ldquo;we went to the mission grounds, erected a cross, read the Tenth Selection, consisting of a part of Psalm 96 and Psalms 148 to 150, said the Gloria in Excelsis, the Creed, and some Prayers, and thus, as it were, consecrated it to God Most High, through His Son Jesus Christ.&rdquo; Then they entered their canoes and proceeded on their way home. At their former camping ground they found two men bound for Pembina in the Red River country. One of their horses had been injured the day before and left to die. &ldquo;Our party gave them what provisions they could spare for their unexpectedly prolonged journey.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
ATTEMPTED JOURNEY TO LAKE SUPERIOR.
</head>
<p>
The account of an attempt to reach lake Superior carries us back to a condition of things we can scarcely realize today. Early in the month of October, 1854, in company with Bishop Kemper, the chaplain set out for lake Superior, to which the bishop refers in one of his reports. The route was up the Mississippi by canoe, thence into Sandy lake, and onward with only a short portage between the waters tributary to that lake and those of the St. Louis, flowing into lake Superior. Experienced voyageurs
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0221">
0221
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
193
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
were required for this journey. Leaving Crow Wing on the 6th, they reached Willow river at noon on the fifth day after their departure. There it became evident that the voyageurs would not get them to Sandy lake before Thursday night, which must necessarily prevent them from getting to Superior before Monday or Tuesday night of the following week, thus compelling them to spend three successive Sundays in the wilderness.
</p>
<p>
Upon consultation it was thought useless to proceed, whereupon the Chaplain gave the order to return. The principal voyageur refusing, they left him, and, placing an Indian in the stern, and himself taking a paddle in the bow, they reached their last camping place about sundown.
</p>
<p>
The next morning at breakfast three Indians and a halfbreed came into camp from Sandy lake, bound for Crow Wing. One of these was hired to go in the canoe. About noon the following day, Mahnanik, the Indian whom they had first hired at Rapid river, took in his wife and child. At Crow Wing the second Indian left. So they put the squaw in the stern, and proceeded on,&mdash;&ldquo;the crew now consisting of Chaplain Manney in the bow, Mahnanik at the oars, his squaw in the stern,&mdash;and, as passengers, Bishop Kemper and the papoose. We arrived at the garrison about 2 p. m., after an absence of nearly nine days.&rdquo;
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
TEMPORARY WITHDRAWAL OF THE GARRISON.
</head>
<p>
The withdrawal of the troops from Fort Ripley, which had been under consideration for some time, was effected early in 1857. On the 25th of March the intelligence reached the fort, through a general order published in the New York Herald, that the Tenth Regiment was ordered to Leavenworth, and the Post was to be abandoned. On the 20th of the following month it was learned that Fort Snelling also was to be vacated and sold. In June, Lieutenant Kelly received orders to go to Leavenworth; and in July the military stores at Fort Ripley were offered for sale.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
ENSUING TROUBLES WITH THE OJIBWAYS.
</head>
<p>
Following close upon this, troubles began to gather at Leech lake, where, a year before, Mr. Breck had established a second mission. The particulars of this disturbance may be found in a series of articles, on the work of the Rev. J. Lloyd Breck, in the
<lb>
13
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0222">
0222
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
194
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Minnesota Missionary for February, 1896. The account there given is taken from a paper prepared by Miss Emily J. West, who was a member of the mission at Leech lake, being an eye witness of what she relates.
</p>
<p>
The trouble began early in July, 1857. The chaplain was absent at the time, but, on receiving a note that the members of the Leech Lake Mission were at the Fort, he hastened home and found that they had left Kesahgah in the night of Thursday, the 9th, on account of the bad and violent behavior of some Indians who were destroying their property and who even threatened personal violence.
</p>
<p>
In the Diary we find the following entry almost immediately after the withdrawal of the garrison: &ldquo;We may now expect personal violence, and murders, and the destruction of property on the ceded lands, and all along the frontier. The withdrawal of the troops from this section can result in nothing else.&rdquo; Just four years before, to a day, the Indians had killed an ox belonging to the mission at Gull lake. But the prompt arrest of the offenders, who had been put in irons and set to work, had prevented any further outrages until after the withdrawal of the troops.
</p>
<p>
A few days later, an inoffensive German, while traveling along the road near Gull lake, was murdered under circumstances of the greatest cruelty. The murderers were brought to the fort, but, as they could not be kept there, a team was procured at Mr. Olmstead&apos;s, across the river, and they were forwarded to Belle Prairie, to be delivered to the justice who was to commit, them to the sheriff at Little Falls.
</p>
<p>
The news of the murder spread; and, armed with pistols and provided with ropes, a party left Swan River, determined upon securing the prisoners and executing them. They succeeded in overtaking the officer and his posse, and, threatening the sheriff even to putting a rope round the neck of one of his men, seized the three Indians and executed and buried them handcuffed to each other.
</p>
<p>
The Indians were now becoming intensely excited and threatened revenge. Mr. Peake and his family left the mission at Gull lake in the care of the Christian Indians and took refuge in the fort. Indians were seen skulking about, ready to murder the first white man who should happen to come in their way.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0223">
0223
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
195
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
It was unsafe even at the fort to step outside the door in the evening. The click of a gun was a warning to keep under cover.
</p>
<p>
At the same time considerable excitement was produced in Crow Wing by the revelation of Crow Feather of the plans of Hole-in-the-Day. The night previous he had communicated to Crow Feather and five or six braves his wishes that Crow Feather and one other should proceed to Crow Wing and kill the first white man they met,&mdash;the other four to proceed to Gull lake and burn all the mission buildings and property.
</p>
<p>
Through the influence of Clement Beaulieu, who had gotten this information from Crow Feather, the latter was induced to return to the Agency and try to prevent the burning of the mission property. It is but justice to Crow Feather to note that, in answer to the wishes of Hole-in-the-Day, he said he had traveled among the whites a good deal and had received naught but kindness, and that he could not kill a white man.
</p>
<p>
&ldquo;In view of the threatened danger to life and property,&rdquo; the Chaplain writes, &ldquo;I wrote a note to Hole-in-the-Day to the effect that we were aware of his intentions, and knew that he was inciting a number of Indians to deeds of violence and murder; also that, if he carried out his intentions, we should take every means in our power to bring him to a speedy and summary punishment.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
On Monday of the following week, August 24, 1857, White Fisher and Enmegahbowh came to the fort, the former right from Gull lake, stating that he with a number of Indians at Gull lake had held a kind of council on Saturday night, wherein they had agreed to stand by the Mission and send a message to Hole-in-the-Day, that they would not listen to his wicked proposals. Hole-in-the-Day had also given Indians money to kill Enmegahbowh.
</p>
<p>
On the 27th Captain Barry, with a small escort from Fort Snelling arrived to examine into the true state of the late difficulties. It seems that, on the receipt of the letter from the chaplain, Col. Burke sent a messenger up the Minnesota river to Fort Ridgely; whereupon Col. Abercrombie ordered Capt. Barry to take an escort and proceed to the northern frontier and learn the exact state of affairs. Accordingly, Enmegahbowh and White Fisher were sent for to give Capt. Barry information concerning the troubles and the general disposition of the Indians.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0224">
0224
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
196
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<p>
With the failure of the plot of Hole-in-the-Day and the presence of our soldiers at the fort, quiet was restored and continued during the following winter. The Rev. E. Steele Peake and his family remained at the garrison, as it was not thought safe for him to return to Gull lake immediately. Quarters were assigned him by Major Patten, the officer in command, and such of the Indian children as had been members of his family were also received.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE RESERVE AND FORT OFFERED FOR SALE.
</head>
<p>
The chief event concerning Fort Ripley in the latter part of this year 1857 was the attempted sate of the Reserve, together with the fort, by the War Department, which took place on the 20th of October. The Reserve and adjoining lands, to the amount in all of about 60,000 acres, in various lots, received as bids about &dollar;1,8OO, or an average of three cents an acre. It was less than two months after the great financial panic of August, 1857, which disastrously affected all business interests throughout the United States. These very low offers, being under the price of &dollar;1.25 per acre required for valid sales of government lands, were not accepted.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE DIOCESE OF MINNESOTA ORGANIZED.
</head>
<p>
Meanwhile, in another field, an event of moment had occurred. Bishop Kemper, whose name will long he remembered in our early history, had called a meeting of the clergy and parishes in Christ Church, St. Paul, to organize a diocese. In this council, convening September 16th, 1857, Chaplain Manney was a leading member. The canons there adopted were largely framed by his hand. Fort Ripley should be remembered as the place where these were thought out, under which for nearly forty years the Episcopal Church did its work in Minnesota.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
FOUNDING OF SCHOOLS AT FARIBAULT.
</head>
<p>
On Tuesday, September 24th, of the week following the convention, Breck, Manney, and Peake, went to Faribault; and on Wednesday they made a reconnaissance of the town and vicinitt with a view to select a site for schools. When Mr. Breck came to St. Paul in 1850, it was for the purpose of educational work in general, and theological in particular. His original design was never given up when he went into the Indian country. Accordingly, on the breaking up of the mission at Leech lake, he
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0225">
0225
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
197
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
decided to resume the educational work. The Mission of St. Columba, at Gull lake, was never abandoned, but had a continuous existence under the Rev. E. Steele Peake, who had gone there in 1856, on the removal of Mr. Breck to Leech lake; and, though for a time obscured, it was the germ of the present fruits of Bishop Whipple&apos;s work among the Ojibways under the Rev. J. A. Gilfillan.
</p>
<p>
September 25th, 1857, the Associate Mission was formed at Faribault by these three clergy, to embrace the white and the red field for religious and educational work. The Rev. Mr. Peake was to labor among the red men, and Messrs. Breck and Manney were to reside at Faribault.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
DISTURBANCES AT CROW WING AND LITTLE FALLS.
</head>
<p>
The events of the spring of 1858 confirmed the good judgment of the Chaplain as to the necessity of a standing body of soldiers at Fort Ripley. On the 18th of March a detachment had to be sent to Crow Wing to aid the civil authority in making arrests and keeping the peace. Some unprincipled men, inflamed by liquor, made an attempt to burn the store of Mr. Beaulieu, threatening to shoot any who should attempt to put the fire out. Those in charge fired on the incendiaries, killing one and wounding another. The next day another alarm came, that some scoundrels had gone to Crow Wing with the intention of burning the town that night, and that life was in danger. Soon after Divine Service on Sunday, March 21st, a messenger arrived from Major Herriman, the Indian agent, with a requisition for troops to protect himself and a body of Indians from a set of vagabonds at Crow Wing.
</p>
<p>
One of the incendiaries, well known in that region as Whiskey Jack, and an accomplice, having been brought to the fort, the justice and others interested came down from Crow Wing to hold a court for the examination of the prisoners, in order to their, commitment. Beaulieu, the complainant, requested the chaplain to act as his counsel.
</p>
<p>
This notable court was held March 23rd, at the house of Mr. S. Baldwin Olmstead, who lived across the river. It was composed of Justice McGillis, the prisoner Whiskey Jack, with his hands tied together, in charge of a corporal&apos;s guard, Chaplain
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0226">
0226
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
198
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Manney as prosecuting attorney, and Lieut. Spencer, counsel for the defendant. As the justice could not write well, he was assisted by Surgeon Hassan of the Post. The witnesses were Shoff, Scofield, and Giggy. The complainant, on whose oath the arrest had been made, was Clement Beaulieu. Whiskey Jack was found guilty enough to be committed. So, in default of bail, he was given over into the keeping of the constable (but, there being none, the justice had to make one for the occasion), to be committed to jail, and, as there was no jail in those parts, Whiskey Jack was brought back to the garrison in charge of the guard and was confined in the guard house. Such was the administration of justice, according to the law of good sense, if not quite in accordance with established order.
</p>
<p>
Close upon the heels of this followed an event of a more serious nature. An Ojibway captive woman, who had escaped from the Sioux, arrived at the fort under a military escort from Fort Snelling, having previously been sent from Fort Ridgely by Colonel Abercrombie. A little later, three Ojibways were surprised by a party of Sioux while on Long Prairie river, and one scalp was taken. During the night of the 23d of March, 1858, about midnight, Sheriff Pugh brought a dispatch from Little Falls, that 200 Sioux were in the vicinity. Major Patten sent an order to Crow Wing for Lieut. Spencer to return immediately with his detachment, and issued a thousand ball cartridges to the citizens of Little Falls, at the same time sending out scouts. The lumbermen, hearing the alarm, came into Crow Wing, and the Indians left the sugar camps and came in for fear of the Sioux.
</p>
<p>
The report went out that a number of Sioux had crossed the river at Watab on a gorge of ice, in pursuit, undoubtedly, of the Chippeway captive. They were one day behind her. She had reached the mission of the Rev. Mr. Williamson after a long journey, who immediately carried her to Fort Ridgely, whence she was forwarded to Fort Ripley in safety. It was a bold attempt on the part of the Sioux to re-capture the escaped Ojibway woman. It was fortunate they did not intercept her, as she was under the escort of United States troops, and such an event would have resulted in an Indian war.
</p>
<p>
Even as late as the 3d of May, while planting in his garden, the chaplain was called in by an alarm from the bugle. The
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0227">
0227
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
199
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
cause was the proximity of a large body of Sioux. Guns were taken to the block-house, water was drawn, and men were quartered there ready for an emergency. News also came that seven Ojibway scalps had been taken at Swan River the night before, and that the Sioux were robbing and committing more depredations in the neighborhood of the Platte river. Thus it seemed as if the Post was pretty well surrounded by hostile Indians.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
FOUNDING OF FORT ABERCROMBIE.
</head>
<p>
Hardly had the fears of the people subsided, when an order was received early in July to abandon Fort Ripley, and to establish a post near Graham&apos;s Point on the Red river. The same mail, however, brought a telegram order for Major Patten&apos;s company to proceed to the Red river as noted, and for the artillery company to remain at Fort Ripley. This was delayed by the departure of Major Patten below, who seems to have gone for further instructions, returning, however, no wiser than before. On his return Major Patten stated that he had peremptory orders to send company L to the Red river in place of company K, but that he should order his own company.
</p>
<p>
Lieut. Conrad was sent to examine the condition of the road as far as the crossing of the Crow Wing, who reported that the road was not impassable. A military road had been laid out by George H. Belden, civil engineer, extending from Ripley to the site of this new post, which was called Fort Abercrombie. Major Patten started on August 8th, and arrived at his destination on the 27th. The work of construction was pushed rapidly forward, so that by the middle of November the men were in comfortable quarters.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
THE LAST YEAR OF THE CHAPLAINCY.
</head>
<p>
The summer of 1858 was one to be remembered in other ways. The winter had been unusually mild with its rains and pleasant days. March was drawing to a close with its showers, when suddenly the season seemed reversed, and instead of April showers January snows succeeded, with little promise of May flowers. As late as the 15th of May ice formed, a quarter of an inch thick; and on the 11th of June another frost singed potatoes, and killed tomatoes where it had a chance. Squash and pumpkin
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0228">
0228
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
200
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
vines were injured on the night of the 12th of July; and on the 28th of August those which previous frosts had spared were entirely killed. It was one of those phenomenal seasons which come rarely in our northern clime to blight the hopes of the husbandman. However, the Chaplain kept feast on the Fourth of July, with green peas for dinner, sending portions also to his friends in the garrison.
</p>
<p>
The winter of 1858&ndash;9 and its varied changes passed, with enough of incident to break the monotony of garrison life on the frontier. The cheerful hearth dispelled the unusual cold; a marriage or two were included among social events; and there were the coming and going of officers and visitors, and the weekly service and sermon.
</p>
<p>
Near the close of January, 1859, the Chaplain received a letter from Mr. Breck, expressing a desire that he should join him in the educational work already established at Faribault. Such had been the understanding in 1857 when the Associate Mission was formed. After due consideration, Mr. Manney decided to go as early in the spring as possible. He did not deem it best to resign his chaplaincy at this time, but obtained leave of absence for four months. Leaving the fort about the middle of May, he reached Faribault on the 23d. His resignation dates from about the 1st of November, 1859, having held the office for a period of eight years.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
DR. MANNEY&apos;S WORK IN THE FARIBAULT SCHOOLS.
</head>
<p>
The work of Dr. Manney at Faribault was to instruct the candidates for the ministry, and to hold religious services on Sunday at some one of several stations within a radius of twenty-five miles. He heard recitations in systematic divinity, ecclesiastical history, the Greek Testament, and such other subjects as were required for entrance to the ministry. His varied learning and aptness to teach admirably fitted him for his work in a young institution. The several departments of the Faribault schools at that early day were included under the title of the Bishop Seabury University. These were primary, grammar, high school, and theological, for which there was a single building of wood, of simple pretensions.
</p>
<p>
Dr. Manney received his classes in his study. This contained well filled book-cases of carefully selected works by the
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0229">
0229
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
201
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
old English divines, which must have presented a singular contrast to the wild scenes of frontier life. His manner in the classroom was easy and familiar, yet his pupils felt they were sitting at the feet of a master.
</p>
<p>
He often preached in the Chapel at Faribault, where he was listened to with marked attention. For five years he was the only instructor in theology. Besides his scholastic duties, he was of very great assistance in the organization of the Bishop Seabury Mission, and the articles of incorporation were drawn by his hand. It is to the rare combination of men like Bishop Whipple, J. Lloyd Breck, and Solon W. Manney, that the schools at Faribault largely owe their success.
</p>
<p>
In 1862, Dr. Manney was elected a delegate to the General Convention of the Episcopal Church, when his influence was felt as a member of the Committee on Legislation. He also sat as a member in the Council of 1865, and again in 1868. While in attendance at the latter convention, alarming symptoms of disease unexpectedly appeared, which rapidly assumed a more aggravated character. A painful operation after his return failed to arrest the progress of the disease, and, after a short and painful illness, in the full vigor of his mind he passed away January 19th, 1869, at the age of fifty-five years.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
ORDINATION OF ENMEGAHBOWH IN FARIBAULT.
</head>
<p>
As reference has been made to Enmegahbowh in the course of this paper, we add an acount of his ordination which took place at Faribault on Sunday, July 3d, 1859, with which the Diary of Dr. Manney almost immediately closes. The event is also interesting as the last official act of Bishop Kemper in Minnesota. [Enmegahbowh labored as a most devoted and useful missionary among the Ojibways in the northern part of this state until his death at White Earth, Minn., June 12, 19O2.]
</p>
<p>
Faribault was in the country of the Sioux, some of whom had their lodges near the residence of Mr. Alexander Faribault. The memory of the late feuds was still fresh in mind, and to penetrate so far into the country where an enemy might be met at any time was an event which at least suggested apprehensions of danger. The congregation had already assembled in the Chapel,&mdash;the Bishop and clergy in the chancel, and Enmegahbowh, habited in his surplice, with Manitowab and William Superior
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0230">
0230
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
202
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
on either side, all three Ojibways, when above a dozen Sioux came in to witness the novel spectacle and to get a sight of the Ojibways who had ventured to penetrate so far into the country of their hereditary foes.
</p>
<p>
In the afternoon a conference was held in which the Ojibways addressed the Sioux through an interpreter. Mr. Alexander Faribault was present and assisted as interpreter for the Sioux. Among other things, Manitowab declared that since he had become a Christian the spirit of hatred had given place to that of love to all men, so that he looked upon the Sioux as brothers and not as enemies.
</p>
<p>
In the evening the Ojibways and Sioux again met at the house of Mr. Breck, when the Sioux made answer, through their chief, to the addresses of Manitowab and William. Thus ended an interesting day in the history of the relations of these tribes. The children of both Ojibways and Sioux were received into the mission school at Faribault, lived under the same roof, and played together on the mission grounds, adjacent to those of Mr. Faribault, where the Sioux and their lodges might always be seen.
</p>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0231z">
0231
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
<blankpage>
</pageinfo>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0232">
0232
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<illus entity="i0232" map="no">
</illus>
</div>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0233">
0233
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
EARLY EPISCOPAL CHURCHES AND MISSIONS IN MINNESOTA,
<anchor id="n0233-10">
&ast;
</anchor>
<lb>
BY REV. GEORGE C. TANNER.
</head>
<note anchor.ids="n0233-10" place="bottom"><p>&ast; Read at the monthly meeting of the Executive Council, May 12, 1902.
</p></note>
<div>
<head>
THE FIRST SUNDAY SCHOOL.
</head>
<p>
In her book entitled &ldquo;Memories of Fort Snelling,&rdquo; Mrs. Charlotte O. Van Cleve writes: &ldquo;Another of my earliest recollections is the Sunday School, established by Mrs. Colonel Snelling and my mother. . .They gathered the children together on Sabbath afternoons in the basement room of the commanding officer&apos;s quarters, and held a service, with the aid of the Episcopal prayer book, both of them being devout members of that branch of the church.&rdquo; And she adds, &ldquo;There are good grounds for believing this the first Sunday School organized in this Northwestern region, perhaps the first northwest of Detroit.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
As Mrs. Van Clave speaks of moving into the fort in 1821, and of leaving the &ldquo;beloved&rdquo; fort in 1827, the opening of this Sunday School was probably about the time of the earlier date. Thus we are indebted to Mrs. Josiah Snelling and Mrs. Nathan Clark for the earliest attempt to establish the institutions of the Christian religion in what was then a remote wilderness. We have no further account of the fortunes of this Sunday School. No doubt it was kept up while these devout women remained, though varying with the 
<hi rend="italics">
personnel
</hi>
 of the garrison.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
REV. E. G. GEAR, CHAPLAIN OF FORT SNELLING.
</head>
<p>
In the year 1838, the Rev. Ezekiel Gilbert Gear, missionary pastor of the Episcopal church at Galena, Ill., received the appointment of chaplain at Fort Snelling. At the earnest solicitation
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0234">
0234
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
204
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
of General Brooke and the officers of the post, he decided to accept this position. He was then serving as missionary of the Domestic Board of Missions of the Episcopal Church. In his letter of resignation to the Board he said, &ldquo;A considerable settlement has already been commenced in the neighborhood of the fort; and it is the understanding that I am at liberty to extend my labors among them.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
This letter having been read at a meeting of the Committee in New York, his resignation was accepted; and the Precinct of St. Peter&apos;s. Iowa,&mdash; for so the region round about Fort Snelling was designated,&mdash; was adopted as a station, with the following resolution:
</p>
<p>
Resolved, That the Rev. E. G. Gear be appointed missionary in the Precinct of St. Peter, Iowa, and that the Committee accede to his kind proposal to act without a salary.
</p>
<p>
It will be seen from the tone of his letter, that Mr. Gear did not accept this position as a sinecure, but for positive good. Born and reared in Connecticut, and serving in the ministry under Bishop Hobart in western New York, where he had become familiar with missionary work among the Six Nations, genial as a companion in social life, and commanding respect for his strength of character and excellence of purpose, &ldquo;an old Roman,&rdquo; as Bishop Whipple once called him, few men could have been found to fill the position more usefully and acceptably than the Rev. E. G. Gear.
</p>
<p>
At a meeting of the Domestic Committee held in September, 1838, it was stated that there was not a single clergyman of the Episcopal Church in the Territory of Iowa, which then included Minnesota west of the Missisippi, and that only a few occasional services had been held in this extensive region. The population of the country afterward set off as the Territory of Minnesota might have been five hundred, perhaps not half that number. These were the officers and soldiers at Fort Snelling, Indian agents and their families, and the agents and employees of the American Fur Company.
</p>
<p>
It was already late in the season when Mr. Gear set out for his remote home, traveling first to Fort Crawford, at Prairie du Chien. From this point the journey was to be made by sledges
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0235">
0235
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
205
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
on the ice of the Mississippi river. Here he met with a severe injury, which kept him at Fort Crawford all winter. It was not until spring that he reached Fort Snelling, where he reported for duty in April, 1839.
</p>
<p>
In a letter bearing date of July 27th, he wrote: &ldquo;The whole number of souls inside the walls, including officers and families, is about 200, and as many more are expected in the fall. The American Fur Company&apos;s establishment and two or three other families, and a few French and half-breeds, embrace all the civilized population of the neighborhood.&rdquo; The prospect of usefulness was not greater than he had reason to expect. &ldquo;The officers and their families, many of the soldiers, and a considerable proportion of those outside the fort, attended Divine Service regularly; and the responses, at first feeble and indistinct, are made with much solemnity and propriety. I have not yet administered the Communion;&mdash;there are no communicants outside side my own family.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
The first thing which naturally attracted his attention was the condition of the Indians around him. He spoke of them as miserable and degraded. There were three or four missionary establishments a short distance away, under the direction of the Methodists, Presbyterians, and Swiss Protestants. Little, however, had thus far been effected among these people. &ldquo;Recently,&rdquo; he wrote in one of his letters, &ldquo;a great battle has been fought between the Sioux who live near the fort and the Chippeways who live farther north, in which about two hundred have been killed. The Sioux have just returned with the scalps of their enemies and commenced the horrid drama peculiar on this occasion.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
During the summer of 1839 Mr. Gear continued to officiate twice on Sundays, until cold weather. Attendance was voluntary, on account of the size of the room. There was no chapel. Many of the soldiers, with some from outside the garrison, were regular attendants and joined in the responses. Christmas Day he celebrated the Holy Communion for the first time,&mdash;the first celebration, in all probability, of the Lord&apos;s Supper by a clergyman of the Episcopal Church in the territory now included in Minnesota. Five persons, one a soldier, received the sacrament.
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0236">
0236
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
206
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Three children, had been baptized, and two marriages solemnized. He had also gathered into a Sunday School the dozen or so of children within the garrison.
</p>
<p>
The condition of the Indians continued to excite his deepest sympathy. &ldquo;If a man of the proper cast could be found,&rdquo; he wrote to the Gospel Messenger, &ldquo;to live among them,&mdash;a man capable of enduring hardships and privations like a good soldier, and apt to learn their language, and meet to teach them by example as well as by precept, much might be done.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
During the latter part of the summer of 1840, the removal of the Winnebagoes required the absence of three-fourths of the garrison, so that the number attending the services was smaller than usual. In his report he said, &ldquo;At the last Communion fourteen partook, a majority being Methodists, Presbyterians, and Swiss Protestants, connected with the missions for the Sioux and Chippeways.&rdquo; Among these was the Rev. John Johnson Enmegahbowh, an Ojibway from Canada, who afterward became a member of the mission of the Rev. James Lloyd Breck to the Ojibways at Gull lake, and was a clergyman of the Episcopal Church.
</p>
<p>
A small settlement had been made at the Falls of the St. Croix, a hundred miles distant. With the exception of a few scattered families, this was the only settlement of whites above Prairie du Chien, outside of Fort Snelling. He could not, however, visit so remote a point.
</p>
<p>
In 1843 we hear him again pleading for the Indians with his wonted earnestness. The Sioux and Ojibways, having prosecuted war for the last four or five years with savage ferocity, had, through the intervention of the officers of the government, made a treaty of peace. The proposition came from the Ojibways, and their principal chief, Hole-in-the-Day, declared his wish to live like white men. He called upon Father Gear, and in a long conversation stated his wishes, and asked that a clergyman of this Church might be sent among them. This Mr. Gear promised to make known to the Church and to communicate to him the result.
</p>
<p>
Referring again to Enmegahbowh, Father Gear adds: &ldquo;A native Chippeway, well qualified to act as interpreter, catechist, schoolmaster, translator, and teacher of the language, is on the ground willing and anxious to co-operate with us. He is an educated
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0237">
0237
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
207
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
man and a Christian. He is decidedly of the opinion that our services are better calculated to impress and interest the Indians than any other. I gave him a Prayer Book when I first became acquainted with him, and he informs me that he has translated some portions of it into the language and could readily prepare it for the press.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
The year 1843 marks the first visit of Bishop Kemper to the territory now known as Minnesota. Of this visit the Bishop says: &ldquo;Having unexpectedly received an invitation to go to St. Peter&apos;s, as the neighborhood at the mouth of the St. Peter&apos;s or Minnesota river was then designated, I determined, if possible, to embrace the very favorable opportunity that was offered me through the kindness of Captain Throckmorton of the steamer General Brookes, to visit the chaplain of Fort Snelling, the Rev. E. G. Gear, who is connected with my jurisdiction. Having made all necessary arrangements while the boat was at Galena, I ascended the upper Mississippi, spent some delightful hours with the chaplain, found him comfortably situated and usefully employed, and obtained some useful information concerning the northern tribes of the aborigines, which may be of use to the Church at a future day.&rdquo; This visit is noted in the Diary of the Bishop as taking place August 26th, 1843.
</p>
<p>
Amid such surroundings Father Gear held the first services of the Church. From his own record it appears that he held a service in St. Paul and preached, December 24th, 1845. In a letter written June 30th, 1850, the Rev. J. Lloyd Breck speaks of the service of the chaplain of Fort Snelling at St. Paul five years before. Mr. Breck says: &ldquo;This was the first English Service in St. Paul. . . From that time there were more or less of the services of the Church, although at times they were interrupted for six months together. . .But it must be borne in mind that only within the last year or two have settlers come in.&rdquo;
</p>
<p>
The number of settlers up to 1850 was estimated at from fifteen to eighteen hundred. This service held by Father Gear at St. Paul was in addition to his morning and evening services at the fort, with his school duties during the week.
</p>
<p>
It is also probable that the service which he held at the Fails of St. Anthony on February 5th, 1848, was the first religious service in that place. The village of St. Anthony was not even
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0238">
0238
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
208
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
platted, We do not find record of any service prior to that of Dr. Gear. There could have been but few families there. The first school was opened more than a year later; there was no post office and no mail; nor had any religious society been organized.
</p>
</div>
<div>
<head>
REV. E. A. GREENLEAF IN THE ST. CROIX VALLEY.
</head>
<p>
About the year 1840 the valley of the St. Croix began to attract the attention of immigrants interested in lumbering. In the autumn of 1843 John McKusick from Maine, and Elam Greeley from New Hampshire, came and selected the site of Stillwater as their home. The first frame building was erected in the spring of 1844. April 1st of the following year, the Rev. E. A. Greenleaf was appointed missionary of the Domestic Board in the St. Croix valley, and held his first service in Stillwater in June, 1846, in a house on Main street. In one of his letters, as follows, he described the religious condition of the place.
</p>
<p>
I found the people wholly destitute of religious teaching. . .No Protestant minister in all this region. . .The people had very little regard for anything of a religious nature. . .profanity, gambling and drinking. . .no school of any description in all the country;. . .I have been obliged to officiate in private houses, and in such rooms as we could obtain. . .. I have nothing beside my stipend, except a trifle from the people occasionally,. . .have received only seventeen dollars for the last six months.
</p>
<p>
During the year 1846 Mr. Greenleaf baptized three children, and on Christmas day administered for the first time the Lord&apos;s Supper, to four communicants. In June, 1847, he solemnized the marriage of John McKusick and Phoebe Greeley, according to the rites of the Prayer Book. It was a union broken after a few months by the passing away of the young wife, over whose remains the burial office was said by the chaplain of Fort Snelling, who came in a heavy snowstorm in March, 1848, over the trackless prairie, to bring the consolations of the Church to the desolate home.
</p>
<p>
At his first visit to the territory which is now Minnesota, in 1843, of a few hours only, Bishop Kemper had performed no episcopal duty. May 7th, 1848, he made his first visitation, on which occasion he confirmed four persons at Stillwater, Mrs. Hannah Greeley, mother of Elam Greeley, and her daughters,
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0239">
0239
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
209
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
Service C., and Sarah C. Greeley, and Mrs. Elizabeth J. G. Harris, whose beautiful life was long remembered in this home of her adoption. Of this visit in 1848 the Bishop wrote:
</p>
<p>
Two or three days were passed with the excellent and faithful pioneer missionary, the Rev. E. A. Greenleaf, on the St. Croix. The place is new and small, but may be of considerable importance, as I learn it will be included in one of the new Northwestern Territories which are to be organized by the present Congress. I am therefore exceedingly anxious that Mr. Greenleaf should remain there, and be properly sustained, for he was the first, and, I believe, is yet the only resident minister in the place. I preached twice on Sunday, and confirmed four persons. There are some settlements in this upper country which I earnestly desired to visit; but my time was limited in consequence of the approaching conventions of Indiana and Wisconsin; besides, I had made various appointments in Iowa, and the boats were as yet few and very uncertain. I was therefore compelled to take the first opportunity to descend the Mississippi.
</p>
<p>
In a report of Mr. Greenleaf made in 1847, we find him officiating alternately at Stillwater and Prairie Farm, about four miles distant, and one Sunday at the mouth of the lake St. Croix, where Prescott and Point Douglas are now located; and at another time at Fort Snelling, at the funeral of a son of the chaplain. He reports one baptism, three burials, and three celebrations of the Lord&apos;s Supper. The number of communicants in his cure was now seven.
</p>
<p>
In his last report of his work, for the quarter ending, probably, July 1st, 1848, he had read prayers and preached eight; times at the Falls of the St. Croix, four times at St. Paul, twice at Cottage Grove, sixteen times at Prairie Farm, and about twenty times at Stillwater. He had baptized one child, and buried four persons. The missionary wrote hopefully of the future. The villages at the Falls of the St. Croix and of St. Anthony, as also St. Paul and Stillwater, were rapidly growing. No church had yet been built, and the services at Stillwater were held in a hall. The missionary had begun a house, partly to shelter his family, and partly to afford a room for a school and for the services of the church, being resolved to add teaching to his other work. The house referred to was destroyed by a hurricane almost as soon as completed. This with other circumstances compelled him to resign his work and to remove to another field of labor, after which no services of this church were held in Stillwater until the coming of the Associate Mission in 1850.
<lb>
14
</p>
</div>
<pageinfo>
<controlpgno entity="p0240">
0240
</controlpgno>
<printpgno>
210
</printpgno>
</pageinfo>
<div>
<head>
EARLIEST EPISCOPAL SERVICES IN ST. PAUL.
</head>
<p>
On the removal of Mr. Greenleaf, Father Gear at Fort Snelling became the sole representative of his church in the Territory, or, rather, the &ldquo;Precinct of St. Peter&apos;s.&rdquo; The earn Episcopal services in St. Paul, begun by Father Gear, as before noted, in 1845, were held in the house of Henry Jackson. This was open to all ministers &ldquo;in good and regular standing&rdquo; who always found a welcome hospitality beneath his roof. These services were advertised from house to house, as was customary in rural districts and hamlets. The printing press had not vet arrived.
</p>
<p>
The first public building to be erected was the little school-house which is thus described:
</p>
<p>
A little log hovel, covered with bark and chinked with mud, previously used as a blacksmith shop, ten by twelve feet. On three sides of the interior of this humble cabin, pegs were driven into the logs, upon which beards were laid for seats. A seat reserved for visitors was made by placing one end of a plank between cracks in the logs, and the other end upon a chair. A cross-legged, rickety table in the center, and